HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex Naval Station Annapolis Annapolis, Maryland NAVFAC ATLANTIC

Document technical information

Format pdf
Size 1.3 MB
First found Jun 9, 2017

Document content analysis

Language
English
Type
not defined
Concepts
no text concepts found

Persons

Organizations

Places

Transcript

NAVFAC ATLANTIC
WORK ORDER NO. N40080-12-JK4FG
/ACQR2720400
CONTRACT NO. N40080-10-D-0498
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
At the
Naval Station Annapolis
Annapolis, Maryland
(Station Project #)
PREPARED BY:
S3E Klingemann Inc.
8001 Braddock Road, Suite 200
Springfield, Virginia 22151
A/E Contract Number N/A
Architectural: Rob Emard, AIA
Civil:
N/A
Rocky K. Styer, P.E.
Structural:
N/A
Geotechnical
Submitted By:
For Commander, NAVFAC:
Date:
Fire Protection:
Safety:
Date: 08/30/2013
APPROVED BY:
Specifications:
Mechanical:
Electrical:
Rasko Dabic, P.E.
Joe Daly, P.E.
N/A
N/A
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 14 00.05 20
01 20 00.05 20
01 30 00.05 20
01 31 19.05 20
01 32 16.05 20
01 32 17.05 20
01 33 00.05 20
01 33 10.05 20
01 35 26.05 20
01 45 00.05 20
01 50 00.05 20
01 57 19.00 20
01 74 19.05 20
WORK RESTRICTIONS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES FOR DESIGN-BUILD
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
POST AWARD MEETINGS
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS) FOR DESIGN-BUILD
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
TEMPORARY ENVIRONENTAL CONTROLS
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR
DESIGN-BUILD
DIVISION 05 – STRUCTURAL
05 12 00
STRUCTURAL STEEL
DIVISION 23 – MECHANICAL
23 00 00
AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
23 03 00.00 20 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
23 05 48
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
23 07 00
THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
23 08 00.00 10 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS
23 09 23.13 20 BACnet DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR HVAC
23 11 25
FACILITY GAS PIPING
23 31 13
METAL DUCTS
23 74 33
PACKAGED , OUTDOOR, HEATING AND COOLING AIRCONDITIONERS
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 00 00.00.20 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 14 00.05 20
WORK RESTRICTIONS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
01/12
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of contact personnel; G
Personnel List; G
Vehicle List; G
Statement of Acknowledgement Form SF 1413; G
1.2 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
a. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the
work at the site prior to the commencement of the work. Specific
items of work to which this requirement applies include:
(1) Demolition and construction in any area that will restrict
or limit operations of the facility.
b. The Brigade Sports Complex will remain in operation during the
entire construction period. Conduct operations so as to cause the
least possible interference with normal operations of the activity.
c. Permission to interrupt any utility service shall be requested in
writing a minimum of 21 calendar days prior to the desired date of
interruption.
d. The work under this contract requires special attention to the
scheduling and conduct of the work in connection with existing
operations. Identify on the construction schedule each factor which
constitutes a potential interruption to operations.
The following conditions apply:
(1)
T.B.D.
1.3 STATEMENT OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM SF 1413
The contractor shall submit for approval a complete and executed Statement
of Acknowledgement Form SF1413 for each subcontractor that will work on
site. Approval by the Government for each subcontractor is required prior
to that subcontractor mobilizing to the work site or participating in a
preparatory meeting activities.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 14 00.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.4 CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND USE OF PREMISES
1.4.1 Activity Regulations
Ensure that Contractor personnel employed on the Activity become familiar
with and obey Activity regulations including safety, fire, traffic and
security regulations. Keep within the limits of the work and avenues of
ingress and egress. To minimize traffic congestion, delivery of materials
shall be outside of peak traffic hours (6:30 to 8:00 a.m. and 3:30 to 5:00
p.m.) unless otherwise approved by the Contracting Officer. Wear hard hats
in designated areas. Do not enter any restricted areas unless required to
do so and until cleared for such entry. The Contractor's equipment shall
be conspicuously marked for identification.
1.4.1.1 Subcontractors and Personnel Contacts
Furnish a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors
including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an
emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available,
correct and change the information contained in previous lists.
1.4.1.2 Identification Badges
Application for and use of badges will be as directed. Obtain access to the
installation by participating in the Navy Commercial Access Control System
(NCACS) or by obtaining passes each day from the Base Pass and
Identification Office. Costs for obtaining passes through the NCACS are the
responsibility of the Contractor. One-day passes, issued through the Base
Pass and Identification Office will be furnished without charge. Furnish a
completed EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION (DHS FORM I-9) form for all
personnel requesting badges. This form is available at
http://www.uscis.gov/portal/site/uscis by searching or selecting Employment
Verification (Form I-9). Immediately report instances of lost or stolen
badges to the Contracting Officer.
a.
NCACS Program: NCACS is a voluntary program in which Contractor
personnel who enroll, and are approved, are subsequently granted
access to the installation for a period up to one year, or the
length of the contract, whichever is less, and are not required to
obtain a new pass from the Base Pass and Identification Office for
each visit. The Government performs background screening and
credentialing. Throughout the year the Contractor employee must
continue to meet background screening standards. Periodic
background screenings are conducted to verify continued NCACS
participation and installation access privileges. Under the NCACS
program, no commercial vehicle inspection is required, other than
for Random Anti-Terrorism Measures (RAM) or in the case of an
elevation of Force Protection Conditions (FPCON). Information on
costs and requirements to participate and enroll in NCACS is
available at http://www.rapidgate.com/vendors/how-to-enroll or by
calling 1-877-727-4342. Contractors should be aware that the costs
incurred to obtain NCACS credentials, or costs related to any
means of access to a Navy Installation, are not reimbursable. Any
time invested, or price(s) paid, for obtaining NCACS credentials
will not be compensated in any way or approved as a direct cost of
any contract with the Department of the Navy.
b.
One-Day Passes: Participation in the NCACS is not mandatory, and
if the Contractor chooses not to participate, the Contractor's
personnel will have to obtain daily passes, be subject to daily
mandatory vehicle inspection, and will have limited access to the
installation. The Government will not be responsible for any cost
or lost time associated with obtaining daily passes or added
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 14 00.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
vehicle inspections incurred by non-participants in the NCACS.
c.
One day passes may be obtained only by submitting a Naval Support
Activity Annapolis Contractor Vehicle Pass Data Sheet (C Sheet) to
the contracting officers designated representative. Allow a
minimum of 5 and a maximum of 15 working days for government
processing of the C Sheet. Approval of the C Sheet will place
contractor employee on the approved access list. Employee is
required to present at the Inspection Station each day access is
requested. Approval by C Sheet is valid for 90 calendar days.
Any contractor requiring access for a period greater than 90
calendar days shall obtain NCACS credentialing.
1.4.1.3 Employee List
The Contractor shall provide to the Contracting officer, in writing, the
names of two designated representatives authorized to request personnel and
vehicle passes for employees and subcontractor's employees prior to
commencement of work under this contract. The Contractor shall maintain a
complete and accurate list of all personnel for whom passes have been
requested under this contract.
1.4.1.4 Personnel Entry Approval
Failure to obtain entry approval will not affect the contract price or time
of completion.
1.4.1.4 Vehicle List
The Contractor shall provide to the Contracting officer, in writing, the
names of two designated representatives authorized to request vehicle
passes for employees and subcontractor's employees prior to commencement of
work under this contract. The Contractor shall maintain a complete and
accurate list of all vehicles and the associated personnel for whom passes
have been requested under this contract.
1.4.2 Working Hours
Regular working hours shall consist of a 10 hour period established by the
Contracting Officer, between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday,
excluding Government holidays.
1.4.3 Work Outside Regular Hours
Work outside regular working hours requires Contracting Officer approval.
Make application 21 calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements
to be made by the Government, giving the specific dates, hours, location,
type of work to be performed, contract number and project title. Based on
the justification provided, the Contracting Officer may approve work
outside regular hours. During periods of darkness, the different parts of
the work shall be lighted in a manner approved by the Contracting Officer.
1.4.4 Occupied and Existing Building(s)
The Contractor shall be working in and around existing buildings which are
occupied. Do not enter the building(s) without prior approval of the
Contracting Officer.
Provide dust covers or protective enclosures to protect existing work that
remains and Government material located in the Brigade Sports Complex
during the construction period.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 14 00.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
The Government will remove and relocate other Government property in the
areas of the building scheduled to receive work.
1.4.5 Utility Cutovers and Interruptions
a. Make utility cutovers and interruptions after normal working
hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, and Government holidays. Conform to
procedures required in the paragraph "Work Outside Regular Hours."
b. Ensure that new utility lines are complete, except for the
connection, before interrupting existing service.
c. Interruption to water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, telephone
service, electric service, air conditioning, heating, fire alarm,
compressed air shall be considered utility cutovers pursuant to the
paragraph entitled "Work Outside Regular Hours."
d. Operation of Station Utilities: The Contractor shall not operate
nor disturb the setting of control devices in the station utilities
system, including water, sewer, electrical, and steam services. The
Government will operate the control devices as required for normal
conduct of the work. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting
Officer giving reasonable advance notice when such operation is
required.
1.4.5.1 Location of Underground Utilities
Obtain digging permits prior to start of excavation by contacting the
Contracting Officer 21 calendar days in advance. Scan the construction
site with electromagnetic or sonic equipment, and mark the surface of the
ground or paved surface where existing underground utilities or utilities
encased in pier structures are discovered. Verify the elevations of
existing piping, utilities, and any type of underground or encased
obstruction not indicated to be specified or removed but indicated or
discovered during scanning in locations to be traversed by piping, ducts,
and other work to be conducted or installed.
a.
Notification Prior to Excavation: Notify the Contracting Officer
at least 21 days prior to starting excavation work. Contact Miss
Utility 48 hours prior to excavating. Contractor is responsible
for marking all utilities not marked by Miss Utility.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 14 00.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 20 00.05 20
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES FOR DESIGN-BUILD
01/12
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EP-1110-1-8
(2009) Construction Equipment
Ownership and Operating Expense
Schedule, Vol 1-12
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Schedule of Prices; G
1.3 . SCHEDULE OF PRICES
1.3.1 Data Required
Within 15 calendar days of notice of award, prepare and deliver to the
Contracting Officer a Schedule of Prices(construction contract) as directed
by the Contracting Officer. Provide a detailed breakdown of the contract
price, giving quantities for each of the various kinds of work, unit
prices, and extended prices. Costs shall be summarized and totals provided
for each construction category.
1.3.2 Schedule Instructions
Payments will not be made until the Schedule of Prices has been submitted
to and accepted by the Contracting Officer. For design phase progress
payment(s), the Schedule of Prices shall include detailed design activities
and general (summarized) approach for the construction phase(s) of the
project. The Schedule of Prices shall be fully developed with detailed
construction line items as design progresses. The complete design and
construction Schedule of Prices or Earned Value Report shall be submitted
and accepted prior to starting construction work.
For Fast-Tracked or Critical Path Submittals of construction projects, the
Schedule of Prices shall include detailed design and construction line
items for each fast-tracked/ critical path phase(s), submitted to and
accepted by the Contracting Officer during the Post Award Kickoff Meetings
and confirmed prior to starting construction work in that phase.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 20 00.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Additionally, the Schedule of Prices shall be separated as follows:
a. Primary Facility/s Cost Breakdown:
Defined as work on the primary facility/s out to the 1.5 m (5 foot) line.
Work out to the 1.5 m (5 foot) line shall include construction encompassed
within a theoretical line 1.5 m (5 foot) from the face of exterior walls
and shall include attendant construction, such as pad mounted HVAC
equipment, that may extend beyond the 1.5 m (5 foot) line.
(1) Provide a cost breakout for all Primary Facility features that support
Low Impact Development (LID), such as vegetated roof and rainwater
harvesting features. The sum of the Primary Facility Cost above - a. and
these Primary Facility LID sub-items - (1) shall equal the total Primary
Facility cost. Provide a subtotal cost of all Primary Facility LID subitems on the Schedule of Prices at design complete and project closeout.
b. Supporting Facilities Cost Breakdown:
Defined as site work, including incidental work, outside the 1.5 m (5 foot)
line.
(1) Provide a cost breakout for all Supporting Facilities features that
support LID, such as bioswales, permeable paving, infiltration basins, tree
box filters, etc.. The sum of the Supporting Facilities Cost above - b.
and these Supporting Facilities LID sub-items - (1) shall equal the total
Supporting Facilities cost. Provide a subtotal cost of all Supporting
Facilities LID sub-items on the Schedule of Prices at design complete and
project closeout.
1.3.3 Real Property Assets
Provide the Draft and Interim DD Form 1354, Transfer and Acceptance of
Military Real Property filled in with the appropriate Real Property Unique
Identifiers (RPUID) and related construction Category Codes. Provide the
Draft DD Form 1354 that uses the appropriate division of the RPUIDs/
Category Codes to represent the designed real property assets that apply to
this contract and include all associated cost. The Contractor shall meet
with the Contracting Officer and the Real Property Accounting Officer
during the Post Award Kickoff Meeting and the Project Closeout Meetings to
modify and include any necessary changes to the DD Form 1354. The
Contractor shall provide the Interim DD Form 1354 that uses the appropriate
division of the RPUIDs/ Category Codes to represent the final constructed
facility and include all associated cost. Coordinate the Contractor's
Price and Payment structure with the structure of the RPUIDs/ Category
Codes.
Divide detailed asset breakdown into the RPUIDs and related construction
Category Codes and populate associated costs which represent all aspects of
the work. Where assets diverge into multiple RPUID/ Category Codes, divide
the asset and provide the proportion of the assets in each RPUID/ Category
Code. Assets and related RPUID/ Category Codes may be modified by the
Contracting Officer as necessary during the course of the work. Coordinate
identification and proportion of these assets with the Government Real
Property Accounting Officer.
Cost data accumulated under this section are required in the preparation of
DD Form 1354. Coordinate with section 01 33 10.05 20, Design Submittal
Procedures in paragraph titled "DD Form 1354".
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 20 00.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.4 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
In conjunction with the Contract Clause "DFARS 252.236-7000, Modification
Proposals-Price Breakdown," and where actual ownership and operating costs
of construction equipment cannot be determined from Contractor accounting
records, equipment use rates shall be based upon the applicable provisions
of the EP-1110-1-8.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE AND CONTRACT PERFORMANCE STATEMENT
1.5.1 Content of Invoice
Requests for payment will be processed in accordance with the Contract.
Clause FAR 52.232-27, Prompt Payment Construction Contracts and FAR 52.2325, Payments Under Fixed-Price Construction Contracts. The Requests for
payment shall include the documents listed below:
•
The Contractor's invoice, on NAVFAC Form 7300/30 furnished by the
Government, showing in summary form, the basis for arriving at the
amount of the invoice. Form 7300/30 shall include certification by
Quality Control (QC) Manager as required by the contract.
•
The Estimate for Voucher/ Contract Performance Statement on NAVFAC
Form 7300/31 furnished by the Government, showing in detail: the
estimated cost, percentage of completion, and value of completed
performance. Use LANTNAVFACENGCOM Form 4-330/110 (New 7/84) on
NAVFAC Atlantic contracts when a Monthly Estimate for Voucher is
required.
•
Updated Project Schedule and reports required by the contract
•
Contractor Safety Self Evaluation Checklist
•
Other supporting documents as requested
•
Updated copy of submittal register.
•
Invoices not completed in accordance with contract requirements
will be returned to the Contractor for correction of the
deficiencies.
h.
Subcontractor and supplier payment certification.
i.
Materials on Site.
j. Affidavit to accompany invoice (LANTDIV NORVA Form 4-4235/4
(Rev.5/81)).
h. Monthly Work-hour report
i. Solid Waste Disposal Report
1.5.2 Submission of Invoices
If NFAS Clause 5252.232-9301 is included in the contract, the documents
listed in paragraph titled " Content of Invoice" above shall be provided in
their entirety as an attachment in Wide Area Work Flow (WAWF) for each
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 20 00.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
invoice submitted. The maximum size of each WAWF attachment is two
megabytes, but there are no limits on the number of attachments. If a
document cannot be attached in WAWF due to system or size restriction it
shall be provided as instructed by the Contracting Officer. All other paper
invoices shall be forwarded with specific marking on the envelope. This
marking shall be in the front lower left hand corner, in large letters,
"INVOICES - ENCLOSED."
1.5.3 Final Invoice
a. A final invoice shall be accompanied by the certification required by
DFARS 252.247.7023 TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA, and the Contractor's
Final Release. If the Contractor is incorporated, the Final Release shall
contain the corporate seal. An officer of the corporation shall sign and
the corporate secretary shall certify the Final Release.
b. For final invoices being submitted via WAWF, the original Contractor's
Final Release Form and required certification of Transportation of Supplies
by Sea must be provided directly to the respective Contracting Officer
prior to submission of the final invoice. Once receipt of the original
Final Release Form and required certification of Transportation of Supplies
by Sea has been confirmed by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall
then submit final invoice and attach a copy of the Final Release Form and
required certification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea in WAWF.
c. Final invoices not accompanied by the Contractor's Final Release and
required certification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea will be
considered incomplete and will be returned to the Contractor.
1.6 PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR
Payments will be made on submission of itemized requests by the Contractor
which comply with the requirements of this section, and will be subject to
reduction for overpayments or increase for underpayments made on previous
payments to the Contractor.
1.6.1 Obligation of Government Payments
The obligation of the Government to make
provisions of this contract will, at the
Officer, be subject to reductions and/or
FAR and agency regulations including the
32.503-6:
payments required under the
discretion of the Contracting
suspensions permitted under the
following in accordance with "FAR
a. Reasonable deductions due to defects in material or workmanship;
b. Claims which the Government may have against the Contractor under or in
connection with this contract;
c. Unless otherwise adjusted, repayment to the Government upon demand for
overpayments made to the Contractor; and
d. Failure to provide up to date record drawings not current as stated in
Contract Clause "FAC 5252.236-9310, Record Drawings."
1.6.2 Payment for Onsite and Offsite Materials
Progress payments may be made to the contractor for materials delivered on
the site, for materials stored off construction sites, or materials that
are in transit to the construction sites under the following conditions:
a. FAR 52.232-5(b) Payments Under Fixed Price Construction Contracts.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 20 00.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
b. Materials delivered on the site but not installed, including completed
preparatory work, and off-site materials to be considered for progress
payment shall be major high cost, long lead, special order, or specialty
items, not susceptible to deterioration or physical damage in storage or in
transit to the construction site. Examples of materials acceptable for
payment consideration include, but are not limited to, structural steel,
non-magnetic steel, non-magnetic aggregate, equipment, machinery, large
pipe and fittings, precast/prestressed concrete products, plastic lumber
(e.g., fender piles/curbs) and high-voltage electrical cable. Materials not
acceptable for payment include consumable materials such as nails,
fasteners, conduits, gypsum board, glass, insulation, and wall coverings.
c. Materials to be considered for progress payment prior to installation
shall be specifically and separately identified in the Contractor's
estimates of work submitted for the Contracting Officer's approval in
accordance with Schedule of Prices and/or Earned Value Report
requirement(s) of this contract. Requests for progress payment
consideration for such items shall be supported by documents establishing
their value and that the title requirements of the clause at FAR 52.232-5
have been met.
d. Materials are adequately insured and protected from theft and exposure.
e. Provide a written consent from the surety company with each payment
request for offsite materials.
f. Materials to be considered for progress payments prior to installation
shall be stored either in Hawaii, Guam, Puerto Rico, or the Continental
United States. Other locations are subject to written approval of the
Contracting Officer.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 20 00.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 30 00.05 20
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
11/07
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
15 CFR 772
Definition of Terms
15 CFR 773
Special Licensing Procedures
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Insurance; G
1.3 MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Procure and maintain during the entire period of performance under this
contract the following minimum insurance coverage:
a.
Comprehensive general liability:
$500,000 per occurrence
b.
Automobile liability: $200,000 per person, $500,000 per
occurrence for bodily injury, $20,000 per occurrence for property
damage
c.
Workmen's compensation as required by Federal and State workers'
compensation and occupational disease laws.
d.
Employer's liability coverage of $100,000, except in States where
workers compensation may not be written by private carriers,
e.
Others as required by the State.
1.4 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
1.4.1 Subcontractor Special Requirements
1.4.1.1 Asbestos Containing Material
All contract requirements of PART 4, F20 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION,
assigned to the Private Qualified Person (PQP) shall be accomplished
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 30 00.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
directly by a first tier subcontractor.
1.4.1.2 HVAC TAB
All contract requirements of TAB work required by PART 4 D30, HVAC, shall
be accomplished directly by a first tier subcontractor. No TAB work
required by PART 4, D30, HVAC, shall be accomplished by a second tier
subcontractor.
1.4.1.3 Qualified Testing Organization
All contract requirements of work required to be performed by a Qualified
Testing Organization in PART 4, D50 ELECTRICAL and G40 SITE ELECTRICAL
UTILITIES, shall be accomplished directly by a first tier subcontractor.
No work to be performed by a Qualified Testing Organization, required by
PART 4, D50 and G40 shall be accomplished by a second tier subcontractor.
1.5 SUPERVISION
Have at least one qualified supervisor capable of reading, writing, and
conversing fluently in the English language on the job site during working
hours. In addition, the Quality Control (QC) representative shall also
have fluent English communication skills.
1.6 AVAILABILITY OF CADD DRAWING FILES
After award and upon request, the electronic "Computer-Aided Drafting and
Design (CADD)" drawing files to the extent they exist will be made
available to the Contractor for use in preparation of construction drawings
and data related to the referenced contract subject to the following terms
and conditions.
Data contained on these electronic files shall not be used for any purpose
other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction drawings and
data for the referenced project. Any other use or reuse shall be at the
sole risk of the Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to the
Government. The Contractor shall make no claim and waives to the fullest
extent permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any nature against
the Government, its agents or sub consultants that may arise out of or in
connection with the use of these electronic files. The Contractor shall,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Government
harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable
attorney's fees and defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the use
of these electronic files.
These electronic CADD drawing files are not construction documents.
Differences may exist between the CADD files and the corresponding
construction documents. The Government makes no representation regarding
the accuracy or completeness of the electronic CADD files, nor does it make
representation to the compatibility of these files with the Contractors
hardware or software. In the event that a conflict arises between the
signed and sealed construction documents prepared by the Government and the
furnished CADD files, the signed and sealed construction documents shall
govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any conflict
exists. Use of these CADD files does not relieve the Contractor of duty to
fully comply with the contract documents, including and without limitation,
the need to check, confirm and coordinate the work of all contractors for
the project.
If the Contractor uses, duplicates and/or modifies these electronic CADD
files for use in producing construction drawings and data related to this
contract, all previous indicia of ownership (seals, logos, signatures,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 30 00.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
initials and dates) shall be removed.
1.7 CLEANUP
Leave premises "broom clean." Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces
exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances;
polish transparent and glossy surfaces; vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. Replace filters of
operating equipment. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts and
drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake clean landscaped areas.
Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and construction facilities
from the site.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 30 00.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 31 19.05 20
POST AWARD MEETINGS
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
This document includes post-award requirements for project kickoff and
subsequent design and preconstruction meetings.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Design Submittal Packaging Proposal: G
Project Schedule: G
Performance Assessment Plan (PAP); G
Design Presentation Concept Site and Floor Plans; G
1.3 POST AWARD KICKOFF MEETING
The Post Award Kickoff (PAK) meeting is made up of Contract Administration,
Concept Design Presentation/Design Development, Partnering, and Scheduling.
If mutually beneficial to the Contractor and the Government, these four
elements may be addressed in a single multi day meeting but most often
multiple scheuled meetings are required. Schedule a separate meeting or a
seperate day of the multiday PAK, to accomplish the Design
Presentation/Design Development Meeting.
1.3.1 PAK Meeting Schedule and Location
Within 35 calendar days after contract award, and prior to commencing work,
meet with the Contracting Officer for the PAK meeting(s). The meeting shall
be located at a specific time and place to be determined by the Contracting
Officer.
1.3.2 PAK Meeting Outcomes
The meeting(s) outcomes are:
•
Integrate the Contractor and all client representatives into the
project team.
•
Achieve consensus from the project team on any issues and concerns
with the Contractor's technical proposal and the User's functional
requirements. Confirm the design is within the project budget.
•
Establish and explain policies and procedures for completion of a
successful project.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 31 19.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
•
Establish clear lines of communication and points of contact for
Government and Contractor team members.
•
Obtain an acceptable conceptual design including floor and site
plans, signed by the client, Contractor and other key team
members.
•
Establish project design schedule, design submittal packaging, and
preliminary construction schedule in accordance with UFGS Section
01 32 17.05 20, Network Analysis Schedule (NAS) for Design-Build.
Discuss design milestones and events that will be included in the
Quality Control Communication Plan.
•
Establish clear expectations and schedules for facility turnover,
providing DD Form 1354 asset management records, eOMSI submittals,
and training of Government maintenance personnel.
•
Establish procedure for design packages reviews, Contractor’s
resolution to comments, and Government's role in review of
packages.
1.3.3 PAK Meeting Contractor Attendees
The following Contractor key personnel shall attend the PAK: Project
Manager, Project Scheduler, Lead Designer-of-Record (DOR), Design Staff
responsible for each architectural/engineering discipline when facility
design is discussed, Superintendent, QC Manager, and the DQC Manager and
the Commissioning Authority (CA). Optional attendees include: Principal,
Assistant Project Manager, major subcontractors and specialized
supplemental QC personnel.
1.3.4 Contract Administration
Contract administration roles and responsibilities will be addressed.
1.3.5 Design Presentation/Development
The Contractor shall lead discussions to develop an understanding of the
accepted technical proposal and conduct working sessions to further develop
the approved conceptual site, floor plans, and building elevation. The
Contractor shall anticipate that Users represented at the Design
Presentation will provide additional functional information. At the end of
the Design Presentation the Contractor shall provide either assurance that
the updated design can be built with-in the budget or identify potential
cost modification items and establish a follow-on Design Presentation
Meeting to finalize a design that will include trade-offs to bring the
project within the budget.
1.3.5.1 Design Presentation/Development Contractor Meetings Attendees
The following Contractor key personnel shall attend the Design
Presentation: Project Manager, Project Scheduler, Cost Estimator, Lead
Designer of Record, Design Staff responsible for each
architectural/engineering discipline when facility design is discussed,
Major Subcontractors, and DQC.
1.3.7 Partnering
To most effectively accomplish this contract, the Government requires the
formation of a cohesive partnership within the Project Team whose members
are from the Government, Contractor and its Subcontractors. Key Personnel
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 31 19.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
from the Supported Command, End User (who will occupy the facility), NAVFAC
(Echelon III and/or IV), Navy Region/Installation, Contractor and
Subcontractors and the Designer of Record will be invited to participate in
the Partnering process. The Partnership will draw on the strength of each
organization in an effort to achieve a project without any safety mishaps,
conforming to the Contract, within budget and on schedule.
Information on the Partnering Process and a list of Key and Optional
personnel who should attend the Partnering meeting are available from the
Contracting Officer.
INFORMAL PARTNERING: The Contracting Officer shall organize the Partnering
Sessions with key personnel of the project team, including Contractor's
personnel and Government personnel.
The Initial Informal Partnering session should be a part of the DB Post
Award Kickoff (PAK). Partnering sessions should be held at a location
agreed to by the Contracting Officer and the Contractor (typically a
conference room provided by the PWD FEAD/ROICC office or the Contractor).
The Initial Informal Partnering Session will be conducted and facilitated
using electronic media (a video and accompanying forms) provided by
Contracting Officer.
The Partners will determine the frequency of the follow-on sessions.
1.3.8 Performance Assessment Plan (PAP)
The Performance Assessment Plan (PAP) shall be used to document design
innovation and budget management, provide performance feedback to the
Contractor, and as a basis for interim and final evaluations in the
Construction Contractor Appraisal System (CCASS) on-line database.
It is the intent of the Government to establish the PAP based on tangible,
measurable indicators of outstanding contractor performance, and on
commitments made in the Contractor's proposal. The initial PAP may be
found on the NAVFAC Design-Build Request for Proposal Website in RFP PART 6
Attachments. Review and finalized the initial PAP during the Partnering
Session. During the initial Partnering Session, the Government, the
Contractor, the Designer-of-Record, and the Client will establish the PAP.
Following the establishment of the PAP, the Contractor will present it,
with his input, for update and discussion at projects meetings which
discuss project performance. Submit an updated PAP on a monthly basis with
the invoice for that period as a minimum.
1.3.9 Project Schedule
Provide in accordance with Section 01 32 17.05 20 NETWORK ANALYSIS
SCHEDULES (NAS) FOR DESIGN-BUILD.
1.4 DESIGN QUALITY ASSURANCE MEETINGS
After Government Quality Assurance (QA) of each Design Submittal has been
completed, meet with the Government for a one-day conference to discuss
review comments for the specific design submittal.
Provide consolidated copies of all Government comments with annotations of
Contractor's action beside them. Notify the Contracting Officer in writing
within five (5) days after receipt of Government's comments if the
Contractor disagrees with comments technically or interprets comments to
exceed the requirements of the contract.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 31 19.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.4.1 Design QA Meeting Attendees
The following Contractor key personnel shall attend the design QA meetings:
Project Manager, QC Manager, Commissioning Authority, and Contractor's
Design Staff (architect and engineering disciplines related to topics to be
discussed).
1.4.2 Design QA Meeting Location
Meetings shall be located at the office of the Contracting Officer's QA
Team or may be conducted at other locations or by other electronic means if
mutually acceptable to all parties.
1.4.3 Minimum Design QA Meeting Agenda
Address all Government comments that are unresolved and present
clarification or supporting information requested by the Contracting
Officer's QA team during the previous meeting.
1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss construction items of concern
to the Government and the Contractor such as outages, storage, trailer
location, disposal of construction debris, and safety, at a location to be
determined by the Contracting Officer. The Preconstruction meeting may
take place with the PAK meeting or at any time prior to mobilization and
before any construction work begins.
1.6 RECURRING MEETINGS
1.6.1 Quality Control and Production Meetings
Quality Control and Production Meetings in accordance with UFGS Section 01
45 00.05 20, Design and Construction Quality Control.
1.6.2 Safety Meetings
Safety Meetings in accordance with UFGS Section 01 35 26.05 20, Government
Safety Requirements for Design-Build.
1.6.3 eOMSI Meetings
Refer to UFGS section 01 78 24.00 20, Facility Electronic Operations and
Maintenance Information for requirements.
1.7 FACILITY TURNOVER PLANNING MEETINGS
Key personnel will meet to identify strategies to ensure the project is
carried to expeditious closure and turnover to the Client. Start the
turnover process at the PAK Meeting and convene the Facility Turnover
Meetings once the project has reached approximately 75% completion or three
to six months prior to Beneficial Occupancy Date (BOD), whichever comes
first. The Contracting Officer's Representative will lead the meetings and
guide the discussions based on an agenda provided by the Government. The
Facility Turnover effort shall include the following:
a.
PAK Meeting 1. Contracting Officer's Technical Representative (COTR) will
provide the NRZ Checklist and the Contractor, Client, and NAVFAC
Representatives will compare Contractor's schedule to NRZ
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 31 19.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Checklist to ensure all Contractor Checklist Items are included in
the schedule and to discuss the scheduling impact of Client and
NAVFAC Checklist Items.
2. Discuss the requirements of creating the Draft and finalizing
the Interim DD Form 1354 to provide asset management records to
the Government. Refer to UFGS Section 01 33 10.05 20, Design
Submittal Procedures for requirements.
b.
Facility Turnover Meetings 1. Fill in the NRZ Checklist including Contractor, Client, and
NAVFAC Checklist Items and assigned a person responsible for each
item and a due date. The Contracting Officer's Representative will
facilitate the assignment of responsibilities and fill out the NRZ
Checklist.
2. Review the Contractor's updated schedule. The Contractor shall
develop a POAM for the completion of all Contractor, Client, and
NAVFAC Checklist items.
3. Confirm that all NRZ Checklist items will be completed on time
for the scheduled Facility Turnover.
4. The Contractor shall lead a discussion of the Final eOMSI submittal.
Assign responsibility and schedule for the provision of all information
necessary to complete the eOMSI Spreadsheet Workbook for facility turnover.
5. Schedule and coordinate the facility training of Government
maintenance personnel.
1.7.1 Facility Turnover Meeting Attendees
The following key personnel shall attend the Facility Turnover Meetings:
Contractor QC Manager, Design Quality Control Manager, Superintendent,
Major Subcontractors, Designer-of-Record, Contracting Officer's
Representative, Project Sponsor, Representative(s) of NAVFAC, the Facility
Owner/ Real Property Accounting Officer, Public Works Facility Maintenance
Specialist, and the Client.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 31 19.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 32 16.05 20
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
7/09
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33
00.05 20 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 10.05 20
DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, except as modified in this contract.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Design and Construction Schedule; G
1.2 ACCEPTANCE
Prior to the start of work, prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer
for acceptance a design and construction schedule in the form of a Network
Analysis Schedule (NAS) in accordance with the terms in Contract Clause
"FAR 52.236-15, Schedules for Construction Contracts," except as modified
in this contract. Acceptance of an error free Baseline Schedule and
updates is a condition precedent to processing the Contractor's pay
request.
1.3 SCHEDULE FORMAT
1.3.1 Network Analysis Schedule (NAS)
The Contractor shall use the critical path method (CPM) to schedule and
control project activities. Project schedules shall be prepared and
maintained using Primavera P3, Primavera SureTrak or current mandated
scheduling program. Save files in Concentric P3 or current mandated
scheduling program file format, compatible with the Governments version of
the scheduling program. Importing data into P3/SureTrak/current mandated
scheduling program using data conversion techniques or third party software
will be cause for rejection of the submitted schedule. The schedule shall
be built as follows:
The Project Schedule shall show design periods, submittals, government
review periods, material/equipment delivery, utility outages, all on-site
construction, inspection, testing, and closeout activities. Government and
Contractor on-site work activities shall be driven by calendars that
reflect Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work days.
With the exception of the Contract Award, Start Contract and End Contract
milestone activities, no activities shall be open-ended; each activity
shall have predecessor and successor ties.
Date/time constraint(s) and/or lags, other than those required by the
contract, shall not be allowed unless accepted by the Contracting Officer.
The Contractor shall include as the last activity in the contract schedule,
a milestone activity named "Contract Completion Date". The "Contract
Completion Date" milestone shall have a "Mandatory Finish" constraint equal
to the contract completion date.
Each activity shall be assigned its appropriate Responsibility Code
indicating responsibility to accomplish the work indicated by the activity,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 16.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Phase Code and Work Location Code.
1.3.1.1 NAS Submittals and Procedures
Submit all network analysis and updates in hard copy and on electronic
media that is acceptable to the Contracting Officer. Submit an electronic
back-up of the project schedule in an import format compatible with the
governments scheduling program.
1.4 UPDATED SCHEDULES
Update the Design and Construction schedule at monthly intervals or when
the schedule has been revised. The updated schedule shall be kept current,
reflecting actual activity progress and plan for completing the remaining
work. Submit copies of purchase orders and confirmation of delivery dates
as directed.
1.5 THREE-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall prepare and issue a 3-Week Look Ahead schedule to
provide a more detailed day-to-day plan of upcoming work identified on the
Design and Construction Schedule. The work plans shall be keyed to activity
numbers when a NAS is required and updated each week to show the planned
work for the current and following two-week period. Additionally, include
upcoming outages, closures, preparatory meetings, and initial meetings.
Identify critical path activities on the Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule.
The detail work plans are to be bar chart type schedules, maintained
separately from the Design and Construction Schedule on an electronic
spreadsheet program and printed on 8-½ by 11 sheets as directed by the
Contracting Officer. Activities shall not exceed 5 working days in
duration and have sufficient level of detail to assign crews, tools and
equipment required to complete the work. Three hard copies and one
electronic file of the 3-Week Look Ahead Schedule shall be delivered to the
Contracting Officer no later than 8 a.m. each Monday and reviewed during
the weekly CQC Coordination Meeting.
1.6 CORRESPONDENCE AND TEST REPORTS
All correspondence (e.g., letters, Requests for Information (RFIs), emails, meeting minute items, Production and QC Daily Reports, material
delivery tickets, photographs, etc.) shall reference Schedule activities
that are being addressed. All test reports (e.g., concrete, soil
compaction, weld, pressure, etc.) shall reference schedule activities that
are being addressed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 16.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 32 17.05 20
NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS) FOR DESIGN-BUILD
8/10
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
The Contractor is responsible for scheduling all design, procurement and
construction.
A single schedule shall logically incorporate all design
and construction for the entire project. Unless otherwise indicated, the
contractor may begin construction when design is signed, stamped and
submitted to the Government via the Contractor's quality control
organization.
If Government approval is required for any portion of a final signed and
sealed design package prior to construction, that review time shall be
included in the schedule. The schedule shall also include times for
procurement, Contractor quality control and construction, acceptance
testing and training. Refer to Specification Section 01 33 00.05 20
Construction Submittal Procedures to determine if any items require
Government approval prior to construction; if any are required, that
submittal review time shall be included in the schedule.
The schedule is a tool to manage the project, both for Contractor and
Government activities. It will also be used to measure progress and to
evaluate time extensions. If cost-loaded, it will provide the basis for
progress payments.
The Contractor shall use the Critical Path Method (CPM) and the Precedence
Diagram Method (PDM) to satisfy time and cost applications. For
consistency, when scheduling software terminology is used in this
specification, the terms in Primavera's scheduling programs are used.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, except as modified in this contract.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Qualifications; G
Design Baseline Network Analysis Schedule Package; G
Construction Baseline Network Analysis Schedule Package; G
SD-07 Certificates
Monthly Network Analysis Schedule Updates; G
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
As-Built Schedule; G
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.3 SCHEDULE ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO START OF WORK
Government review comments on the Contractor's schedule(s) shall not
relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
The Design Baseline Network Analysis Schedule (NAS) shall be submitted and
presented to the Government at the PAK Meeting. The acceptance of a Design
Baseline NAS is a condition precedent to processing Contractor's pay
request(s) for design activities/items of work.
Only bonds shall be paid prior to acceptance of the Design Baseline Network
Analysis Schedule(NAS).
The most current updated design schedule shall accompany each design
submittal.
The Contracting Officer and Contractor shall participate in a preliminary
meeting(s) to discuss the proposed schedule and requirements of this
section prior to the Contractor preparing the Construction Baseline
Schedule.
The acceptance of a Construction Baseline NAS is a condition precedent to:
1.
The Contractor starting work on the demolition or construction
stage(s) of the contract.
2.
Processing Contractor's pay request(s) for construction
activities/items of work.
3.
Review of any schedule updates
Submittal of the Baseline Network Analysis Schedules, and subsequent
schedule updates, shall be understood to be the Contractor's certification
that the submitted schedule meets all of the requirements of the Contract
Documents, represents the Contractor's plan on how the work shall be
accomplished, and accurately reflects the work that has been accomplished
and how it was sequenced (as-built logic).
1.4 SOFTWARE
Project schedules must be prepared and maintained using Primavera P3,
Primavera SureTrak or current mandated scheduling program. Save files in
Concentric P3 or current mandated scheduling program file format,
compatible with the Governments version of the scheduling program.
Importing data into P3/SureTrak/current mandated scheduling program using
data conversion techniques or third party software will be cause for
rejection of the submitted schedule.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
The designated Scheduler for the project shall have prepared and maintained
at least 3 previous schedules of similar size and complexity of this
contract using SureTrak/P3 or current mandated scheduling program. A
resume outlining the qualifications of the Scheduler shall be submitted for
acceptance to the Contracting Officer. Payment will not be processed until
an acceptable Scheduler is provided.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.6 NETWORK SYSTEM FORMAT
The system shall include time scaled logic diagrams and specified reports.
1.6.1 Diagrams
Provide Time-scaled Logic Diagram printed in color on ANSI D size sheets.
The diagram shall clearly show activities on the critical path. Include
the following information for each activity:
a.
Activity ID
b.
Activity Description
c.
Original Duration in Work Days
d.
Remaining duration
e.
Percent Complete
f.
Early Start Date
g.
Early Finish Date
h.
Total Float
1.6.2 Schedule Activity Properties and Level of Detail
The NAS shall identify all Design, Government, Construction Quality
Management (CQM), Construction activities planned for the project and all
other activities that could impact project completion if delayed. Separate
activities shall be created for each Phase, Area, Floor Level and Location
the activity is occurring. Activity categories included in the schedule
are specified below.
With the exception of the Contract Award and Contract Completion Date (CCD)
milestone activities, no activity shall be open-ended; each activity shall
have predecessor and successor ties. Once an activity exists on the
schedule it may not be deleted or renamed to change the scope of the
activity and shall not be removed from the schedule logic without approval
from the Contracting Officer. The ID number for a deleted activity shall
not be re-used for another activity. No more than 20 percent of the
activities shall be critical or near critical. Critical is defined as
having zero days of Total Float. "Near Critical" is defined as having Total
Float of 1 to 14 days. Contractor activities shall be driven by calendars
that reflect Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work days.
1.6.2.1 Activity Categories
a.
Design Activities: Design activities shall include design decision
points, design submittal packages, including any critical path
submittals for Fast Tracked Phases. Review times for design
development packages shall be included in the schedule. Refer to
Specification Section 01 33 10.05 20 Design Submittal Procedures,
for specific requirements.
b.
Procurement Activities: Examples of procurement activities
include, but are not limited to; Material/equipment submittal
preparation, submittal and approval of material/equipment;
material/equipment fabrication and delivery, and
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
material/equipment on-site. As a minimum, separate procurement
activities will be provided for critical items, long lead items,
items requiring government approval and material/equipment
procurement for which payment will be requested in advance of
installation. The Contractor shall show each delivery with
relationship tie to the Construction Activity specifically for the
delivery.
c.
Government Activities: Government and other agency activities that
could impact progress shall be clearly identified. Government
activities include, but are not limited to; Government approved
submittal reviews, Government conducted inspections/tests,
environmental permit approvals by State regulators, utility
outages, Design Start, Construction Start, (including
Design/Construction Start for each Fast-Track Phase, and delivery
of Government Furnished Material/Equipment.
d.
Quality Management (QM) Activities: CQM Activities shall identify
the Preparatory Phase and Initial Phase for each Definable Feature
of Work identified in the Contractor's Quality Control Plan.
These activities shall be added to each Three-Week Look Ahead
Schedule referenced in the paragraph entitled "THREE-WEEK LOOK
AHEAD SCHEDULE" and will also be included in each monthly update.
The Follow-up Phase will be represented by the Construction
Activities in the Baseline Schedule and in the schedule updates.
e.
Construction Activities: No on-site construction activity shall
have a duration in excess of 20 working days. Separate
construction activities shall be created for each Phase, Area,
Floor Level and Location the activity is occurring. Contractor
activities shall be driven by calendars that reflect Saturdays,
Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work days, unless
otherwise defined in this contract.
f.
Turnover and Closeout Activities: Include a separate section with
all items on the NAVFAC Red Zone Checklist/POAM that are
applicable to this project. The checklist will be provided at the
PAK meeting. As a minimum, this will include all testing,
specialized inspection activities, Pre-Final inspection, Punch
List Completion, Final Inspection and Acceptance. Add a
milestone for the Facility Turnover Planning Meeting at
approximately 75% construction contract completion or three to six
months prior to BOD, whichever is sooner.
1.6.2.2 Contract Milestones and Constraints
a.
Project Start Date Milestones: The Contractor shall include as the
first activity on the schedule a start milestone titled "Contract
Award", which shall have a Mandatory Start constraint equal to the
Contract Award Date.
b.
Projected Completion Milestone: The Contractor shall include an
unconstrained finish milestone on the schedule titled "Projected
Completion". Projected Completion is defined as the point in time
the Government would consider the project complete and ready for
its intended use. This milestone shall have the Contract
Completion (CCD) milestone as its only successor.
c.
Contract Completion Date (CCD) Milestone: The Contractor shall
include as the last activity on the schedule a finish milestone
titled "Contract Completion (CCD)", which shall have a Mandatory
Finish constraint equal to the current Contract Completion Date.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Calculation of schedule updates shall be such that if the finish
of the "Projected Completion" milestone falls after the contract
completion date, then negative float will be calculated on the
longest path and if the finish of the "Projected Completion"
milestone falls before the contract completion date, the float
calculation shall reflect positive float on the longest path. The
only predecessor to the Contract Completion Date Milestone shall
be the Projected Completion milestone.
1.6.2.3 Activity Code
At a minimum, the Contractor shall establish activity codes identified in
this specification and 3 additional activity codes identified by the
Contracting Officer. Once established, activity codes and values cannot be
changed without approval by the Contracting Officer.
a.
Phase: All activities shall be assigned a 4-digit code value based
on the contract phase it occurs in.
b.
Area Code: All activities shall be assigned an area code value
identifying the Area in which the activity occurs. Activities
shall not belong to more than one area. Area is defined as a
distinct space, function or activity category; such as, separate
structure(s), sitework, project summary, construction quality
management, material/equipment procurement, etc.
c.
Work Item: All activities in the project schedule shall be
assigned a 4-digit Work Item code value. Examples of Work Item
code values include but are not limited to water lines, drain
lines, building pad and foundation, slab on grade, walls and
columns, suspended slab, roof structure, roofing, exterior finish
systems, interior rough-in, and finishes, etc.
d.
Location 1: Assign a 4-digit Location 1 code value to activities
associated with multistory structures. Code values are used to
identify the floor level where an activity is occurring.
e.
Location 2: Assign a 4-digit Location 2 code value to all
activities to identify the location within an Area, Work Item or
Building Level that an activity is occurring.
f.
Responsibility Code: All activities in the project schedule shall
be identified with the party responsible for completing the task.
Activities shall not belong to more than one responsible party.
1.6.2.4 Anticipated Weather Delays
The Contractor shall use the following schedule of anticipated monthly nonwork days due to adverse weather as the basis for establishing a "Weather
Calendar" showing the number of anticipated non-workdays for each month due
to adverse weather, Saturdays, Sundays and all Federal Holidays as non-work
days.
MONTHLY ANTICIPATED ADVERSE WEATHER DELAYS
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
3
3
3
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
Assign the Weather Calendar to any activity that could be impacted by
adverse weather. The Contracting Officer will issue a modification in
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
accordance with the contract clauses, giving the Contractor a time
extension for the difference of days between the anticipated and actual
adverse weather delay if the number of actual adverse weather delay days
exceeds the number of days anticipated for the month in which the delay
occurs and the adverse weather delayed activities critical to contract
completion. A lost workday due to weather conditions is defined as a day
in which the Contractor cannot work at least 50 percent of the day on the
impacted activity.
1.6.3 Schedule Software Settings and Restrictions
a.
Activity Constraints: Date/time constraint(s), other than those
required by the contract, will not be allowed unless accepted by
the Contracting Officer. Identify any constraints proposed and
provide an explanation for the purpose of the constraint in the
Narrative Report.
b.
Default Progress Data Disallowed: Actual Start and Actual Finish
dates on the CPM schedule shall match the dates on the Contractor
Quality Control and Production Reports.
c.
Software Settings: Schedule calculations and Out-of-Sequence
progress (if applicable) shall be handled through Retained Logic,
not Progress Override. All activity durations and float values
will be shown in days. Activity progress will be shown using
Remaining Duration. Default activity type will be set to "Task".
The project "Must Finish By" date shall be left blank.
1.6.4 Required Tabular Reports
The following reports shall be included with the schedule and update
submittals:
a. Log Report: Listing of all changes made between the previous schedule
and current updated schedule.
b. Narrative Report: Identify and justify; 1) Progress made in each area of
the project; 2) Critical Path; 3) Date/time constraint(s), other than those
required by the contract 3) Changes in the following; added or deleted
activities, original and remaining durations for activities that have not
started, logic, milestones, planned sequence of operations, critical path,
and cost loading; 4) Any decrease in previously reported activity Earned
Amount; 5) Pending items and status thereof, including permits, changes
orders, and time extensions; 6) Status of Contract Completion Date and
interim milestones; 7) Current and anticipated delays (describe cause of
delay and corrective actions(s)); and 8) Description of current and future
schedule problem areas. Each entry in the narrative report will cite the
respective Activity ID and Activity Description, the date and reason for
the change, and description of the change.
1.7 SUBMISSION AND ACCEPTANCE
The Design Baseline NAS shall include detailed design activities, general
(summarized) approach for the construction phase(s) of the project and
required milestone activities. If the project is being Fast-Tracked or
allows Early Start of construction, the Design Baseline Project Schedule
shall include all fast-tracked design construction phases, etc., including
the required or proposed critical path design submittals within each phase
that shall occur during the duration of the project.
The Contractor shall develop the Construction Baseline Schedule as design
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
progresses, with detailed construction activities. If design must be
completed and accepted prior to construction, submit the complete design
and construction network analysis schedule and obtain acceptance prior to
starting construction work. If the project will be Fast-Tracked, each
construction stage shall be detailed and built upon the previous FastTracked Baseline Schedule (including any interim updates) and accepted
prior to starting that stage of the construction work. Payment for
completed work is dependent on an accepted, detailed schedule for that
portion of work.
1.7.1 Monthly Network Analysis Updates
Contractor and Government representatives shall meet at monthly intervals
to review and agree on the information presented in the updated project
schedule. The submission of an acceptable, updated schedule to the
Government is a condition precedent to the processing of the Contractor's
pay request. If a Schedule of Prices is the basis for progress payments, it
shall be consistent with the logic and activity breakdowns on the progress
schedule. If progress payments are based on a cost-loaded schedule, the
Contractor and Government shall agree on percentage of payment for each
activity progressed during the update period.
Provide the following with each Schedule submittal:
a.
Time Scaled Logic Diagram.
b.
Reports listed in paragraph entitled "Required Tabular Reports."
c.
Data disks containing the project schedule. Include the back-up
native .prx/current mandated schedule program files.
1.7.2 As-Built Schedule
As a condition precedent to the release of retention and making final
payment, submit an "As-Built Schedule," as the last schedule update showing
all activities at 100 percent completion. This schedule shall reflect the
exact manner in which the project was actually constructed.
1.8 CONTRACT MODIFICATION
Submit a Time Impact Analysis with each cost and time proposal for a
proposed change. Time Impact Analysis (TIA) shall illustrate the influence
of each change or delay on the Contract Completion Date or milestones. No
time extensions will be granted nor delay damages paid unless a delay
occurs which consumes all available Project Float, and extends the
Projected Finish beyond the Contract Completion Date.
a.
Each TIA shall be in both narrative and schedule form
demonstrating the delay impact. The TIA shall identify the
predecessors to the new activities and demonstrate the impacts to
successor activities. The Contractor shall run the schedule
calculations and submit the impacted schedule with the proposal or
claim.
b.
The TIA schedule submitted with the proposal shall show all
activity progress as of the date of the proposal. If the impact to
the schedule occurs prior to the proposal submission, the TIA
schedule shall be updated to show all activity progress as of the
time of the impact. If the proposed change does not impact the
CCD, no TIA shall be required.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 7
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
c.
Submit Data disks containing the TIA schedule. Include the back-up
native .prx/current mandated schedule program files.
d.
Unless the Contracting Officer requests otherwise, only conformed
contract modifications shall be added into the Project NAS.
1.9 FLOAT
Project Float is the length of time between the Contractor's Projected
Finish Milestone and the Contract Completion Date Milestone. Project Float
available in the schedule, at any time shall not be for the exclusive use
of either the Government or the Contractor.
1.10 THREE-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall prepare and issue a 3-Week Look Ahead schedule to
provide a more detailed day-to-day plan of upcoming work identified on the
Project Network Analysis Schedule. The work plans shall be keyed to NAS
activity numbers and updated each week to show the planned work for the
current and following two-week period. Additionally, include upcoming
outages, closures, preparatory meetings, and initial meetings. Identify
critical path activities on the Three-Week Look Ahead Schedule. The detail
work plans are to be bar chart type schedules, maintained separately from
the Project NAS on an electronic spreadsheet program and printed on 8-½ by
11 sheets as directed by the Contracting Officer. Activities shall not
exceed 5 working days in duration and have sufficient level of detail to
assign crews, tools and equipment required to complete the work. Three hard
copies and one electronic file of the 3-Week Look Ahead Schedule shall be
delivered to the Contracting Officer no later than 8 a.m. each Monday and
reviewed during the weekly CQC Coordination Meeting.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 32 17.05 20 - Page 8
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
02/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
This section covers construction submittals that are not included in the
design submittals. Submit design submittals in accordance with 01 33 10.05
20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. When using Unified Facility Guide
Specifications (UFGS) sections that reference Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES, change reference to this section, Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
1.2 SUBMITTAL DESCRIPTIONS (SD)
Submittal requirements are specified in Unified Facilities Guide
Specifications (UFGS) in Part 2, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS; in references in
Part 4 PERFORMANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS; and in UFGSs in Part 5,
PRESCRIPTIVE SPECIFICATIONS. Submittals that are identified by SD numbers
use descriptions of items included in submittal packages and titles as
follow:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Certificates of Insurance
Surety Bonds
List of Proposed Subcontractors
List of Proposed Products
Construction Progress Schedule
Submittal Register
Schedule of Values
Health and Safety Plan
Work Plan
Quality Control and Commissioning Plans
Environmental Protection Plan
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Drawings, diagrams and schedules specifically prepared to illustrate
some portion of the work.
Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for use in
producing the product and as aids to the Contractor for integrating
the product or system into the project.
Drawings prepared by or for the Contractor to show how multiple
systems and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated.
SD-03 Product Data
Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance charts,
instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical appearance
and other characteristics of materials or equipment for some
portion of the work.
Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended
product warranties.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SD-04 Samples
Physical examples of materials, equipment or workmanship that
illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of a material
or product and establish standards by which the work can be judged.
Color samples from the manufacturer's standard line (or custom
color samples if specified) to be used in selecting or approving
colors for the project.
Field samples and mock-ups constructed on the project site establish
standards by which the ensuing work can be judged. Includes
assemblies or portions of assemblies which are to be incorporated
into the project and those which will be removed at conclusion
of the work.
SD-05 Design Data
Calculations, mix designs, analyses or other data pertaining to a
part of work.
SD-06 Test Reports
Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that
a material, product or system identical to the material, product or
system to be provided has been tested in accord with specified
requirements. (Testing must have been within three years of date
of contract award for the project.)
Report which includes findings of a test required to be performed
by the Contractor on an actual portion of the work or prototype
prepared for the project before shipment to job site.
Report which includes finding of a test made at the job site or
on sample taken from the job site, on portion of work during or
after installation.
Investigation reports.
Daily checklists.
Final acceptance test and operational test procedure.
SD-07 Certificates
Statements signed by responsible officials of manufacturer of product,
system or material attesting that product, system or material meets
specification requirements. Must be dated after award of project
contract and clearly name the project.
Document required of Contractor, or of a supplier, installer or
subcontractor through Contractor, the purpose of which is to further
quality of orderly progression of a portion of the work by
documenting procedures, acceptability of methods or
personnel qualifications.
Confined space entry permits.
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
material, including special notices and Material Safety Data sheets
concerning impedances, hazards and safety precautions.
SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports
Documentation of the testing and verification actions taken by
manufacturer's representative to confirm compliance with
manufacturer's standards or instructions.
Factory test reports.
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Data that is furnished by the manufacturer, or the system provider,
to the equipment operating and maintenance personnel. This data is
needed by operating and maintenance personnel for the safe and
efficient operation, maintenance and repair of the item.
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Documentation to record compliance with technical or administrative
requirements or to establish an administrative
mechanism.
Special requirements necessary to properly close out a construction
contract. For example, Record Drawings, As-built drawings,
DD Form 1354, and Sustainable and Energy Data Record Card. Also,
submittal requirements necessary to properly close out a major phase
of construction on a multi-phase contract.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that an approval action is
required, either by the Government or by the Contractor's Designer of
Record (DOR) or QC Specialist.
Submit the following in accordance with the requirements of this section.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Submittal Register Format; G
1.3.1 Submittal Register
The submittal register will be prepared during the initial design stages of
the project and indicate each design and construction submittal. Maintain
an electronic version of the submittal register as work progresses. The
DOR must assist the DQC in preparing the submittal register by determining
all project submittals that require DOR approval. The Contractor proposed
submittal register format must include all types of information pertinent
to the submittal process and be approved by the Contracting Officer prior
to the first submission.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL
1.4.1 Contractor Reviewing, Certifying, Approving Authority
The QC organization is responsible for reviewing and certifying that
submittals are in compliance with the contract requirements.
In RFP PART 4 PERFORMANCE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (PTS), there are UFGS
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
specification sections required to be submitted as part of the design
submittal. Unless specified otherwise in this section, the Contractor's
DOR is the approving authority for submittals listed in these UFGS
specifications with a "G" designation, unless the DOR delegates to
Contractor Quality Control approval. RFP Part 4 PTS sections also include
submittals identified for DOR approval that are not denoted with a "G"
designation, these submittals cannot be delegated for Contractor Quality
Control approval.
If RFP PART 5 PRESCRIPTIVE SPECIFICATIONS are utilized in this RFP, the
Contractor's DOR is the approving authority for submittals listed with a
"G" designation, unless the DOR delegates to Contractor Quality Control
approval.
DOR shall approve construction submittals that are incorporated in the
design submittal prior to being submitted to the Government for design
submittal approval. Indicate approval of these construction submittals on
the accompanying submittal transmittal forms and the submittal register for
each design submittal package. In addition, the DOR professional stamp on
the final design submittal indicates approval of construction submittals
combined with the design submittal.
Submittal items identified in RFP PARTS 2, 4, and 5 that are not identified
with a "G" designation or not designated for DOR approval (in RFP Part 4)
are for Contractor Quality Control approval.
Construction submittals that are approved by the DOR or certified by the QC
are not required to be submitted to the Government for surveillance, except
when the RFP requires the design and construction submittals to be combined
in UFGS section 01 33 10.05 20, Design Submittal Procedures or where
specified in paragraph SUBMITTALS RESERVED FOR GOVERNMENT SURVEILLANCE of
this section.
1.4.2 Submittals Reserved for Government Approval
The Government is the approving authority for submittals with a "G"
designation in RFP Part 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS specification sections.
Comply with additional Government approval requirements for Environmental
submittals, as specified in RFP Part 2, Section 01 57 19.00 20 TEMPORARY
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS FOR DESIGN-BUILD and 01 57 19.01 20, SUPPLIMENTARY
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
1.4.2.1 Scheduling for Government Approved Submittals
Except as specified otherwise, allow review period, beginning when
Government receives submittal from the QC organization, of 20 working days
for return of submittal to the Contractor. Period of review for submittals
with Contracting Officer approval begins when Government receives submittal
from QC organization. Period of review for each resubmittal is the same as
for initial submittal.
1.4.3 Submittals Reserved for Government Surveillance
Surveillance submittals are approved by the Contractor in accordance with
paragraph CONTRACTOR REVIEWING, CERTIFYING, AND APPROVING AUTHORITY, but
provide the Government the opportunity to oversee critical project issues.
If during the Government surveillance of construction submittals, items are
brought to the Contractor's attention as non-compliant, the Contractor
shall correct the submittal and construction to comply with the
requirements of the RFP. Stamp surveillance submittals "APPROVED" by the
DOR or QC Specialist and "FOR SURVEILLANCE ONLY." Submit the following
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Government surveillance submittals, prior to starting work for construction
submittal items, and after the completion of the work for reports
submittals items.
a.
Submit fire protection related submittals pertaining to sprayapplied fire proofing and fire stopping, exterior fire alarm
reporting systems, interior fire alarm & detection systems, and
fire suppression systems including fire pumps and standpipe
systems.
b.
Submit geotechnical related submittals pertaining to the soils
investigations (reports and soils analysis), foundations (shallow
and deep), pavements structure design, test pile and production
pile testing and installation.
c.
Submit conveying related submittals pertaining to elevators,
escalators, weight handling equipment, lifts, and conveyors.
d.
Submit roofing submittals pertaining to materials and systems used
to make up the roof system.
e.
Submit HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing required submittals.
f.
Submit telecommunications shop drawings, as described in Part 4,
D50 ELECTRICAL, for coordination with the NMCI Contractor.
g.
Submit Performance Verification and Acceptance Testing submittals
listed in the PTS and referenced UFGS.
h.
Submit all Interim Special Inspection Reports on a bi-weekly basis
until work requiring special inspections is complete. Submit all
Structural Observation Reports and the Final Report of Special
Inspections.
i.
Submit Final LEED Certification Documentation for US Green
Building Council Certification.
1.4.4 Constraints
a.
Submittals shall be complete for each definable feature of work;
submit components of definable feature interrelated as a system at
the same time.
b.
Approval of a separate material, product, or component does not
imply approval of assembly in which item functions.
1.4.5 Design Change and Variation
The Contractor must limit change and variation to items that will be
advantageous to the Government. Submit proof that the change or variation
is needed and provide the same or better level of quality as the design
that the Government originally reviewed or approved. Design change is
considered prior to Government approval of the final design and variation
is considered after Government approval of final design. Documentation
provided to the Government shall include coordination measures proposed to
incorporate the design change or variation into the construction.
1.4.5.1 Design Change
Design change must meet the minimum requirements of the solicitation and
the accepted proposal. Change from what was reviewed by the Government
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
during design must be approved by the Designer of Record and brought to the
attention of the Government before the design change is incorporated into
the design documents.
1.4.5.2 Variations
Variations from contract requirements including the solicitation, the
accepted proposal, and the final design, requires Government approval.
Variations to the contract requirements must be approved by the Designer of
Record prior to resubmitting the design to the Government for approval of
the variation.
1.4.6 Contractor's Responsibilities
Ensure no work has begun until submittals for that work have been
"approved" or "approved as noted."
1.4.7 QC Organization Responsibilities
Stamp each sheet of each submittal with QC certifying statement or
approving statement, except that data submitted in bound volume or on one
sheet printed on two sides may be stamped on the front of the first sheet
only.
a.
When approving authority is Contracting Officer, QC organization
will certify submittals, assure proper signatures, and forward to
Contracting Officer with the following certifying statement:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown
and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated
with contract Number (insert contract number here), is in
compliance with the contract documents, can be installed in the
allocated spaces, and is submitted for Government approval.
RFP Part Two Submittals:
Certified by QC Manager _________________________, Date _______
(QC Manager)
RFP Part Four and Part Five Submittals:
Certified by DOR
_______________________, Date ______
Certified by QC Manager ________________________, Date ______"
(1) Sign certifying statement or approval statement. The person
signing certifying statements shall be QC organization member
designated in the approved QC plan. The signatures shall be in
original ink. Stamped signatures are not acceptable.
(2) Update submittal register database as submittal actions occur
and maintain the submittal register at project site until final
acceptance of all work by Contracting Officer.
(3) Retain a copy of approved submittals at project site,
including Contractor's copy of approved samples.
b.
When the Approving Authority is the Designer of Record, the DOR
shall approve, professionally stamp, sign, and date submittals.
DOR stamp on construction submittals or submission of design
documents that include construction submittals indicates DOR
approval for construction. QC organization will certify
submittals, assure proper signatures, and forward to Contracting
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Officer with the following certifying statement:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown
and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated
with contract Number (insert contract number here), is in
compliance with the contract requirements, can be installed in the
allocated spaces, and is submitted for DOR approval.
RFP Part Four and Part Five Submittals:
Approved by DOR
_______________________, Date ______
Certified by QC Manager ________________________, Date ______"
(1) Sign certifying statement or approval statement. The person
signing certifying statements shall be QC organization member
designated in the approved QC plan. The signatures shall be in
original ink. Stamped signatures are not acceptable.
(2) Update submittal register database as submittal actions occur
and maintain the submittal register at project site until final
acceptance of all work by Contracting Officer.
(3) Send copies of final DOR or QC Specialist approved and signed
submittals that are identified in this section for Government
surveillance to the Contracting Officer. Stamp copies "For
Surveillance Only."
1.4.8 Government's Responsibilities
When approving authority is the Contracting Officer, the Government will:
a.
Note date on which submittal was received from QC Manager, on each
submittal.
b.
Review submittals for compliance with contract documents.
1.4.8.1 Government Actions
Submittals will be returned with one of the following notations:
a.
Submittals marked "approved" or "approved as submitted" authorize
Contractor to proceed with work covered.
b.
A submittal marked "not reviewed" will be returned with an
explanation of the reason it was not reviewed.
c.
Submittals marked "approved as noted" or "approval except as
noted; resubmission not required" authorize Contractor to proceed
with work as noted provided Contractor takes no exception to the
notations.
d.
Submittals marked "revise and resubmit" or "disapproved" indicate
submittal is incomplete or does not comply with design concept or
requirements of the contract documents and shall be resubmitted
with appropriate changes. No work shall proceed for this item
until resubmittal is approved.
e.
Submittals required for surveillance will be returned only if
corrective actions are required.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 7
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.5 FORMAT OF SUBMITTALS
1.5.1 Transmittal Form
Transmit submittals with transmittal form prescribed by Contracting Officer
and standard for the project.
1.5.1.1 Combined Design and Construction Submittal Notification
Indicate on the design submissions transmittal form, which construction
submittals have been combined with the design documents. Coordinate
transmittal form list of combined design and construction submittals with
submittal register to indicate DOR approval of all combined submittals.
1.6 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS
1.6.1 Quantity of Submittals Reserved for Government Approval
Submit four copies of submittals of shop drawings requiring review and
approval by Contracting Officer.
1.6.2 Quantity of Submittals Reserved for Government Surveillance
Submit three copies of submittals specified for surveillance to the
Contracting Officer. Submit two additional copies of elevator submittals
directly to the NAVFAC Elevator Specialist responsible for the NAVFAC
elevator certification of the project.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 00.05 20 - Page 8
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 33 10.05 20
DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01/12
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
This section includes requirements for Contractor-originated design
documents and design submittals.
1.2 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only. The latest version of the publication at time of
award shall be used.
U. S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL
USGBC LEED-NC
USGBC LEED for New Construction
Green Building Rating System
USGBC LEED-NC
USGBC LEED for New Construction
Reference Guide
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD) UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC)
UFC 1-200-01, GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
UFC 1-200-01 including the referenced DoD Tri-Service Core UFC Documents
and the required building codes/standards comprise the general building
requirements for the project. These Core UFC documents apply to all
facilities, and unless noted below, are found on the Whole Building Design
Guide UFC website.
UFC 1-200-01
General Building Requirements (UFC
1-200-01 is a hub document that
provides general building
requirements and references other
critical UFCs. A reference to UFC 1200-01 in the RFP documents requires
compliance with the following TriService Core UFCs.)
UFC 3-100-10N
Architecture (UFC 3-100-10N is only
available on the NAVFAC Design-Build
Website under the Design Guidance
link. This Draft UFC is applicable
as a Final document for Navy
projects.)
UFC 3-110-03
Roofing
UFC 3-120-10
Interior Design
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
UFC 3-200-10N
Civil Engineering (UFC 3-200-10N
takes the place of Tri-Service Core
UFC 3-210-01A, in the UFC 1-200-01,
for Navy projects. UFC 3-200-10N is
only available on the NAVFAC DesignBuild Website under the Design
Guidance link. This Draft UFC is
applicable as a Final document for
Navy projects.)
UFC 3-210-10
Low Impact Development
UFC 3-220-01N
Geotechnical Engineering Procedures
for Foundation Design of Buildings
and Structures
UFC 3-301-01
Structural Engineering
UFC 3-310-04
Seismic Design for Buildings
UFC 3-400-10N
Mechanical Engineering(UFC 3-400-10N
takes the place of UFC 3-410-01FA,
in UFC 1-200-01, for Navy projects.
A reference to UFC 1-200-01 or UFC
3-400-10N requires compliance with
UFCs 3-400-01, 3-400-02, and 3-42001. UFC 3-400-10N is only available
on the NAVFAC Design-Build Website
under the Design Guidance link. This
Draft UFC is applicable as a Final
document for Navy projects.)
UFC 3-400-01
Energy Conservation
UFC 3-400-02
Engineering Weather Data
UFC 3-420-01
Plumbing Systems
UFC 3-501-01
Electrical Engineering (A reference
to UFC 1-200-01 or UFC 3-501-01
requires compliance with the UFCs 3520-01, 3-530-01, 3-550-01, 3-56001, 3-580-01, and 3-580-02.)/td>
UFC 3-520-01
Design: Interior Electrical Systems
UFC 3-530-01
Interior & Exterior Lighting
Controls
UFC 3-550-01
Exterior Electrical Power
Distribution
UFC 3-560-01
Electrical Safety, O&M
UFC 3-580-01
Interior Telcom
UFC 3-580-02
Exterior Telcom (Draft in Progress)
(A reference to 1-200-01 or 3-580-02
requires compliance with the UFCs 3501-01 and 3-580-10)
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 2
JK4FG
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
UFC 3-600-01
Fire Protection Engineering for
Facilities
UFC 4-010-01
DoD Minimum AT Standards (A
reference to UFC 1-200-01 or UFC 4010-01 requires compliance with the
UFCs 4-010-02 and 4-021-01.)
UFC 4-021-01
Design and OM&N: Mass Notification
Systems
UFC 4-030-01
Sustainable Development
JK4FG
OTHER APPLICABLE UFC DOCUMENTS
(Not referenced in UFC 1-200-01)
UFC 1-300-08
Criteria for Transfer and Acceptance
of DoD Real Property
UFC 1-300-09N
Design Procedures
UFC 3-201-02
Landscape Architecture
UFC 3-600-10N
Fire Protection Engineering (UFC 3600-10N is only available on the
NAVFAC Design-Build Website under
the Design Guidance link. This Draft
UFC is applicable as a Final
document for Navy projects.)
UFC 3-800-10N
Environmental Engineering for
Facility Construction (UFC 3-800-10N
is only available on the NAVFAC
Design-Build Website under the
Design Guidance link. This Draft UFC
is applicable as a Final document
for Navy projects.)
UFC 3-580-10
Design: Navy and Marine Corps
Intranet (NMCI) Standard
Construction Practices
1.3 GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Contractor-originated design documents shall provide a project design that
complies with the Request For Proposal (RFP), UFC 1-300-09N, UFC 1-200-01,
the Core UFCs, and other UFC's listed above.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Submit design submittals, including shop drawings used as design drawings,
to the Government for approval. The use of a "G" following a submittal
indicates that a Government approval action is required. Submit the
following in accordance with this section and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Consolidated RFP Documents; G
Submittal Register; G
SD-04 Samples
Final framed rendering and copies; G
SD-05 Design Data
Design Drawings; G
Specifications; G
Design Analysis; G
Design Submittals; G
Sustainable Design; G
Project Rendering; G
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Record Documents; G
NAVFAC Sustainable and Energy Data Record Card; G
DD Form 1354; G
1.5 DESIGN QUALITY CONTROL
1.5.1 Contractor Reviewing and Certifying Authority
The QC organization is responsible for reviewing and certifying that design
submittals are in compliance with the contract requirements.
1.5.2 Government Approving Authority
The Contracting Officer is the approving authority for design submittals.
1.5.3 Designer of Record Certifying Authority
The Designer of Record (DOR), as registered and defined in UFC 1-300-09N,
is the design certifying authority. The DOR accepts responsibility for
design of work in each respective design discipline, by stamping and
approving final construction drawings submitted to the Government approval
authority.
1.5.4 Contractor Construction Actions
Upon submission of sealed and signed design documents certified by the DOR,
Design Quality Control (DQC) Manager and the Quality Control (QC) Managers,
the Contractor may proceed with material and equipment purchases,
fabrication and construction of any elements covered by that submittal,
except as specified in the following paragraph.
1.5.4.1 Exception to Contractor Construction Actions
The Government will approve the following final submittals before the
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Contractor shall be allowed to proceed with construction:
a. Any design submittal that includes or will be impacted by a variation to
the contract. Final Government approval of the variation is required
before construction can begin on the work included in that design
submittal.
1.5.5 Contractor's Responsibilities
a.
Designate a lead licensed architect or engineer to be in
responsible charge to coordinate the design effort of the entire
project. This lead architect or engineer shall coordinate all
design segments of the project to assure consistency of design
between design disciplines.
b.
With the Designer or Record, verify site information provided in
the RFP. In addition, provide additional field investigations and
verification of existing site conditions as may be required to
support the development of design and construction of the project.
c.
Indicate on the transmittal form accompanying submittal which
design submittals are being submitted as shop drawings.
d.
Advise Contracting Officer of variations, as required by paragraph
"Variations."
e.
Provide an updated, cumulative submittal register with each design
package that identifies the design and construction submittals
required by that design package and previous submittals.
1.5.6 QC Organization Responsibilities
a.
Both the CA and the QC Manager must certify design submittals for
compliance with the contract documents. The DOR stamp on drawings
indicates approval from the DOR.
b.
QC organization shall certify submittals forwarded by the Designer
of Record (DOR) to the Contracting Officer with the following
certifying statement:
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown
and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated
with Contract Number (insert contract number here), is in
compliance with the contract documents, and is submitted for
Government approval.
Certified by Design Quality Control (DQC) Manager
_____________________,
Date _______
Certified by QC Manager________________________________,
Date ______"
c.
Sign certifying statement. The persons signing certifying
statements shall be the QC organization members designated in the
approved QC plan. The signatures shall be in original ink.
Stamped signatures are not acceptable.
d.
Update submittal register as submittal actions occur and maintain
the submittal register at project site until final approval of all
work by Contracting Officer.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
e.
JK4FG
Retain a copy of approved submittals at project site.
1.5.7 Government Responsibilities
The Government will
a.
Note date on which submittal was received from QC manager, on each
submittal.
b.
Perform a quality assurance (QA) review of submittals. Government
will notify Contractor when comments for that design package are
posted and ready for Contractor evaluation and resolution.
c.
Upon submittal of final design package and resolution of comments
by the Contractor, the Government will sign final design package,
when approved, and return electronic copy of signed design
documents to the Contractor.
1.5.7.1 Actions Possible
Submittals will be returned with one of the following notations:
a.
Submittals may be marked "approved."
b.
Submittals marked "not reviewed" will indicate submittal has been
previously reviewed and approved, is not required, does not have
evidence of being reviewed and certified by Contractor, or is not
complete. Submittal will be returned with an explanation of the
reason it is not reviewed. Resubmit submittals returned for lack
of review by Contractor or for being incomplete, with appropriate
action, coordination, or change.
c.
Submittals marked "revise and resubmit" or "disapproved" indicate
submittal is incomplete or does not comply with design concept or
requirements of the contract documents and shall be resubmitted
with appropriate changes. If work has been started on the
unacceptable portion of the design submittal, the Contractor shall
propose corrective action. No further work shall proceed until
the issue is resolved in a manner satisfactory to the Government.
1.6 DESIGN DOCUMENTS
Provide design documents that include design analysis, design drawings, and
design specifications, reports, and submittal register in accordance with
UFC 1-300-09N, Submittal Procedures.
The Contractor is required to make product, material, and system selections
during the project design and indicate these choices on the design
documents. Accomplish this by submitting design drawings and
specifications that include proprietary submittal information such as
manufacturers name, product names, model numbers, product data,
manufactures information, provided optional features, appropriate
connections, fabrication, layout, and product specific drawings. Adherence
to RFP submittal requirements and provision of DOR approved construction
submittal information on the design submittals - eliminates the need for
follow-on traditional construction submittals after the final design is
approved.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
The Contractor is required to submit proprietary information to describe
the construction submittal information in the design documents for all
products, materials, and systems submittals listed below:
a. All products, materials, and systems on the project.
Refer to 01 33 00.05 20, Construction Submittal Procedures for requirements
pertaining to Contractor proposed design changes or variations.
1.7 DESIGN DRAWINGS
Prepare, organize, and present design drawings in accordance with the
requirements of UFC 1-300-09N, Design Procedures.
Submit all CADD files for the final drawings on CD-ROM disks in AutoCAD
2004 format (or files saved that can be read by AutoCAD v2004). Drawing
files shall be full files, uncompressed and unzipped.
1.7.1 Design Drawings Used as Shop Drawings
Design drawings may be prepared more like shop drawings to minimize
construction submittals after final design is approved. If the Contractor
chooses or is required to include the construction submittal information on
the design documents, indicate proprietary information on the design
drawings as necessary to describe the products, materials, or systems that
are to be used on the project. Construction submittal information included
directly in the design drawings must be approved by the DOR. All design
documents must be professionally signed in accordance with UFC 1-300-09N,
Design Procedures.
1.7.2 Drawing Format for Design Drawings Used as Shop Drawings
The Contractor-originated drawings will be used as the basis for the record
drawings. Shop drawings included as design documents shall comply with the
same drawing requirements such as drawing form, sheet size, layering,
lettering, and title block used in design drawings.
1.7.3 Identification of Design Drawings Used as Shop Drawings
The Contractor's transmittal letter and submittal register shall indicate
which design drawings are being submitted as shop drawings.
1.7.4 Naval Facilities (NAVFAC) Engineering Command Drawing Numbers
Number the final Contractor-originated design drawings consecutively with
NAVFAC drawing numbers. Determine the total number of sheets required for
the complete set of drawings before requesting the NAVFAC drawing numbers
from the Contracting Officer. NAVFAC drawing numbers shall be provided for
placement on the final as-built drawings.
1.7.5 Seals and Signatures on Documents
All final Contractor-originated design drawings shall be signed, dated, and
bear the seal of the registered architect or the registered engineer of the
respective discipline in accordance with UFC 1-300-09N. This seal shall be
the seal of the Designer of Record for that drawing, and who is
professionally registered for work in that discipline. A principal or
authorized licensed or certified employee shall electronically sign and
date final drawings and cover sheet, in accordance with UFC 1-300-09N. The
design drawing coversheets shall be sealed and signed by the lead licensed
architect or engineer of the project design team. Indicate the
Contractor's company name and address on the drawing coversheets of each
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 7
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
design submittal. Application of the electronic seal and signature accepts
responsibility for the work shown thereon.
1.7.6 Units of Measure
Utilize English Inch-Pound units of measure on the design documents
1.8 SPECIFICATIONS
Provide a Contractor-originated design specification that in conjunction
with the drawings, demonstrates compliance with requirements of the RFP.
The specified products, materials, systems, and equipment that are approved
by the DOR; submitted to the Government by the Contractor; and reviewed by
the Contracting Officer shall be used to construct the project. UFGS
sections contained in RFP Part 2 shall become a part of the Contractororiginated Division 01 specification without modification.
Specification
Sections contained in RFP Part 5 shall become a part of the Contractororiginated specification without modification.
The specification coversheet shall be prepared, sealed, and signed by the
lead licensed architect or engineer of the project design team. Indicate
the Contractor's company name and address on the specification coversheet
of each design submittal.
1.8.1 Specifications Format
The Contractor shall prepare design specifications that include a UFGS
specification for each product, material, or system on the project. If the
Contractor chooses or is required above to combine design and construction
submittal information on the design documents, provide a UFGS specification
and also proprietary information such as catalog cuts and manufacturers
data that demonstrates compliance with the RFP. Organize the specifications
using Construction Specification Institute (CSI) MasterformatTM unless the
Contracting Officer requires a Uniformat organization. Provide project
specifications to include the following:
1.
Specification cover sheet with professional signature
2.
Table of contents for entire specification.
3.
Individual UFGS specification sections for each product, material,
and system required by the RFP. Edit UFGS sections in accordance
with RFP Part 4, PTS Section Z-10, Design Submittals.
4.
If proprietary information is provided or required, include a
coversheets for the product, material, or system information that
is being proprietarily specified. This information is to follow
the related UFGS specification.
5.
If proprietary information is provided or required, include
highlighted and annotated Catalog Cuts, Manufacturer's Product
Data, Tests, Certificates, Manufactures information and letters
for each product, material, or system that is being proprietary
specified.
6.
Coordinated Submittal Register for all products, materials and
systems in the submittal. Obtain and indicate DOR approvals for
all combined design and construction submittals.
1.8.2 Specifications Section Source Priority
Choose UFGS Sections that describe the products, materials, and systems
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 8
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
that are used on the project. Use current UFGS Sections that are available
on the Whole Building Design Guide website and give priority to the UFGS
sections that are prepared by NAVFAC. Only use UFGS sections prepared by
other Agencies if an applicable NAVFAC prepared specification section does
not exist and the section is approved by the Contracting Officer.
1.8.3 Identification of Manufacturer's Product Data Used as Specifications.
Provide complete and legible catalog cut sheets, product data, installation
instructions, operation and maintenance instructions, warranty, and
certifications for products and equipment for which final material and
equipment choices have been made. Indicate, by prominent notation, each
product that is being submitted including optional manufacturer's features,
and indicate where the product data shows compliance with the RFP.
1.8.4 Submittal Register
Submit a current submittal register with each design submittal. Provide a
cumulative register that identifies the design and construction submittals
required by each design package along with previous submittals. The DOR
shall assist in developing the submittal register by determining which
submittal items are required to be approved by the DOR. To obtain
Government approval of the final design package, complete all fields in the
submittal register.
1.8.5 Specification Software
Submit the final specification source files in either MS Word or
SpecsIntact.
1.8.6 Fire Protection Specifications
Specifications pertaining to spray-applied fire proofing and fire stopping,
exterior fire alarm reporting systems, interior fire alarm and detection
systems, and fire suppression systems, including fire pumps and standpipe
systems shall be either prepared by, or reviewed and approved by the Fire
Protection DOR.
1.9 DESIGN ANALYSIS
Prepare, organize, and present design analysis in accordance with the
requirements of UFC 1-300-09N. The design analysis shall be a presentation
of facts to demonstrate the concept of the project is fully understood and
the design is based on sound engineering principles. Provide design
analyses for each discipline and include the following:
a.
Basis of design that includes:
(1) An introductory description of the project concepts that
addresses the salient points of the design;
(2) An orderly and comprehensive documentation of criteria and
rationale for system selection; and
(3) The identification of any necessary licenses and permits that
are anticipated to be required as a part of the design and/or
construction process. The "Permits Record of Decision" (PROD)
form provided shall be used for recording permits.
b.
Code and criteria search shall identify all applicable codes and
criteria and highlight specific requirements within these codes
and criteria for critical issues in the facility design.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 9
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
c.
Calculations as specified and as needed to support this design.
d.
Section titled "Sustainable Design" that addresses sustainable
concepts and LEED Rating Analysis Report prepared by a LEED
Accredited Professional recognized by the U.S. Green Building
Council.
e.
Draft and Final NAVFAC Sustainable and Energy Data Record Card
(NSEDRC) that documents the energy usage and sustainable features
of the building. Refer to Record Documents paragraphs in this
section for requirements.
f.
Section titled "Antiterrorism" that documents the antiterrorism
features
g.
Fall Protection Analysis
h.
Draft and Interim DD Form 1354 that document the real property
assets of the project. Refer to Record Documents paragraphs in
this section for requirements.
1.9.1 Basis of Design Format
The basis of design for each design discipline shall include a cover page
indicating the project title and locations, contract number, table of
contents, tabbed separations for quick reference, and bound in separate
volumes for each design discipline.
1.9.2 Design Calculations
Place the signature and seal of the designer responsible for the work on
the cover page of the calculations for the respective design discipline.
1.9.3 Sustainable Design
Integrate sustainable strategies and features into the design to minimize
the energy consumption of the facilities; conserve resources; minimize
adverse effects to the environment; and improve occupant productivity,
health, and comfort to reduce the total cost ownership of the project using
a whole building, life cycle approach. In accordance with the Engineering
& Construction Bulletin 2008-1 and other directives, the facility and all
site features shall be designed and constructed using USGBC-NC.
1.9.3.3 EPA Designated Products
Use products that meet or exceed the minimum requirements of this RFP and
the EPA guideline standards for recovered content to the maximum
practicable extent in the performance of the contract. See
www.epa.gov/cpg/products.htm for a list of EPA designated products and a
list of manufacturers and suppliers of EPA designated products.
1.9.4 Fall Protection Analysis
Eliminate fall hazards in the facility or if not feasible provide control
measures to protect personnel conducting maintenance work after completion
of the project. Identify fall hazards in the Basis of Design with the
Design Development and Prefinal submittals. The analysis shall describe
how fall hazards are considered, eliminated, prevented or controlled to
prevent maintenance personnel from exposure to fall hazards while
performing work at heights. Refer to RFP Part 2, UFGS Section 01 35 26.05
20, GOVERNMENTSAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD for fall hazard
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 10
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
protection requirements.
1.9.6 Ergonomic Design Analysis
Facilities, processes, and job tasks shall be designed to reduce or
eliminate work-related musculoskeletal (WMSD) injuries and risk factors in
the workplace. Identify ergonomic design considerations in the basis of
design with the Design Development and Prefinal submittals. The Basis of
Design shall include a comprehensive ergonomic risk analysis of WMSD
factors. Refer to RFP Part 2, UFGS Section 01 35 26.05 20, GOVERNMENT
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILDf or ergonomic protection requirements.
1.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS
1.12.1 Record Drawings
The as-built modifications shall be accomplished by electronic drafting
methods on the Contractor-originated .DWG design drawings to create a
complete set of record drawings.
a.
For each record drawing, provide CADD drawing identical to signed
Contractor-originated.PDF drawings, that incorporates
modifications to the as-built conditions. In addition, copy
initials and dates from the Contracting Officer approved .PDF
documents to the title block of the record CADD.DWG drawings. The
RFP reference or definitive drawings are not required for
inclusion in the record set of drawings.
b.
After all as-built conditions are recorded on the CADD.DWG files
produce a PDF file of each individual record drawing in
conformance with UFC 1-300-09N. Electronic signatures are not
required on record drawings.
c. Provide an searchable electronic copy of the photo documentation used in
the QC Daily Reports. Refer to UFGS 01 45 00.05 20, Design and
Construction Quality Control.
1.12.2 Source Documents
Provide the specifications, design analysis, reports, surveys,
calculations, and any other contracted documents on the CD-ROM disk with
the record drawings.
1.12.3 NAVFAC Sustainable and Energy Data Record Card
Submit the NAVFAC Sustainable and Energy Data Record Card (NSEDRC) to
document the energy usage and sustainable features of the facility. Follow
the instructions provided and fill in the blank editable Adobe .PDF form
available on the Whole Building Design Guide at the following web address:
http://www.wbdg.org/references/pa_dod_sust_contract.php . Prepare the
following submissions;
a.
Draft submission. As a part of the Final Design submission the
DOR shall complete the NSEDRC and include it as part of the Design
Analysis and submit to the Contracting Officer for approval.
b.
Final Submission. The Contractor and Designer of Record shall
complete the electronic file documenting the NSEDRC with final
data and provide the Final Submission 60 days prior to the
Beneficial Occupancy Date (BOD) of the facility.
The Final
submission shall update the Draft submission information and
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 11
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
submit to the Contracting Officer for approval.
1.12.4 DD Form 1354
Prepare a Draft and Interim DD Form 1354, TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF
MILITARY REAL PROPERTY, in accordance with UFC 1-300-08, available at
http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/DOD/UFC/ufc_1_300_08.pdf . All assets must be
broken out by construction categories that are found in the DD Form 1391
and the "Category Codes for Military Real Property" from NAVFAC P-72. Use
Navy specific Facility Catcodes from the NAVFAC P-72, which are available
from the Contracting Officer. Coordinate the identification of appropriate
asset construction categories with the Contracting Officer and the Real
Property Accounting Officer.
a. Draft DD Form 1354. DOR shall determine applicable real property assets
broken out by construction categories and submit a "Draft DD Form 1354" for
Government approval as a part of the Design Analysis included with the
Prefinal Design submittal. "Draft DD Form 1354" must include all
quantities and units of measure, but does not require cost breakdown.
Download the current blank editable DD Form 1354 in ADOBE (PDF) from the
following web site:
http://www.dtic.mil/whs/directives/infomgt/forms/eforms/dd1354.pdf
b. Interim DD Form 1354. Contractor shall coordinate with the DOR and
update the Draft DD Form 1354 submission to include any additional assets,
improvements, or alterations that occurred during construction. Use the
Draft DD Form 1354 and the UFGS Section 01 20 00.05 20, Price and Payment
Procedures to identify costs. Submit Interim DD Form 1354 to the
Government for approval 60 days prior to the Beneficial Occupancy Date
(BOD). If modifications to the Interim DD Form 1354 are required by the
Government, the corrected version must be submitted prior to the BOD.
Submit the completed Checklist for Form DD1354 of Government-Furnished and
Contractor-Furnished/Contractor Installed items. Attach this list to the
Interim DD Form 1354. Instructions for completing the form and a blank
checklist may be obtained at the following web site:
http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/DOD/UFC/ufc_1_300_08.pdf
Coordinate with Section 01 20 00.05 20, Price and Payment Procedures for
construction categories and associated category codes. The Contractor's
Schedule of Prices shall allocate the total cost of construction to the
appropriate category codes.
When documenting demolition work, the DD Form 1354 shall list the
quantitative data associated with this work as a negative value to show the
cost should be deleted from the Navy asset data store. Coordinate with the
Installation Real Property POC to assist in determining the negative value
for demolition work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONSOLIDATED RFP DOCUMENTS
Within 15 days after contract award, provide three electronic and two hard
copies of consolidated RFP documents incorporating the Contractor's
Proposal and all RFP amendments and revisions that are contained in the
contract award. Identify the changes to the RFP with the "Red-lining" or
"Track Changes" feature of SpecsIntact or MS Word to highlight the preaward modifications to the contract. Identify the amendment source at each
addition and deletion by annotation, such as footnote or reference in
parenthesis.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 12
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
2.2 DESIGN SUBMITTALS
Complete the Contractor-originated design submittals as defined by this
contract, and coordinate with the approved design network analysis
schedule.
2.2.1 Design Submittal Packages
The Government prefers to review for Quality Assurance (QA) as few
submittal packages as possible. Site and Building Design Submittal
Packages are required, however Critical Path Design Submittals are
acceptable if they are substantiated as having an impact to the critical
path in the Government approved Network Analysis Schedule. A Critical Path
submittal shall include all design analyses, drawings, specifications and
product data required to fully describe the project element for Government
review.
Examples of project elements that may be submitted as Critical Path Design
Submittal Packages are: Master Plan Design, Demolition Design, Foundation
Design, Structural Design, Building Enclosure Design, Remaining Work
Design, Furniture/Equipment Design, long lead items, or any other
construction activity or project element that can be organized into a
submittal package that can be reviewed and approved by the Government
without being contingent upon subsequent design submittals.
2.2.1.1 Site Design
The Site Design typically includes the following components:
a.
Master Site Plan
b.
Demolition
c.
Site work including Environmental
d.
Geotechnical
2.2.1.2 Building Design
The Building Design typically includes the following components:
a.
Foundation
b.
Structural
c.
Building Enclosures
d.
Remaining Work
e.
Furniture/Equipment
2.2.2 Required Design Submittals
Provide the following Design Submittal packages. Provide comprehensive,
multi-discipline design packages that include design documentation for
project elements, fully developed to the design stage indicated, and in
accordance with UFC 1-300-09N, except where specified otherwise.
a. Design Development in-progress, - Government Progress QA.
calendar day Government review time.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 13
21
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
b. Prefinal (100%) Design - Government Progress QA.
Government review time.
JK4FG
21 calendar day
c. Final Design - Government QA. 21 calendar day Government review
time for submittals requiring Government approval prior to
construction.
2.2.3 Critical Path Design Submittals
Provide Critical Path Design Submittals that include design documents for
the project elements involved. Include and provide full documentation that
would normally have been provided in earlier submittal stages, such as
Design Development Phase.
a. 100 percent (Prefinal) Design - Government Progress QA.
calendar day Government review time.
21
b. Final Design - Government QA. 21 calendar day Government review
time for submittals requiring Government approval prior to
construction.
2.2.4 Review Copies of Design Submittal Packages
a.
Provide copies of each design submittal package for review to the
following reviewers. Addresses for mailing will be furnished at
the PAK meeting.
(1) 4 paper copies to the NAVFAC component and 2 electronic
copies of the Final submittals.
b.
Provide the same quantities of copies for resubmittals, as
required for each design submittal.
2.2.5 Design Submittal Review Schedule
Use the time frames for Government submittal review identified in the RFP.
For construction scheduling purposes add additional time to the identified
minimum review time periods to allow for the following scheduling
conditions;
1. Submittals received after noon will be logged in on the following
business day.
2. Federal holidays will be considered non-working days for Government
personnel in reviewing design submittals.
3. The time period between December 21 and January 4 will be considered
non-working time for Government personnel in reviewing design submittals.
4. Postponement of delivery due to unavailability of personnel to recieve
the submittal or heightened security at Base. Coordinate delivery in
advance of the submission.
2.2.6 Distribution of Approved Final Design Drawings and Specification to
Government Representatives
Submit within 14 calendar days of receiving the Government Approved Final
Design Documents, which includes any Critical Path Final Design Document
Packages, electronic and hardcopy(s) of these final documents to Government
representatives for use during the construction of the project. If
Critical Path Submittal Packages are used, provide coversheets and index to
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 14
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
identify each sheet and how this Critical Path Submittal Package fits into
the overall project. Provide the number and type of copies of the final
design documents to the following Government representative:
a. Two electronic and three hard copy(s) to the Construction Manager.
2.3 IDENTIFICATION OF DESIGN SUBMITTALS
Provide a title sheet to clearly identify each submittal, the completion
status, and the date. The title sheet shall use the standard format
indicated in the UFC 1-300-09N for title sheets. The title sheet shall be
unique to a particular design submittal. Submit the project title sheet
with design status and date for the design submittals.
2.3.1 Critical Path Submittal Title Sheet
Identify Critical Path submittals as such, and include a title sheet
indicating the type of critical path submittal, the status, and the date.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S RESOLUTION OF COMMENTS
Provide written responses to all written comments by the Government.
Resubmittal of an unacceptable design submittal shall be a complete package
that includes all the required, specified components of that design
submittal. When required by the Government, Contractor resubmittal of
design package, due to nonconformance to the contract, is not a delay in
the contract.
3.2 DESIGN CHANGE AND VARIATIONS
Refer to UFGS 01 33 00.05 20, Construction Submittal Procedures for further
explanation and requirements of design change and variation. Design
changes that the Contractor considers to be beyond the requirements of the
contract, must be identified as a design change during the early stages of
the facilities design development. All design changes that will lead to an
extra cost or schedule extension must be identified prior to the first
design submittal that includes the design change. Design changes that lead
to extra cost or schedule extension identified after the first design
submittal review will not be considered.
3.3 THE CONTRACT AND ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
3.3.1 Contract Components
The contract consists of the solicitation, the approved proposal, and the
final design.
3.3.2 Order of Precedence
NFAS Clause 5252.236-9312. In the event of conflict or inconsistency
between any of the below described portions of the conformed contract,
precedence shall be given in the following order:
a.
Any portions of the proposal or final design that exceed the
requirements of the solicitation.
(1) Any portion of the proposal that exceeds the final design.
(2) Any portion of the final design that exceeds the proposal.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 15
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
(3) Where portions within either the proposal or the final design
conflict, the portion that most exceeds the requirements of the
solicitation has precedence.
b.
The requirements of the solicitation, in descending order of
precedence:
(1) Standard Form 1442, Price Schedule, and Davis Bacon Wage
Rates.
(2) Part 1 - Contract Clauses.
(3) Part 2 - General Requirements.
(4) Part 3 - Project Program Requirements.
(5) Part 6 - Attachments (excluding Concept Drawings).
(6) Part 5 - Prescriptive Specifications exclusive of performance
specifications.
(7) Part 4 - Performance Specifications exclusive of prescriptive
specifications.
(8) Part 6 - Attachments (Concept Drawings).
3.3.2.1 Government Review or Approval
Government review or approval of any portion of the proposal or final
design shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or
omissions with respect thereto.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 33 10.05 20 - Page 16
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 35 26.05 20
GOVERNMENT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
01/12
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI/ HFES 100
(2007) Human Factors Engineering of
Computer Workstations
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ASSE)
ASSE A10.32
(2004) Fall Protection systems for
Construction and Demolition
Operations
ASSE A10.34
(2001; R 2005) Protection of the
Public on or Adjacent to
Construction Sites
ASSE A1264.1
(2007) Safety Requirements for
Workplace Walking/Working Surfaces
and Their Access; Workplace Floor
and Wall Openings; Stairs and
Guardrails Systems
ASSE Z359.0
(2007) Definitions and Nomenclature
Used for Fall Protection and Fall
Arrest
ASSE Z359.1
(2007) Safety Requirements for
Personal Fall Arrest System,
Subsystems and Components
ASSE Z359.2
(2007) Minimum Requirements for a
Comprehensive Managed Fall
Protection Program
ASSE Z359.3
(2007) Safety Requirements for
Positioning and Travel Restraint
Systems
ASSE Z359.4
(2007) Safety Requirements for
Assisted-Rescue and Self-Rescue
Systems, Subsystems and Components
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
ASME B30.22
(2010) Articulating Boom Cranes
ASME B30.3
(2009) Tower Cranes
ASME B30.5
(2007) Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
ASME B30.8
(2010) Floating Cranes and Floating
Derricks
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTMF855
(2004) Standard Specifications for
Temporary Protective Grounds to be
used on De-energized Electrical
Power Lines and Equipment
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 1048
(2003) Guide for Protective
Grounding of Power Lines
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DoD)
MIL-STD-1472F
(1999) Military Standard, Human
Engineering Design Criteria for
Military Systems, Equipment and
Facilities
DoD-HDBK 743A
(1991) Anthropometry of US Military
Personnel
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION (NASA)
NASA-STD 8719.12
(2010) Safety Standard for
Explosives, Propellants, and
Pyrotechnics
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 10
(2010) Standard for Portable Fire
Extinguishers
NFPA 241
(2009) Standard for Safeguarding
Construction, Alteration, and
Demolition Operations
NFPA 306
(2009) Standard for Control of Gas
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 2
JK4FG
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Hazards on Vessels
NFPA 51B
(2009; TIA 09-1) Standard for Fire
Prevention During Welding, Cutting,
and Other Hot Work
NFPA 70
(2011; TIA 11-1; Errata 2011)
National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E
(2012) Standard for Electrical
Safety in the Workplace
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1
(2008; Errata 1-2010; Change 1-3
2010; Changes 4-6 2011) Safety and
Health Requirements Manual
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 20
Standards for Protection Against
Radiation
29 CFR 1910.
Occupational Safety and Health
Standards
29 CFR 1910.146
Permit-required Confined Spaces
29 CFR 1915
Confined and Enclosed Spaces and
Other Dangerous Atmospheres in
Shipyard Employment
29 CFR 1919
Gear Certification
29 CFR 1926
Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction
29 CFR 1926.450
Scaffolds
29 CFR 1926.500
Fall Protection
U.S. NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND (NAVFAC)
NAVFAC P307
(Dec 2009 with Change 1, Mar 2011,
and Change 2, Aug 2011) Management
of Weight Handling Equipment
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Accident Prevention Plan (APP); G
Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA); G
Crane Critical Lift Plan; G
Proof of Qualifications for Crane Operators; G
SD-06 Test Reports
Accident Notifications
Submit reports as their incidence occurs, in accordance with the
requirements of the paragraph entitled, "Accident Notifications."
Accident Reports
Submit reports as their incidence occurs, in accordance with the
requirements of the paragraph entitled, "Accident Reports."
Crane Reports
Monthly Exposure Reports
SD-07 Certificates
Confined Space Permit
Hot Work Permit
Liscense Certificates
Contractor Safety Self-Evaluation Checklist; G (Obtain copy from
Contracting Officer)
Certificate of Compliance (Crane)
Submit one copy of each permit/certificate attached to each Daily
Quality Control Report.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
a. Competent Person for Fall Protection. A person who is capable of
identifying hazardous or dangerous conditions in the personal fall arrest
system or any component thereof, as well as their application and use with
related equipment, and has the authority to take prompt corrective measures
to eliminate the hazards of falling.
b. High Visibility Accident. Any mishap which may generate publicity and/or
high visibility.
c. Medical Treatment. Treatment administered by a physician or by
registered professional personnel under the standing orders of a physician.
Medical treatment does not include first aid treatment even through
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
provided by a physician or registered personnel.
d. Operating Envelope. The area surrounding any crane. Inside this
"envelope" is the crane, the operator, riggers and crane walkers, rigging
gear between the hook and the load, the load and the crane's supporting
structure (ground, rail, etc.).
e. Recordable Injuries or Illnesses. Any work-related injury or illness
that results in:
(1) Death, regardless of the time between the injury and death, or the
length of the illness;
(2) Days away from work (any time lost after day of injury/illness onset);
(3) Restricted work;
(4) Transfer to another job;
(5) Medical treatment beyond first aid;
(6) Loss of consciousness; or
(7) A significant injury or illness diagnosed by a physician or other
licensed health care professional, even if it did not result in (1) through
(6) above.
f. "USACE" property and equipment specified in USACE EM 385-1-1 should be
interpreted as Government property and equipment.
g. Weight Handling Equipment (WHE) Accident. A WHE accident occurs when any
one or more of the elements in the operating envelope fails to perform
correctly during operation, including operation during maintenance or
testing resulting in personnel injury or death; material or equipment
damage; dropped load; derailment; two-blocking; overload; and/or collision,
including unplanned contact between the load, crane, and/or other objects.
A dropped load, derailment, two-blocking, overload and collision are
considered accidents even if no material damage or injury occurs. A
component failure (e.g., motor burnout, gear tooth failure, bearing
failure) is not considered an accident solely due to material or equipment
damage unless the component failure results in damage to other components
(e.g., dropped boom, dropped load, roll over, etc.) Any mishap meeting the
criteria described above shall be documented in both the Contractor
Significant Incident Report (CSIR) and using the NAVFAC prescribed Navy
Crane Center (NCC) form submitted within five days both as provided by the
Contracting Officer. Comply with additional requirements and procedures for
accidents in accordance with NAVFAC P-307, Section 12.
1.4 CONTRACTOR SAFETY SELF-EVALUATION CHECKLIST
Contracting Officer will provide a "Contractor Safety Self-Evaluation
checklist" to the Contractor at the pre-construction conference. Complete
the checklist monthly and submit with each request for payment voucher. An
acceptable score of 90 or greater is required. Failure to submit the
completed safety self-evaluation checklist or achieve a score of at least
90 may result in retention of up to 10 percent of the voucher.
Additionally, provide a Monthly Exposure Report and attach to the monthly
billing request. This report is a compilation of employee-hours worked each
month for all site workers, both prime and subcontractor. Failure to submit
the report may result in retention of up to 10 percent of the voucher. The
Contracting Officer will submit a copy of the Contractor Safety SelfEvaluation and Monthly Exposure Report to the local safety and occupational
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
health office.
1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the detailed requirements included in the provisions of this
contract, work performed shall comply with USACE EM 385-1-1, and the
following all federal, state, and local, laws, ordinances, criteria, rules
and regulations. Submit matters of interpretation of standards to the
appropriate administrative agency for resolution before starting work.
Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws, criteria,
ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most stringent
requirements shall apply.
1.6 SITE QUALIFICATIONS, DUTIES, PLAN, AND MEETINGS
1.6.1 Personnel Qualifications and Training Requirements
1.6.1.1 Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
The SSHO must meet the requirements of EM 385-1-1 section 1 and ensure that
the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.16 are met for the project. The Contractor
shall provide a Safety oversight team that includes a minimum of one (1)
person at each project site to function as the Safety and Health Officer
(SSHO). The SSHO or an equally-qualified Designated
Representative/alternate shall be at the work site at all times to
implement and administer the Contractor's safety program and governmentaccepted Accident Prevention Plan. The SSHO's training, experience, and
qualifications shall be as required by EM 385-1-1 paragraph 01.A.17,
entitled SITE SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICER (SSHO), and all associated subparagraphs.
A Competent Person shall be provided for all of the hazards identified in
the Contractor's Safety and Health Program in accordance with the accepted
Accident Prevention Plan, and shall be on-site at all times when the work
that presents the hazards associated with their professional expertise is
being performed. Provide the credentials of the Competent Persons(s) to the
the Contracting Officer for acceptance in consultation with the Safety
Office.
The Contractor Quality Control Person can be the SSHO on this project.
The Superintendant shall not be the SSHO on this project.
1.6.1.2 Additional Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) Requirements and
Duties
The SSHO shall have completed the "40 Hour Construction Safety Hazard
Awareness Training Course".
The training requirements for the SSHO must include the successful
completion of the course entitled "40 Hour Construction Safety Hazard
Awareness Training Course for Contractors". If the SSHO does not have a
current certification, they shall obtain the course certification within
sixty (60) calendar days from award.
1.6.1.2.1 Construction Safety Hazard Awareness Training Course
The training requirements for the SSHO must include the successful
completion of the course entitled "40 Hour Construction Safety Hazard
Awareness Training Course for Contractors". If the SSHO does not have a
current certification, they shall obtain the course certification within
sixty (60) calendar days from award.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.6.1.2.2 Qualified Trainer for Construction Safety Hazard Awareness Training
Course
Qualified Trainer Requirements for 40 Hour Construction Safety Hazard
Awareness Training Course for Contractors and 16 hours of classroom
training on the requirements of the latest version of the EM 385-11:Completed the following courses:
a. OSHA 510, Occupational Safety and Health Standards for Construction
b. OSHA 500, Trainer Course in OSHA Standards for Construction
c. OSHA 3095, Electrical Standards
d. OSHA 7115, Lockout/Tagout
e. OSHA 3110, Fall Arrest Systems
f. OSHA 2264, Permit-Required Confined Space Entry
g. OSHA 3010, Excavation, Trenching and Soil Mechanics
h. Scaffolds in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.450, Subpart L
i. NAVFAC 40-hour Construction Safety Hazard Awareness Training
Responsibilities of Authorized Trainers:
a. Prepare class presentations that cover construction-related safety
requirements and includes topics covered in the NAVFAC Construction Safety
Hazard Awareness Course for Contractors.
b. Ensure that all attendees attend all
signed daily by each attendee. Maintain
five (5) years. This is a certification
percent. In cases of emergency where an
session, the attendee can make it up in
subject.
sessions by using a class roster
copies of the roster for at least
class and must be attended 100
attendee cannot make it to a
another class session for the same
c. Update training course materials whenever an update of the EM 385-11becomes available.
d. Provide a written exam of at least 50 questions. Students shall be
required to answer 80 percent correctly to pass. Sample questions are found
on the NAVFAC website at
https://portal.navfac.navy.mil/portal/page/portal/navfac/navfac_ww_pp/navfa
c_hq_pp/navfac Copies of test and student answers shall be retained for
five (5) years and will be made available for inspection by the NAVFAC
Pacific, Site Safety and Health Manager upon request.
1.6.1.4 Crane Operators
Meet the crane operator's requirements in USACE EM 385-1-1. In addition,
for mobile cranes with Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) rated
capacitates of 50,000 pounds or greater, designate crane operators as
qualified by a source that qualifies crane operators(i.e., union, a
government agency, or and organization that tests and qualifies crane
operators). Provide proof of current qualification. In addition, the
Contractor shall comply with Contractor Operated Crane Requirements
included in the latest revision of document NAVFAC P-307 Section 1.7.2
"Contractor Operated Cranes," and Appendix P, Figure P-1 and with 29 CFR
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 7
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1926, Subpart CC.
1.6.1.5 Competent Person for Confined Space Entry
Provide a competent person for confined space meeting the definition and
requirements of EM 385-1-1. If work involves marine operations that handle
combustible or hazardous materials, this person shall have the ability to
understand and follow through on the air sampling, PPE, and instructions of
a Marine Chemist, Coast Guard authorized persons, or Certified Industrial
Hygienist. All confined and enclosed space work shall comply with NFPA 306,
OSHA 29 CFR 1915, Subpart B, "Confined and Enclosed Spaces and Other
Dangerous Atmospheres in Shipyard Employment" or as applicable, 1910.147
for general industry.
1.6.2 Personnel Duties
1.6.2.1 Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
Collect and maintain certified EMR ratings and DART rates for all
subcontractors on the project and make them available to the Government at
the Government's request.
In addition to duties required in EM 385-1-1, perform the following duties:
a. Conduct daily safety and health inspections and maintain a written log
which includes area/operation inspected, date of inspection, identified
hazards, recommended corrective actions, estimated and actual dates of
corrections. Attach safety inspection logs to the Contractors' daily
production and/or quality control report(s).
b. Conduct mishap investigations and complete required reports. Maintain
the OSHA Form 300 and Daily Production reports for prime and subcontractors.
c. Maintain safety-related references applicable to the project, including
those listed in the article "References." Maintain applicable equipment
manufacturer's manuals.
d. Attend the pre-construction conference, pre-work meetings including
preparatory inspection meeting, and periodic in-progress meetings.
e. Implement and enforce accepted APPS and AHAs.
f. Maintain a safety and health deficiency tracking system that monitors
outstanding deficiencies until resolution. Post a list of unresolved safety
and health deficiencies on the safety bulletin board.
g. Ensure sub-contractor compliance with safety and health requirements.
Failure to perform the above duties will result in dismissal of the
superintendent, QC Manager, and/or SSHO, and a project work stoppage. The
project work stoppage will remain in effect pending approval of a suitable
replacement.
h. Maintain a list of hazardous chemicals on site and their material safety
data sheets.
i. Within one calendar day after commencement of work, erect a safety
bulletin board at the job site. Where size, duration, or logistics of
project do not facilitate a bulletin board, an alternative method,
acceptable to the Contracting Officer, that is accessible and includes all
mandatory information for employee and visitor review, shall be deemed as
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 8
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
meeting the requirement for a bulletin board. Include and maintain
information on safety bulletin board as required by EM 385-1-1, section
01.A.06. Additional items required to be posted include:
1) Confined space entry permit.
2) Hot work permit.
1.6.3 Safety Plans and Submissions
1.6.3.1 Accident Prevention Plan (APP)
Use a qualified person to prepare the written site-specific APP. Prepare
the APP in accordance with the format and requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1
and as supplemented herein. Cover all paragraph and subparagraph elements
in USACE EM 385-1-1, Appendix A, "Minimum Basic Outline for Accident
Prevention Plan". Specific requirements for some of the APP elements are
described below. The APP shall be job-specific and address any unusual or
unique aspects of the project or activity for which it is written. The APP
shall interface with the Contractor's overall safety and health program.
Include any portions of the Contractor's overall safety and health program
referenced in the APP in the applicable APP element and made site-specific.
The Government considers the Prime Contractor to be the "controlling
authority" for all work site safety and health of the subcontractors.
Contractors are responsible for informing their subcontractors of the
safety provisions under the terms of the contract and the penalties for
noncompliance, coordinating the work to prevent one craft from interfering
with or creating hazardous working conditions for other crafts, and
inspecting subcontractor operations to ensure that accident prevention
responsibilities are being carried out. The APP shall be signed by the
person and firm (senior person) preparing the APP, the Contractor, the onsite superintendent, the designated site safety and health officer, the
Contractor Quality control Manager, and any designated CSP and/or CIH.
Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the
date of the Prework conference for acceptance. Work cannot proceed without
an accepted APP. Once accepted by the Contracting Officer, the APP and
attachments will be enforced as part of the contract. Disregarding the
provisions of this contract or the accepted APP will be cause for stopping
of work, at the discretion of the Contracting Officer, until the matter has
been rectified.
Once work begins, changes to the accepted APP shall be made with the
knowledge and concurrence of the Contracting Officer, project
superintendent, SSHO and quality control manager. Should any severe hazard
exposure, i.e. imminent danger, become evident, stop work in the area,
secure the area, and develop a plan to remove the exposure and control the
hazard. Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of discovery.
Eliminate/remove the hazard. In the interim, take all necessary action to
restore and maintain safe working conditions in order to safeguard onsite
personnel, visitors, the public (as defined by ASSE/SAFE A10.34,) and the
environment.
Copies of the accepted plan will be maintained at at the Contracting
Officer's office and at the job site. Continuously review and amend the
APP, as necessary, throughout the life of the contract. Incorporate unusual
or high-hazard activities not identified in the original APP as they are
discovered.
In addition to the requirements outlined in USACE EM 385-1-1, the following
is required:
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 9
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
a.
Names and qualifications (resumes including education, training,
experience and certifications) of all site safety and health
personnel designated to perform work on this project to include
the designated site safety and health officer and other competent
and qualified personnel to be used such as CSPs, CIHs, STSs,
CHSTs. Specify the duties of each position.
b.
Qualifications of competent and of qualified persons. As a
minimum, designate and submit qualifications of competent persons
for each of the following major areas: excavation; scaffolding;
fall protection; hazardous energy; confined space; health hazard
recognition, evaluation and control of chemical, physical and
biological agents; personal protective equipment and clothing to
include selection, use and maintenance.
c.
Confined Space Entry Plan. Develop a confined and/or enclosed
space entry plan in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, applicable
OSHA standards 29 CFR 1910, 29 CFR 1915, and 29 CFR 1926, OSHA
Directive 2.100, and any other federal, state and local regulatory
requirements identified in this contract. Identify the qualified
person's name and qualifications, training, and experience.
Delineate the qualified person's authority to direct work stoppage
in the event of hazardous conditions. Include procedure for rescue
by contractor personnel and the coordination with emergency
responders. (If there is no confined space work, include a
statement that no confined space work exists and none will be
created.)
d.
Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Program Documentation. The
program documentation shall be site specific and address all fall
hazards in the work place and during different phases of
construction. Address how to protect and prevent workers from
falling to lower levels when they are exposed to fall hazards
above 1.8 m 6 feet. A qualified person for fall protection shall
prepare and sign the program documentation. Include fall
protection and prevention systems, equipment and methods employed
for every phase of work, responsibilities, assisted rescue, selfrescue and evacuation procedures, training requirements, and
monitoring methods. Revise the Fall Protection and Prevention
Program documentation every six months for lengthy projects,
reflecting any changes during the course of construction due to
changes in personnel, equipment, systems or work habits. Keep and
maintain the accepted Fall Protection and Prevention Program
documentation at the job site for the duration of the project.
Include the Fall Protection and Prevention Program documentation
in the Accident Prevention Plan (APP).The FP&P Plan shall include
a Rescue and Evacuation Plan in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1,
Section 21.M. The plan shall include a detailed discussion of the
following: methods of rescue; methods of self-rescue; equipment
used; training requirement; specialized training for the rescuers;
procedures for requesting rescue and medical assistance; and
transportation routes to a medical facility. Include the Rescue
and Evacuation Plan in the Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P)
Plan, and as part of the Accident Prevention Plan (APP).
e.
Weight Handling Equipment Certificate of Compliance. Provide a
Certificate of Compliance for each crane when entering an activity
under this contract (see Contracting Officer for a blank
certificate). State within the certificate that the crane and
rigging gear meet applicable OSHA regulations (with the Contractor
citing which OSHA regulations are applicable, e.g., cranes used in
construction demolition, or maintenance comply with 29 CFR 1926
and USACE EM 385-1-1. Certify on the Certificate of Compliance
that the crane operator(s) is qualified and trained in the
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 10
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
operation of the crane to be used. For cranes at DOD activities in
foreign countries, certify that the crane and rigging gear conform
to the appropriate host country safety standards. Also certify
that all of its crane operators working on the DOD activity have
been trained in the proper use of all safety devices (e.g., antitwo block devices). Post certifications on the crane.
f.
Crane Critical Lift Plan. Prepare and sign weight handling
critical lift plans for lifts over 75 percent of the capacity of
the crane or hoist (or lifts over 50 percent of the capacity of a
barge mounted mobile crane's hoists) at any radius of lift; lifts
involving more than one crane or hoist; lifts of personnel; and
lifts involving non-routine rigging or operation, sensitive
equipment, or unusual safety risks. Submit 15 calendar days prior
to on-site work and include the
requirements of USACE EM 385-11, and the following:
(1) For lifts of personnel, demonstrate compliance with the
requirements of 29 CFR 1926.550(g).
(2) For barge mounted mobile cranes, barge stability calculations
identifying barge list and trim based on anticipated loading; and
load charts based on calculated list and trim. The amount of list
and trim shall be within the crane manufacturer's requirements.
Third Party Certification of Barge-Mounted Mobile Cranes Certify
barge-mounted mobile cranes in accordance with 29 CFR 1919 by an
OSHA accredited person.
g.
Severe Storm Plan. In the event of a severe storm warning, the
Contractor must:(1). Secure outside equipment and materials and
place materials that could be damaged in protected areas.(2).
Check surrounding area, including roof, for loose material,
equipment, debris, and other objects that could be blown away or
against existing facilities.(3). Ensure that temporary erosion
controls are adequate.
1.6.3.2 Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA)
The Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) format shall be in accordance with USACE
EM 385-1-1 and as provided by the Contracting Officer at the pre work
meeting. Submit the AHA for review at least 15 calendar days prior to the
start of each phase. Format subsequent AHAs as amendments to the APP. The
analysis should be used during daily inspections to ensure the
implementation and effectiveness of the activity's safety and health
controls and reviewed with all employees involved in the work. The AHA list
will be reviewed periodically (at least monthly) at the Contractor
supervisory safety meeting and updated as necessary when procedures,
scheduling, or hazards change. Develop the activity hazard analyses using
the project schedule as the basis for the activities performed. Any
activities listed on the project schedule will require an AHA. Competent
persons required for phases involving such things as fall protection,
excavations, scaffold, and electrical work shall be identified. AHAs should
be developed by the contractor, supplier, or subcontractor performing the
work and provided to the prime contractor for review and submitted to the
Contracting Officer for acceptance after prime contractor approval.
1.6.3.3 Pre-Design Submittals
Prior to start of design, provide the following submittals based on the
requirements of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Safety & Health Manual EM
385-1-1, using the latest version. Provide a description of the safety
controls for design investigations and field work. No field work allowed
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 11
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
until submittals are accepted by the Contracting Officer.
1.6.4 Meetings
1.6.4.1 Prework Conference
a.
Contractor representatives who have a responsibility or
significant role in accident prevention on the project shall
attend the Prework conference. This includes the project
superintendent, site safety and health officer (SSHO), quality
control supervisor, or any other assigned safety and health
professionals who participated in the development of the APP
(including the Activity Hazard Analyses (AHAs) and special plans,
programs, and procedures associated with it).
b.
Discuss the details of the submitted APP to include incorporated
plans, programs, procedures and a listing of anticipated AHAs that
will be developed and implemented during the performance of the
contract. This list of proposed AHAs will be reviewed at the
conference and an agreement will be reached between the Contractor
and the Contracting Officer's representative as to which phases
will require an analysis. At a minimum all definable features of
work are to have an AHA developed. In addition, establish a
schedule for the preparation, submittal, review, and acceptance of
AHAs to preclude project delays.
c.
Deficiencies in the submitted APP will be brought to the attention
of the Contractor and the Contractor shall revise the plan to
correct deficiencies and re-submit for acceptance. Do not begin
work until there is an accepted APP. A returned APP should be
corrected prior to scheduling the Prework meeting.
1.6.4.2 Safety Meetings for Employees
Conduct and document meetings as required by EM 385-1-1. Attach minutes
showing contract title, signatures of attendees and a list of topics
discussed to the Contractors' daily production report.
1.6.5 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT
Contractors will arrange for their own emergency medical treatment.
Government has no responsibility to provide emergency medical treatment.
1.7 NOTIFICATIONS and REPORTS
1.7.1 Accident Notifications
a.
Notify the Contracting Officer as soon as practical, but no more
than four hours after any accident meeting the definition of
Recordable Injuries or Illnesses or High Visibility Accidents,
property damage equal to or greater than $2,000, or any weight
handling equipment accident. Within notification include
contractor name; contract title; type of contract; name of
activity, installation or location where accident occurred; date
and time of accident; names of personnel injured; extent of
property damage, if any; extent of injury, if known, and brief
description of accident (to include type of construction equipment
used, PPE used, etc.). Preserve the conditions and evidence on the
accident site until the Government investigation team arrives onsite and Government investigation is conducted.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 12
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.7.2 Accident Reports
a. Conduct an accident investigation for recordable injuries and illnesses,
as defined in (1.3.c) property damage accidents resulting in at least
$20,000 in damages, and near misses as defined (c to establish the root
cause(s) of the accident, complete the applicable NAVFAC Contractor
Incident Reporting System (CIRS) and electronically submit via the NAVFAC
Enterprise Safety Applications Management System (ESAMS) The Contracting
Officer will provide copies of any required or special forms.
b. Near Misses: Require the completion of the applicable NAVFAC Contractor
Incident Reporting System (CIRS) and electronically submit via the NAVFAC
Enterprise Safety Applications Management System (ESAMS).
c. Conduct an accident investigation for any weight handling equipment
accident (including rigging gear accidents) to establish the root cause(s)
of the accident, complete the WHE Accident Report (Crane and Rigging Gear)
form and provide the report to the Contracting Officer within 30 calendar
days of the accident. Do not proceed with crane operations until cause is
determined and corrective actions have been implemented to the satisfaction
of the contracting officer. The Contracting Officer will provide a blank
copy of the accident report form.
1.7.3 Crane Report
Submit crane inspection reports required in accordance with USACE EM 385-11, Appendix I and as specified herein with Daily Reports of Inspections.
1.8 HOT WORK
Prior to performing "Hot Work" (welding, cutting, etc.) or operating other
flame-producing/spark producing devices, a written permit shall be
requested from the Fire Division. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET ALL
CRITERIA BEFORE A PERMIT IS ISSUED. It is mandatory to have a designated
FIRE WATCH for any "Hot Work" done at this activity. The Fire Watch shall
be trained in accordance with NFPA 51B and remain on-site for a minimum of
30 minutes after completion of the task or as specified on the hot work
permit.
1.9 RADIATION SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
License Certificates for radiation materials and equipment shall be
submitted to the Contracting Officer and Radiation Safety Office (RSO), and
Contracting Oversight Technician (COT) for all specialized and licensed
material and equipment that could cause fatal harm to construction
personnel or to the construction project.
Workers shall be protected from radiation exposure in accordance with 10
CFR 20. Standards for Protection Against Radiation
Loss of radioactive material shall be reported immediately to the
Contracting Officer.
Actual exposure of the radiographic film or unshielding the source shall
not be initiated until after 5 p.m. on weekdays.
In instances where radiography is scheduled near or adjacent to buildings
or areas having limited access or one-way doors, no assumptions shall be
made as to building occupancy. Where necessary, the Contracting Officer
will direct the Contractor to conduct an actual building entry, search, and
alert. Where removal of personnel from such a building cannot be
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 13
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
accomplished and it is otherwise safe to proceed with the radiography, a
fully instructed employee shall be positioned inside such building or area
to prevent exiting while external radiographic operations are in process.
Transportation of Regulated Amounts of Radioactive Material will comply
with 49 CFR, Subchapter C, Hazardous Material Regulations. Local Fire
authorities and the site Radiation Safety officer (RSO) shall be notified
of any Radioactive Material use.
Transmitter Requirements: The base policy concerning the use of
transmitters such as radios, cell phones, etc., must be adhered to by all
contractor personnel. They must also obey Emissions control (EMCON)
restrictions.
1.10 FACILITY OCCUPANCY CLOSURE
Streets, walks, and other facilities occupied and used by the Government
shall not be closed or obstructed without written permission from the
Contracting Officer.
1.11 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
Contractors entering and working in confined spaces performing shipyard
industry work are required to follow the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR 1915.
Contractors entering and working in confined spaces performing general
industry work are required to follow the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR Part
1926 and comply with the requirements in Section 34 of USACE EM 385-1-1,
OSHA 29 CFR 1910, and OSHA 29 CFR 1910.146.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONFINED SPACE SIGNAGE
The Contractor shall provide permanent signs integral to or securely
attached to access covers for permit-required confined spaces provided by
this contract. Signs wording: "DANGER--PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE DO NOT ENTER -" in bold letters a minimum of 25 mm (one inch) in height and
constructed to be clearly legible with all paint removed. The signal word
"DANGER" shall be red and readable from 1.52 m (5 feet).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION, DESIGN, and OTHER WORK
Comply with USACE EM 385-1-1, NFPA 70, NFPA 70E,NFPA 241, the APP, the AHA,
Federal and/or State OSHA regulations, and other related submittals and
activity fire and safety regulations. The most stringent standard prevails.
PPE is governed in all areas by the nature of the work the employee is
performing. Use personal hearing protection at all times in designated
noise hazardous areas or when performing noise hazardous tasks. Safety
glasses must be carried/available on each person.
Mandatory PPE includes:
a. Hard Hat
b. Appropriate Safety Shoes
c. Reflective Vests
3.1.1 Hazardous Material Use
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 14
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Each hazardous material must receive approval prior to being brought onto
the job site or prior to any other use in connection with this contract.
Allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing of the request for use of
a hazardous material.
3.1.2 Hazardous Material Exclusions
Notwithstanding any other hazardous material used in this contract,
radioactive materials or instruments capable of producing ionizing/nonionizing radiation (with the exception of radioactive material and devices
used in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1 such as nuclear density meters for
compaction testing and laboratory equipment with radioactive sources) as
well as materials which contain asbestos, mercury or polychlorinated
biphenyls, di-isocynates, lead-based paint are prohibited. The Contracting
Officer, upon written request by the Contractor, may consider exceptions to
the use of any of the above excluded materials. The Radiation Safety
Officer (RSO) must be notified prior to excepted items of radioactive
material and devices being brought on base.
3.1.3 Unforeseen Hazardous Material
The design should have identified materials such as PCB, lead paint, and
friable and non-friable asbestos. If additional material, not indicated,
that may be hazardous to human health upon disturbance during operations
is encountered, stop that portion of work and notify the Contracting
Officer immediately. Within 14 calendar days the Government will validate
if the material is hazardous. If material is not hazardous or poses no
danger, the Government will direct the Contractor to proceed without
change. If material is hazardous and handling of the material is necessary
to accomplish the work, the Government will issue a modification pursuant
to "FAR 52.243-4, Changes" and "FAR 52.236-2, Differing Site Conditions."
3.2 PRE-OUTAGE COORDINATION MEETING
Contractors are required to apply for utility outages at least 15 days in
advance. As a minimum, the request should include the location of the
outage, utilities being affected, duration of outage, and any necessary
sketches. Special requirements for electrical outage requests are
contained elsewhere in this specification section. Once approved, and
prior to beginning work on the utility system requiring shut down, the
Contractor shall attend a pre-outage coordination meeting with the
Contracting Officer to review the scope of work and the lock-out/tag-out
procedures for worker protection. No work will be performed on energized
electrical circuits unless proof is provided that no other means exist. For
electrical work positive cable/circuit identification must be made prior to
submitting any outage request. Arrangements are to be coordinated with the
Contracting Officer and Station Utilities for identification. The
Contracting Officer will not accept an outage request until the Contractor
satisfactorily documents that the circuits have been clearly identified.
Following the application of lockout/tag out devices to all hazardous
energy sources, applicable AHA should outline equipment restart methods to
ensure "zero energy" state has been accomplished.
3.3 CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)
Contractor shall ensure that each employee is familiar with and complies
with these procedures and USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 12, Control of
Hazardous Energy. Contracting Officer will, at the Contractor's request,
apply lockout/tagout tags and take other actions that, because of
experience and knowledge, are known to be necessary to make the particular
equipment safe to work on for government owned and operated systems. No
person, regardless of position or authority, shall operate any switch,
valve, or equipment that has an official lockout/tagout tag attached to it,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 15
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
nor shall such tag be removed except as provided in this section. No person
shall work on any energized equipment including, but not limited to
activities such as erecting, installing, constructing, repairing,
adjusting, inspecting, un-jamming, setting up, trouble shooting, testing,
cleaning, dismantling, servicing and maintaining machines equipment of
processes until an evaluation has been conducted identifying the energy
source and the procedures which will be taken to ensure the safety of
personnel.
When work is to be performed on electrical circuits, only qualified
personnel shall perform work on electrical circuits. A supervisor who is
required to enter an area protected by a lockout/tagout tag will be
considered a member of the protected group provided he notifies the holder
of the tag stub each time he enters and departs from the protected area.
Identification markings on building light and power distribution circuits
shall not be relied on for established safe work conditions.
Before clearance will be given on any equipment other than electrical
(generally referred to as mechanical apparatus), the apparatus, valves, or
systems shall be secured in a passive condition with the appropriate vents,
pins, and locks. Pressurized or vacuum systems shall be vented to relieve
differential pressure completely. Vent valves shall be tagged open during
the course of the work.
Where dangerous gas or fluid systems are involved, or in areas where the
environment may be oxygen deficient, system or areas shall be purged,
ventilated, or otherwise made safe prior to entry.
3.3.1 Tag Placement
Lockout/tagout tags shall be completed in accordance with the regulations
printed on the back thereof and attached to any device which, if operated,
could cause an unsafe condition to exist. If more than one group is to work
on any circuit or equipment, the employee in charge of each group shall
have a separate set of lockout/tagout tags completed and properly attached.
When it is required that certain equipment be tagged, the Government will
review the characteristics of the various systems involved that affect the
safety of the operations and the work to be done; take the necessary
actions, including voltage and pressure checks, grounding, and venting, to
make the system and equipment safe to work on; and apply such
lockout/tagout tags to those switches, valves, vents, or other mechanical
devices needed to preserve the safety provided. This operation is referred
to as "Providing Safety Clearance."
3.3.2 Tag Removal
When any individual or group has completed its part of the work and is
clear of the circuits or equipment, the supervisor, project leader, or
individual for whom the equipment was tagged shall turn in his signed
lockout/tagout tag stub to the Contracting Officer. That group's or
individual's lockout/tagout tags on equipment may then be removed on
authorization by the Contracting Officer.
3.4 FALL HAZARD PROTECTION AND PREVENTION PROGRAM
Establish a fall protection and prevention program, for the protection of
all employees exposed to fall hazards. Within the program include company
policy, identify responsibilities, education and training requirements,
fall hazard identification, prevention and control measures, inspection,
storage, care and maintenance of fall protection equipment and rescue and
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 16
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
evacuation procedures.
3.4.1 Training
Institute a fall protection training program. As part of the Fall Hazard
Protection and Prevention Program, provide training for each employee who
might be exposed to fall hazards. Provide training by a competent person
for fall protection in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Section 21.B.
3.4.2 Fall Protection Equipment and Systems
Enforce use of the fall protection equipment and systems designated for
each specific work activity in the Fall Protection and Prevention Plan
and/or AHA at all times when an employee is exposed to a fall hazard.
Protect employees from fall hazards as specified in EM 385-1-1, Section 21.
In addition to the required fall protection systems, safety skiff, personal
floatation devices, life rings etc., are required when working above or
next to water in accordance with USACE EM 385-1-1, Paragraphs 21.N through
21.N.04. Personal fall arrest systems are required when working from an
articulating or extendible boom, swing stages, or suspended platform. In
addition, personal fall arrest systems are required when operating other
equipment such as scissor lifts if the work platform is capable of being
positioned outside the wheelbase. The need for tying-off in such equipment
is to prevent ejection of the employee from the equipment during raising,
lowering, or travel. Fall protection must comply with 29 CFR 1926.500,
Subpart M, USACE EM 385-1-1 and ASSE/SAFE A10.32.
3.4.3 Personal Fall Arrest Equipment
Personal fall arrest equipment, systems, subsystems, and components shall
meet ASSE/SAFE Z359.1. Only a full-body harness with a shock-absorbing
lanyard or self-retracting lanyard is an acceptable personal fall arrest
body support device. Body belts may only be used as a positioning device
system (for uses such as steel reinforcing assembly and in addition to an
approved fall arrest system). Harnesses shall have a fall arrest attachment
affixed to the body support (usually a Dorsal D-ring) and specifically
designated for attachment to the rest of the system. Only locking snap
hooks and carabiners shall be used. Webbing, straps, and ropes shall be
made of synthetic fiber. The maximum free fall distance when using fall
arrest equipment shall not exceed 1.8 m 6 feet. The total fall distance and
any swinging of the worker (pendulum-like motion) that can occur during a
fall shall always be taken into consideration when attaching a person to a
fall arrest system.
3.4.4 Fall Protection for Roofing Work
Implement fall protection controls based on the type of roof being
constructed and work being performed. Evaluate the roof area to be accessed
for its structural integrity including weight-bearing capabilities for the
projected loading.
a.
Low Sloped Roofs:
(1) For work within 1.8 m 6 feet of an edge, on low-slope roofs,
Protect personnel from falling by use of personal fall arrest
systems, guardrails, or safety nets. A safety monitoring system
used by itself as the only form of fall protection system is not
adequate fall protection and is not authorized.
(2) For work greater than 1.8 m 6 feet from an edge, erect and
install warning lines in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.500 and USACE
EM 385-1-1.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 17
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
b.
JK4FG
Steep-Sloped Roofs: Work on steep-sloped roofs requires a personal
fall arrest system, guardrails with toe-boards, or safety nets.
This requirement also includes residential or housing type
construction, repair, or maintenance.
3.4.5 Horizontal Lifelines
Design, install, certify and use under the supervision of a qualified
person horizontal lifelines for fall protection as part of a complete fall
arrest system which maintains a safety factor of 2 (29 CFR 1926.500).
3.4.6 Guardrails and Safety Nets
Design, install and use guardrails and safety nets in accordance with EM
385-1-1 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M.
3.4.7 Rescue and Evacuation Procedures
When personal fall arrest systems are used, the contractor must ensure the
mishap victim can self-rescue or can be rescued promptly should a fall
occur. Prepare a Rescue and Evacuation Plan and include a detailed
discussion of the following: methods of rescue; methods of self-rescue;
equipment used; training requirement; specialized training for the
rescuers; procedures for requesting rescue and medical assistance; and
transportation routes to a medical facility. Include the Rescue and
Evacuation Plan within the Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) for the phase of
work, in the Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Plan, and the Accident
Prevention Plan (APP).
3.4.8 Scaffold
Provide employees with a safe means of access to scaffold platforms.
Climbing of any scaffold braces or supports not specifically designed for
access is prohibited. Access scaffold platforms greater than 6 m 20 feet
maximum in height by use of a scaffold stair system. Do not use vertical
ladders commonly provided by scaffold system manufacturers for accessing
scaffold platforms greater than 6 m 20 feet maximum in height. The use of
an adequate gate is required. Ensure that employees are qualified to
perform scaffold erection and dismantling. Do not use scaffold without the
capability of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load or
without appropriate fall protection as delineated in the accepted fall
protection and prevention plan. Stationary scaffolds must be attached to
structural building components to safeguard against tipping forward or
backward. Give special care to ensure scaffold systems are not overloaded.
Side brackets used to extend scaffold platforms on self-supported scaffold
systems for the storage of material are prohibited. The first tie-in shall
be at a minimum at the height equal to 4 times the width of the smallest
dimension of the scaffold base. Place work platforms on mud sills. Scaffold
or work platform erectors shall have fall protection during the erection
and dismantling of scaffolding or work platforms that are more than six
feet. Delineate fall protection requirements when working above six feet or
above dangerous operations in the Fall Protection Program and Prevention
(FP&P) Plan and Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) for the phase of work.
3.4.9 Fall Prevention during Design Phase
During design phase the Contractor shall consider and eliminate fall
hazards encountered at the [facility, building, crane, structure, etc.]
during maintenance evolutions, whenever possible. If it is not feasible to
eliminate or prevent the need to work at heights with its subsequent
exposure to fall hazards, control measures should be included in the design
to protect personnel conducting maintenance work after completion of the
project. In addition to the detailed requirements included in the
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 18
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
provisions of this contract, the design work shall incorporate the
requirements of 29 CFR 1910 [29 CFR 1915] Standards and ANSI/ASSE Z359.0,
ANSI/ASSE Z359.1, ANSI/ASSE Z359.2, ANSI/ASSE Z359.3, ANSI/ASSE Z359.4 and
ANSI/ASSE A1264.1.
3.5 EQUIPMENT
3.5.1 Material Handling and Applicable Mechanized Equipment
a.
Material handling equipment such as forklifts shall not be
modified with work platform attachments for supporting employees
unless specifically delineated in the manufacturer's printed
operating instructions.
b.
The use of hooks on equipment for lifting of material must be in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Additionally
when material handling equipment is used as a crane it must meet
NAVFAC P-307 requirements in Sections 1.7.2, "Contractor Operated
Cranes," and 12, "Investigation and Reporting of Crane and Rigging
Gear Accidents."
c.
Operators of forklifts or power industrial trucks shall be
licensed in accordance with OSHA. Proof of qualifications for
operator shall be kept on the project site and addressed as part
of the AHA.
d.
Manufacture specifications or owner’s manual for the equipment
shall be on-site and reviewed for additional safety precautions or
requirements that are sometimes not identified by OSHA or USACE EM
385-1-1. Incorporate such additional safety precautions or
requirements into the AHAs.
e.
Machinery & Mechanized Equipment are subject to additional Navy
proof of certification. A certification form for acceptance by
the Contracting Officer prior to being placed into use may be
required.
3.5.2 Weight Handling Equipment
a. Equip cranes and derricks as specified in EM 385-1-1, section 16.
b. Notify the Contracting Officer 15 days in advance of any cranes entering
the activity so that necessary quality assurance spot checks can be
coordinated. Prior to cranes entering federal activities, a Crane Access
Permit must be obtained from the Contracting Officer. A copy of the
permitting process will be provided at the Preconstruction Conference.
Contractor's operator shall remain with the crane during the spot check.
c. Comply with the crane manufacturer's specifications and limitations for
erection and operation of cranes and hoists used in support of the work.
Perform erection under the supervision of a designated person (as defined
in ASME B30.5). Perform all testing in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedures.
d. Comply with ASME B30.5 for mobile and locomotive cranes, ASME B30.22 for
articulating boom cranes, ASME B30.3 for construction tower cranes, and
ASME B30.8 for floating cranes and floating derricks.
e. Under no circumstance shall a Contractor make a lift at or above 90
percent of the cranes rated capacity in any configuration.
f. When operating in the vicinity of overhead transmission lines, operators
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 19
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
and riggers shall be alert to this special hazard and follow the
requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1 Section 11, NAVFAC P-307 Figure 10-3 and
ASME B30.5 or ASME B30.22 as applicable.
g. Do not crane suspended personnel work platforms (baskets) unless the
Contractor proves that using any other access to the work location would
provide a greater hazard to the workers or is impossible. Do not lift
personnel with a line hoist or friction crane.
h. Inspect, maintain, and recharge portable fire extinguishers as specified
in NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
i. All employees must keep clear of loads about to be lifted and of
suspended loads.
j. Use cribbing when performing lifts on outriggers.
k. The crane hook/block must be positioned directly over the load. Side
loading of the crane is prohibited.
l. A physical barricade must be positioned to prevent personnel from
entering the counterweight swing (tail swing) area of the crane.
m. Certification records which include the date of inspection, signature of
the person performing the inspection, and the serial number or other
identifier of the crane that was inspected shall always be available for
review by Contracting Officer personnel.
n. Written reports listing the load test procedures used along with any
repairs or alterations performed on the crane shall be available for review
by Contracting Officer personnel.
o. Certify that all crane operators have been trained in proper use of all
safety devices (e.g. anti-two block devices).
p. Take steps to ensure that wind speed does not contribute to loss of
control of the load during lifting operations. Prior to conducting lifting
operations set a maximum wind speed at which a crane can be safely operated
based on the equipment being used, the load being lifted, experience of
operators and riggers, and hazards on the work site. This maximum wind
speed determination shall be included as part of the activity hazard
analysis plan for that operation.
3.6 EXCAVATIONS
Soil classification must be performed by a competent person in accordance
with 29 CFR 1926 and EM 385-1-1.
3.6.1 Utility Locations
All underground utilities in the work area must be positively identified by
a third party, independent, private utility locating company in addition to
any station locating service and coordinated with the station utility
department.
3.6.2 Utility Location Verification
The Contractor must physically verify underground utility locations,
including utility depth, by hand digging using wood or fiberglass handled
tools when any adjacent construction work is expected to come within three
feet of the underground system.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 20
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
3.6.3 Utilities Within and Under Concrete, Bituminous Asphalt, and Other
Impervious Surfaces
Utilities located within and under concrete slabs or pier structures,
bridges, parking areas, and the like, are extremely difficult to identify.
Whenever contract work involves chipping, saw cutting, or core drilling
through concrete, bituminous asphalt or other impervious surfaces, the
existing utility location must be coordinated with station utility
departments in addition to location and depth verification by a third
party, independent, private locating company. The third party, independent,
private locating company shall locate utility depth by use of Ground
Penetrating Radar (GPR), X-ray, bore scope, or ultrasound prior to the
start of demolition and construction. Outages to isolate utility systems
must be used in circumstances where utilities are unable to be positively
identified. The use of historical drawings does not alleviate the
contractor from meeting this requirement.
3.7 ELECTRICAL
3.7.1 Conduct of Electrical Work
As delineated in USACE EM 385-1-1 electrical work is to be conducted in a
de-energized state unless there is no alternative method for accomplishing
the work. In those cases an energized work permit shall be obtained from
the contracting officer. The energized work permit application shall be
accompanied by the AHA and a summary of why the equipment/circuit needs to
be worked energized. Underground electrical spaces must be certified safe
for entry before entering to conduct work. Cables that will be cut must be
positively identified and de-energized prior to performing each cut.
Attachment of temporary grounds shall be in accordance with ASTM F855 and
IEEE 1048. Perform all high voltage cable cutting remotely using hydraulic
cutting tool. When racking in or live switching of circuit breakers, no
additional person other than the switch operator will be allowed in the
space during the actual operation. Plan so that work near energized parts
is minimized to the fullest extent possible. Use of electrical outages
clear of any energized electrical sources is the preferred method. When
working in energized substations, only qualified electrical workers shall
be permitted to enter. When work requires Contractor to work near
energized circuits as defined by the NFPA 70, high voltage personnel must
use personal protective equipment that includes, as a minimum, electrical
hard hat, safety shoes, insulating gloves and electrical arc flash
protection for personnel as required by NFPA 70E. Insulating blankets,
hearing protection, and switching suits may also be required, depending on
the specific job and as delineated in the Contractor's AHA. Contractor
shall ensure that each employee is familiar with and complies with these
procedures and 29 CFR 1910.147.
3.7.2 Portable Extension Cords
Size portable extension cords in accordance with manufacturer ratings for
the tool to be powered and protected from damage. Immediately removed from
service all damaged extension cords. Portable extension cords shall meet
the requirements of NFPA 70E and OSHA electrical standards.
3.8 WORK IN CONFINED SPACES
In addition to applicable sections of USACE EM 385-1-1, OSHA 29 CFR
1910.146 and OSHA 29 CFR 1926.21(b) (6) the Contractor shall comply with
the following. Any potential for a hazard in the confined space requires a
permit system to be used.
a.
Entry Procedures. Prohibit entry into a confined space by
personnel for any purpose, including hot work, until the qualified
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 21
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
person has conducted appropriate tests to ensure the confined or
enclosed space is safe for the work intended and that all
potential hazards are controlled or eliminated and documented.
(See Section 06.I.06 of USACE EM 385-1-1 for entry procedures.)
All hazards pertaining to the space shall be reviewed with each
employee during review of the AHA.
b.
Forced air
operations
maintained
below its'
ventilation is required for all confined space entry
and the minimum air exchange requirements must be
to ensure exposure to any hazardous atmosphere is kept
action level regardless of classification.
c.
Sewer wet wells require continuous atmosphere monitoring with
audible alarm for toxic gas detection in addition to continuous
forced air ventilation regardless of space classification.
3.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES
Explosives shall not be used or brought to the project site without prior
written approval from the Contracting Officer. Such approval shall not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury to persons or for
damage to property due to blasting operations. Storage of explosives, when
permitted on Government property, shall be only where directed and in
approved storage facilities. These facilities shall be kept locked at all
times except for inspection, delivery, and withdrawal of explosives.
Explosive work shall be performed in accordance with NASA NSS 1740.12.
Document is available at:
http://www.hq.nasa.gov/office/codeq/doctree/871912.htm
3.10 ERGONOMICS CONSIDERATIONS DURING DESIGN PHASE
Facilities, processes, job tasks, tools and materials shall be designed to
reduce or eliminate work-related musculoskeletal (WMSD) injuries and risk
factors in the workplace. Designs shall ensure facility maintenance access
is designed to reduce WMSD risk factors to the lowest level possible. In
addition to the detailed requirements included in the provisions of this
contract, the design work shall incorporate the requirements of MIL-STD1472F, DOD–HDBK 743A and ANSI/HFES 100.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 35 26.05 20 - Page 22
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 45 00.05 20
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM E 329
(2008) Agencies Engaged in the
Testing and/or Inspection of
Materials Used in Construction
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1
(2008) Safety -- Safety and Health
Requirements
U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)
LEED-NC
(2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy
and Environmental Design™ Green
Building Rating System for New
Construction (LEED-NC)
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Design Quality Control (DQC) Plan;
G
Submit a DQC Plan prior to the Post Award Kickoff Meeting.
Construction Quality Control (CQC) Plan;
G
Submit a Construction QC Plan prior to start of construction.
Commissioning Plan;
G
Submit a Commissioning Plan within 60 days of approval of
CxAuthority.
SD-05 Design Data
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Design Quality Control Documentation; G
SD-07 Certificates
Preliminary Inspections and Final Acceptance Testing;
Final Life Safety/Fire Protection Certification;
G
G
IBC Special Inspections Certification; G
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Summary Commissioning Report; G
1.3 QC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Establish and maintain a QC program that is administered by a Design and
Construction Quality Control organization, using Quality Control (Design
and Construction) Plans, Commissioning Plans and Reports, meetings, a
Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting, three phases of control,
submittal review and approval, testing, completion inspections, and QC
certifications and documentation necessary to provide design, materials,
equipment, workmanship, fabrication, construction and operations which
comply with the requirements of this Contract. The QC program shall cover
on-site and off-site work. No construction work or testing may be
performed unless the QC Manager is on the work site.
1.3.1 QC Plan Meeting
Prior to submission of the QC Plan, the QC Manager may request a meeting
with the Contracting Officer to discuss the QC Plan requirements of this
Contract.
The purpose of this meeting is to develop a mutual understanding of the QC
Plan requirements prior to plan development and submission and to agree on
the Contractor's list of Definable Features of Work (DFOWs).
1.3.2 Mutual Understanding Meeting
The purpose of this meeting is to develop a mutual understanding of the QC
Plans, including documentation, administration, requirements & procedures,
coordination of activities to be performed, and the coordination of the
contractor's management, production and QC personnel. At the meeting, the
contractor will explain in detail how the three phases of quality control
will be implemented for each DFOW.
1.3.3 Design and Construction Quality Control Plans
The Contractor shall provide a project specific Design Quality Control
(DQC) Plan and Construction Quality Control (CQC) Plan, for review and
approval by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall perform no design
until the DQC Plan is approved and no construction until the CQC Plan is
approved. The Contractor's plans shall include the following:
a.
The QC organization for this contract, including member resumes.
b.
A letter from an officer of the company designating the QC
Manager, Alternate QC Manager, DQC Manager, Commissioning
Authority, and their authority.
c.
QC Manager qualifications.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
d.
DQC Manager qualifications.
e.
List of DFOW including list of design submittal packaging. DFOW
is a task that is separate and distinct from other tasks and has
control requirements and work crews unique to the task.
f.
For the CQC Plan, a plan to implement the "Three Phases of
Control" for each DFOW.
g.
For the CQC Plan, a testing Plan, log and list of personnel and
accredited laboratories that will perform tests. Construction
materials testing laboratories must be accredited by a laboratory
accreditation authority and will be required to submit a copy of
the Certificate of Accreditation and Scope of Accreditation with
the testing plan. Coordinate this testing Plan with the
Commissioning Plan verification testing requirements to avoid
duplication of effort.
h.
Submittal Register including design submittals, listing personnel
who will review submittals and noting submittals for Contracting
Officer review.
i.
Procedures for submitting and reviewing variations prior to
submission to the Contracting Officer.
j.
As a part of the Contractor's CQC plan, a statement of Special
Inspections shall be prepared by the Designer of Record (DOR)
describing a complete list of materials and work requiring special
inspections, the inspections to be performed and any applicable
quality assurance plans and structural observations. The
Contractor's plan shall implement the applicable requirements of
the International Building Code (IBC), Chapter 17 "Structural
Tests and Special Inspections." The plan shall include a listing
of the individuals, approved agencies or firms that will be
retained for conducting the required special inspections
accompanied by a description of individual inspector's experience
and a copy of all required certifications. Structural tests and
special inspections, as outlined in Chapter 17 of the IBC, shall
be conducted by individuals and agents that are under the direct
supervision of a Registered Design Professional (RDP) and meet the
requirements of ASTM E 329.
k.
As part of the Contractor's DQC plan, a statement of Life Safety
and Fire Protection Features Inspections and Testing shall be
prepared by the Fire Protection Designer of Record. Examples of
life safety and fire protection features include, but are not
limited to, water distribution systems including fire pumps and
fire hydrants, fire resistive assemblies such as fire rated
walls/partitions, through -penetration firestop systems, sprayapplied fire proofing of structural components, fire alarm and
detection systems, fire suppression and standpipe systems, means
of egress components, emergency and exit lighting fixtures. The
plan will include a listing of the individuals, approved agencies
or firms that will be retained for conducting the required
inspections and tests accompanied by a description of individual
inspector's experience and a copy of all required certifications.
Additional copies of this plan shall be submitted to the NAVFAC
Fire Protection Engineer and the Installation Fire Chief. This
plan shall include the following:
(1) Comprehensive list of systems, components or features to be
inspected and tested.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
(2) Description of performance verification testing activities
for each system or component.
(3) Procedures and schedules for functional performance tests of
all systems requiring functional testing. For the DQC plan,
submit a formal Communication Plan that indicates the frequency
of design meetings and what information is covered in those
meetings, key design decision points tied to the Network Analysis
Schedule and how the DOR plans to include the Government in those
decisions, peer review procedures, interdisciplinary coordination,
design review procedures, comment resolution, etc.
The Communication Plan will emphasize key decisions and possible
problems the Contractor and Government may encounter during the
design phase of the project. Provide a plan to discuss design
alternatives and design coordination with the stakeholders at the
key decision points as they arise on the project. Identify
individual stakeholders and suggested communication methods that
will be employed to expedite and facilitate each anticipated
critical decision. Communication methods may include: Concept
Design Workshop, over-the-shoulder review meetings, presentation
at client's office, lifecycle cost analysis presentation,
technical phone conversation, and formal review meeting. The
design portion of the Communication Plan must be written by the
DQC Manager and confirmed during the Post Award Kick off
Partnering. Update the Communication Plan at every Partnering
meeting.
m.
For the DQC Plan, procedures for insuring the design documents are
submitted in accordance with UFC 1-300-09N, Design Procedures and
other procedures to ensure disciplines have been properly
coordinated to eliminate conflicts.
n.
For the DQC Plan, provide Quality Control Documentation procedures
such as QC review sets and QC comments to demonstrate that cross
checking of all engineering disciple's design drawings and
specifications has taken place. The QC review documentation shall
exhibit a checking process of the design documents for
completeness, accuracy, and constructability.
o.
For the DQC Plan, a list of design subcontractors and the scope of
the work which each firm will accomplish.
1.3.4 Commissioning Plan
The Contractor shall provide a project specific Commissioning Plan for
review and acceptance by the Contracting Officer. The intent of the
commissioning plan is to expose all critical issues and resolve them with
input from the construction team at early stages of planning. Develop and
submit the Commissioning Plan to define the on-site activities and roles
and responsibilities for commissioning all building systems required by the
Project Program paragraph entitled, Building Commissioning. The
Commissioning Plan shall be updated as information changes during the
project. The Plan shall include all items required by the LEED-NC 2009 and
shall include the following:
a.
Commissioning Authority qualifications and experience.
b.
A description of the Commissioning Team’s roles and
responsibilities as well as organizational relationships with the
Contractor's QC Manager, DQC Manager, and verification and testing
personnel.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
c.
A listing of all systems required to be commissioned, include a
list of required instruments and components for measurements,
verifications, and full commissioning of mechanical systems.
d.
A description of the testing and acceptance method used for each
system. Describe all commissioning process activities. Include
the sequence and schedule for starting and balancing air
distribution systems to ensure construction materials, such as
architectural finishes, are installed under the appropriate
environmental conditions. Also address the procedure that will be
used to "dry out" the structure.
e.
A procedures and schedule for functional performance tests of all
systems to be commissioned. The Commissioning Authority shall be
present for all functional performance tests. Coordinate this
schedule with the QC Plan testing requirements to avoid
duplication of effort.
f.
Coordinate with eOMSI Preparer to approve the training plan,
content of the facility maintenance and operational training, and
training schedule for Government personnel. Provide training
sessions on performance of the systems that were commissioned.
1.3.5 Summary Commissioning Report
The Commissioning Authority shall provide a Summary Commissioning Report
upon completion of the performance verification items. The Summary
Commissioning Report shall include all items required by LEED-NC 2009 and
shall include the following:
a.
Executive Summary of the commissioning process including results and
observations of the commissioning program.
b.
A history of deficiencies identified and their resolution.
outstanding issues to be resolved.
Indicate
c.
Commissioned systems performance test results and evaluations.
Provide a 72 hour data trend utilizing the building automation system.
Verify that the trend data reflects proper operation of the system.
1.4 QC ORGANIZATION
The QC Manager shall manage the QC organization and shall report to an
officer of the firm and shall not be subordinate to the Project
Superintendent or the Project Manager. The QC Manager shall not be or
perform the duties of the Superintendant on this project.
1.4.1 QC and Alternate QC Manager
QC and Alternate QC Manager qualifications:
a.
Complete the course entitled "Construction Quality Management
(CQM) for Contractors." and maintain a current certificate. The
QC Manager that does not have a current certification must obtain
the CQM for Contractors course certification within 90 days of
award. This course is periodically offered by the Naval Facilities
Engineering Command and the Army Corps of Engineers. Contact the
Contracting Officer for class schedule information.
b.
Familiar with requirements of USACE EM 385-1-1, and experience in
the areas of hazard identification and safety compliance.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
c.
JK4FG
Five years of combined experience as a Superintendent, QC Manager,
Project Manager, or Project Engineer on similar size and type
construction contracts, and at least two years experience as a QC
Manager.
QC and Alternate QC Manager responsibilities:
a.
Participate in the Post Award Kick-off, Partnering,
Preconstruction, Design Development, and Coordination and Mutual
Understanding Meetings.
b.
Implement the "Three Phase of Control" plan for each DFOW and
notify the Contracting Officer at least 3 business days in advance
of each Preparatory and Initial Phase meeting. Submit respective
checklists to the Contracting Officer the next business day.
c.
Ensure that no construction begins before the DOR has finalized
the design for that segment of work, and construction submittals
are approved as required.
d.
Inspect all work and rework, using International Conference of
Building Officials certified QC specialists as applicable, to
ensure its compliance with contract requirements. Maintain a
rework log.
e.
Immediately stop any segment of work, which does not comply with
the contract requirements and direct the removal and replacement
of any defective work.
f.
Remove any individual from the site who fails to perform their
work in a skillful, safe and workmanlike manner or whose work does
not comply with the contract plans and specifications.
g.
Prepare daily QC Reports. Provide daily photographic documentation
to support the work reported in the Daily Reports.
h.
Assemble photographic documentation. Maintain a file of CD/ DVD
disks at the job site that assemble the
photographs supporting the daily
reports. Organize the supporting photographs into searchable files
organized by date and under each date organize the photographs in folders
for each definable features of work. Indicate on the disk label and disk
holder the date range of pictures contained on each disk. Provide a date
stamp on each picture and title each picture with a description of location
and viewed components. Provide .jpeg color photograph files that are 300
DPI - printable at 8 inch by 10 inch (20 cm by 25 cm) size.
Photograph construction related to existing work to be covered by contract
modifications and required rework as follows;
1) View of as-is conditions prior to modification/ rework.
2) View of as-is conditions with existing exterior enclosure and interior
finishes removed before modification/ new work begins.
3) View of new/ modified construction prior to being covered by exterior
enclosure and interior finishes.
4) View of completed new/ modified construction.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
i. Ensure that Contractor Production Reports are prepared daily.
j. Hold weekly QC meetings with the DQC Manager, Commissioning
Authority, DOR (or representative), Superintendent and the Contracting
Officer; participation shall be suitable for the phase of work. Distribute
minutes of these meetings.
k. Ensure that design and construction submittals are reviewed and
approved, as required by the contract, prior to allowing material on site
and work to proceed with these items. Maintain a submittal register.
l. Update As-built drawings daily, maintaining up-to-date set on site.
m. Maintain a testing plan and log. Ensure that all testing is performed
in accordance with the contract. Review all test reports and notify the
Contracting Officer of all deficiencies, along with a proposal for
corrective action.
n. Maintain rework log on site, noting dates deficiency identified, and
date corrected.
o. Certify and sign statement on each invoice that all work to be paid
under the invoice has been completed in accordance with contract
requirements.
p. Perform Punch-out and participate in Pre-final and Final acceptance
Inspections. Submit list of deficiencies to the Contracting Officer for
each inspection. Correct all deficiencies prior to the Final inspection.
Notify Contracting Officer prior to final inspection to establish a
schedule date acceptable by the Contracting Officer.
q. Ensure that all required keys, operation and maintenance manuals,
warranty certificates, and the As-built drawings are correct and complete,
in accordance with the contract, and submitted to the Contracting Officer.
r. Assure that all applicable tests, special inspections, and
observations required by the contract are performed.
s. Coordinate all factory and on-site testing, Testing Laboratory
personnel, QC Specialists, and any other inspection and testing personnel
required by this Contract.
t.
plan.
Notify the Contracting Officer of any proposed changes to the QC
u. Retain a copy of approved submittals at project site, including
Contractor's copy of approved samples.
v. Update the Performance Assessment Plan as described in the UFGS
section 01 31 19.05 20, Post Award Meetings and discuss monthly at a QC
meeting.
w.
Coordinate training of Government maintenance personnel with the eOMSI
Preparer to assure training materials and training classes are accurate and
provide instruction and documentation on critical elements of the products,
materials, and systems in the constructed facility. Verify that the
Government's operating personnel were trained.
1.4.2 DQC Manager
The DQC Manager shall be a member of the QC organization, shall coordinate
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 7
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
actions with the QC Manager, and shall not be subordinate to the Project
Superintendent or the Project Manager. The DQC Manager may also act as the
Commissioning Authority if all Commissioning Authority qualifications are
met.
DQC Manager qualifications:
a. A minimum of 5 years experience as a design Architect or Engineer
on similar size and type designs /or design-build contracts. Provide
education, experience, and management capabilities on similar size
and type contracts.
b. Be a registered professional engineer or architect with an active
registration. Provide proof of registration as part of the resume
submittal package.
c. Complete the course entitled "Construction Quality Management
(CQM) for Contractors."
DQC Manager responsibilities:
a. Be responsible for the design integrity, professional design
standards, and all design services required.
b.
Be a member of the Designer of Record's (DOR) firm.
c. Be responsible for development of the design portion of the QC
Plan, incorporation and maintenance of the approved Design Schedule,
and the preparation of DQC Reports and minutes of all design
meetings.
d. Participate in the Post Award Kick-Off, all design planning
meetings, design presentations, partnering, and QC meetings.
e. Implement the DQC plan and shall remain on staff involved with
the project until completion of the project.
f. Be cognizant of and assure that all design documents on the
project have been developed in accordance with the Contract.
g. Provide Design Quality Control Documentation (DQCD) which
indicates design coordination of the engineering disciplines. Submit
DQCD with the prefinal and final design submittals as required in
UFGS 01 33 10.05 20, Design Submittal Procedures.
h. Develop the submittal register. Coordinate with each DOR to
determine what items need to be submitted, and who needs to approve.
i.
Provide QC certification for design compliance.
j. Certify and sign statement on each invoice that all work to be
paid to the DOR under the invoice has been completed in accordance
with the contract requirements.
k. Prepare weekly DQC Reports that documents the work the design
team accomplished that week.
l. Coordinate all training requirements with the QC and the eOMSI
Preparer.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 8
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.4.3 Commissioning Authority
Commissioning Authority qualifications:
The Commissioning Authority shall be a member of the QC organization, shall
coordinate actions with the QC Manager, shall not be subordinate to the
Project Superintendent or the Project Manager, and shall report findings
directly to the Contracting Officer. The Commissioning Authority may also
act as the DQC Manager if all DQC Manager qualifications are met. The
Commissioning Authority selected shall meet the requirements of LEED-NC
with the following additional qualifications:
a.
Be certified Building System Commissioning (Cx) Contractor
recognized by a Building Commissioning Organization. Acceptable
minimum certifications are "Certified Cx Agent" from the
Associated Air Balance Council (AABC); "NEBB Building Systems Cx
Certified Professional" from National Environmental Balancing
Bureau (NEBB); "Certified Building Cx Professional" from the
Association of Energy Engineers (AEE); "Certified Cx Professional
(CxP)" from the Building Commissioning Association (BCA); or
"Commissioning Process Authority Professional" or "Commissioning
Process Manager" from the University of Wisconsin College of
Engineering.
b.
Have documented Commissioning Authority experience in at least two
building projects. Provide proof of commissioning experience as
part of the Commissioning Plan.
Commissioning Authority responsibilities:
a.
Be responsible for development of the Commissioning Plan, the
Summary Commissioning Report, and minutes of all commissioning
meetings.
b.
Participate in the Post Award Kick-Off, all design planning
meetings, design presentations, partnering, and QC meetings.
c.
Review the Request for Proposal (RFP) for energy and
sustainability goals, system expectations, O&M requirements,
training expectations, and construction quality expectations.
d.
Review the Basis of Design and ensure the RFP requirements are
met.
e.
Ensure commissioning requirements are incorporated into the
construction documents.
f.
Assure the electrical requirements of the actual equipment
supplied by the mechanical contractor are verified, reviewed and
coordinated with the electrical and other trades.
g.
Be responsible for implementation and updating of the
Commissioning Plan.
h.
Be responsible for development of systems functional testing
procedures.
i.
Ensure pre-functional installation inspections are performed on
all systems indicated to be commissioned in accordance with the
Commissioning Plan and Contract documents.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 9
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
j.
Verify systems performance of all systems indicated to be
commissioned in accordance with the Commissioning Plan and
Contract documents.
k.
Report any deficiencies in installation, general performance,
operation, and functional performance of all systems indicated to
be commissioned.
l.
Participate in the eOMSI Field Validation to assure the accuracy
of the eOMSI Data and eOMSI Document information prior to the
submission of the Final eOMSI submittal.
m.
Coordinate training of Government maintenance personnel with the
eOMSI Preparer to assure training materials and training classes
are accurate and provide instruction and documentation on critical
elements of the products, materials, and systems in the
constructed facility. Verify that the Government's operating
personnel were trained on the information necessary to operate
the facility.
1.4.4 QC Specialists
QC Specialists shall assist and report to the QC Manager and may perform
production related duties but must be allowed sufficient time to perform
their assigned quality control duties. QC Specialists are required to
attend the Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting, QC meetings and
be physically present at the construction site to perform the three phases
of control and prepare documentation for each definable feature of work in
their area of responsibility at the frequency specified below.
1.4.4.1 Fire Protection QC Specialist
The Fire Protection QC Specialist (FPQC) shall be a U.S.Registered
Professional Engineer and shall be an integral part of the Prime
Contractor's Quality Control Organization. This FPQC shall have no
business relationships (owner, partner, operating officer, distributor,
salesman, or technical representative) with any fire protection equipment
device manufacturers, suppliers or installers for any such equipment
provided as part of this project. The Fire Protection Designer of Record
may serve as the lead Fire Protection QC Specialist, provided the following
qualifications are met.
a.
Qualifications/Experience: The FPQC shall have obtained their
professional registration by successfully completing the Fire
Protection Engineering discipline examination. This FPQC shall
have a minimum of 5 years full time and exclusive experience in
every aspect of facility design and construction as it relates to
fire protection, which includes, but is not limited to, building
code analysis, life safety code analysis, design of automatic
detection and suppression systems, passive fire protection design,
water supply analysis, and a multi-discipline coordination
reviews, and construction surveillance.
b.
Area of Responsibility: The FPQC is responsible for assuring the
proper construction and installation of life safety and fire
protection features across all disciplines and trades. The FPQC
shall be responsible for assuring that life safety and fire
protection features are provided in accordance with the design
documents, approved construction submittals, and manufacturer's
requirements. Examples include, but are not limited to, water
distribution systems including fire pumps and fire hydrants, fire
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 10
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
resistive assemblies such as spray-applied fire proofing of
structural components and fire rated walls/partitions, fire alarm
and detection systems, fire suppression and standpipe systems,
emergency and exit lighting fixtures, etc.
c.
Construction Surveillance: The FPQC is responsible for reviewing
and implementing the QC Plan developed by the Fire Protection DOR.
The FPQC shall visit the construction site as necessary to ensure
life safety and fire protection systems are being constructed,
applied, and installed in accordance with the approved design
documents, approved construction submittals, and manufacturer's
requirements. Frequency and duration of the field visits are
dependent upon particular system components, system complexity,
and phase of construction. At a minimum, field visits shall occur
just prior to installation of suspended ceiling systems to inspect
the integrity of passive fire protection features and fire
suppression system piping, and required performance verification
testing of all life safety and fire protection systems identified
below and in Part 4.
(1) Preliminary Inspections and Final Acceptance Testing: FPQC shall
personally witness all preliminary inspections of fire alarm/detection and
suppression systems. Once preliminary inspections have been successfully
completed, the FPQC shall submit a signed certificate to the QC Manager
that systems are ready for final inspection and testing. The Naval
Facilities Engineering Command Fire Protection Engineer will witness formal
tests and approve all systems before they are accepted. The QC Manager
shall submit the request for formal inspection at least 15 days prior to
the date the inspection is to take place. The QC manager shall provide 10
days advance notice to the Contracting Officer and the activity Fire
Inspection Office of scheduled final inspections.
d. QC Documentation and Certifications: The following documentation and
certification shall be prepared by the FPQC. Additional copies shall be
submitted to the NAVFAC Fire Protection Engineer and the Installation Fire
Chief.
(1) Field visit reports. Submit reports documenting all field visits and
summarizing all findings.
(2) Inspection and Test reports and certificates. Submit in accordance
with the applicable codes, standards, and this RFP.
(3) Final Life Safety/Fire Protection Certification. The FPQC shall
provide certification that all life safety and fire protection systems have
been inspected and in the FPQC's professional judgment,; have been
installed in accordance with the contract documents, approved submittals,
and manufacturer's requirements. This certification shall summarize all
life safety and fire protection features, and shall bear the professional
seal of the fire protection engineer.
1.5 THREE PHASES OF CONTROL
The Three Phases of Control shall adequately cover both on-site and offsite work and shall include the following for each DFOW.
1.5.1 Preparatory Phase
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two work days in advance of each
preparatory phase meeting. The meeting shall be conducted by the QC
Manager and attended by the Project Superintendent, QC Specialists, and the
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 11
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
foreman responsible for the DFOW. The DQC Manager shall also attend if
required by structural tests and special inspections, as outlined in
Chapter 17 of the IBC and the DQC Plan. When the DFOW will be accomplished
by a subcontractor, that subcontractor's foreman shall attend the
preparatory phase meeting. Document the results of the preparatory phase
actions in the daily Contractor Quality Control Report and in the
Preparatory Phase Checklist. Perform the following prior to beginning work
on each DFOW:
a.
Review each paragraph of the applicable specification sections;
b.
Review the Contract drawings;
c.
Verify that appropriate shop drawings and submittals for materials
and equipment have been submitted and approved. Verify receipt of
approved factory test results, when required;
d.
Review the testing plan and ensure that provisions have been made
to provide the required QC testing;
e.
Examine the work area to ensure that the required preliminary work
has been completed;
f.
Examine the required materials, equipment and sample work to
ensure that they are on hand and conform to the approved shop
drawings and submitted data;
g.
Discuss the specific controls used in construction methods,
construction tolerances, workmanship standards, and the approach
that will be used to provide quality construction by planning
ahead and identifying potential problems for each DFOW; and
h.
Review the APP and appropriate Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) to
ensure that applicable safety requirements are met, and that
required Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are submitted.
1.5.2 Initial Phase
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two work days in advance of each
initial phase. When construction crews are ready to start work on a DFOW,
conduct the initial phase with the Project Superintendent, QC Specialists,
and the foreman responsible for that DFOW. The DQC Manager shall also
attend if required by structural tests and special inspections, as outlined
in Chapter 17 of the IBC and the DQC Plan. Observe the initial segment of
the DFOW to ensure that the work complies with Contract requirements.
Document the results of the initial phase in the [daily CQC Report and in]
Initial Phase Checklist. Repeat the initial phase for each new crew to
work on-site, or when acceptable levels of specified quality are not being
met. Perform the following for each DFOW:
a.
Establish the quality of workmanship required;
b.
Resolve conflicts;
c.
Ensure that testing is performed by the approved laboratory, and
d.
Check work procedures for compliance with the APP and the
appropriate AHA to ensure that applicable safety requirements are
met.
e.
Ensure manufacturer's representative has performed necessary
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 12
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
inspections, if required.
1.5.3 Follow-Up Phase
Perform the following for on-going work daily, or more frequently as
necessary, until the completion of each DFOW and document in the daily CQC
Report:
a.
Ensure the work is in compliance with Contract requirements;
b.
Maintain the quality of workmanship required;
c.
Ensure that testing is performed by the approved laboratory; and
d.
Ensure that rework items are being corrected.
1.5.4 Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases
Additional preparatory and initial phases shall be conducted on the same
DFOW if the quality of on-going work is unacceptable, if there are changes
in the applicable QC organization, if there are changes in the on-site
production supervision or work crew, if work on a DFOW is resumed after
substantial period of inactivity, or if other problems develop.
1.5.5 Notification of Three Phases of Control for Off-Site Work
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two weeks prior to the start of the
preparatory and initial phases.
1.6 COMPLETION INSPECTIONS
The Contractor shall perform the necessary punchout, prefinal, and final
inspections, compile punchlists, and correct deficiencies.
1.6.1 Punch-Out Inspection
Near the completion of all work or any increment thereof, established by a
completion time stated in the Contract Clause entitled "Commencement,
Prosecution, and Completion of Work," or stated elsewhere in the
specifications, the QC Manager and the CA must conduct an inspection of the
work and develop a "punch list" of items which do not conform to the
approved drawings, specifications and Contract. Include in the punch list
any remaining items on the "Rework Items List", which were not corrected
prior to the Punch-Out Inspection. Include within the punch list the
estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. Provide a copy
of the punch list to the Contracting Officer. The QC Manager, or staff,
must make follow-on inspections to ascertain that all deficiencies have
been corrected. Once this is accomplished, notify the Contracting Officer
that the facility is ready for the Government "Pre-Final Inspection".
1.6.2 Pre-Final Inspection
Near the completion of all work or any increment thereof, established by a
completion time stated in the Contract Clause entitled "Commencement,
Prosecution, and Completion of Work," or stated elsewhere in the
specifications, the QC Manager and the CA must conduct an inspection of the
work and develop a "punch list" of items which do not conform to the
approved drawings, specifications and Contract. Include in the punch list
any remaining items on the "Rework Items List", which were not corrected
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 13
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
prior to the Punch-Out Inspection. Include within the punch list the
estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. Provide a copy
of the punch list to the Contracting Officer. The QC Manager, or staff,
must make follow-on inspections to ascertain that all deficiencies have
been corrected. Once this is accomplished, notify the Contracting Officer
that the facility is ready for the Government "Pre-Final Inspection".
1.6.3 Final Acceptance Inspection
Notify the Contracting Officer at least 14 calendar days prior to the date
a final acceptance inspection can be held. State within the notice that all
items previously identified on the pre-final punch list will be corrected
and acceptable, along with any other unfinished Contract work, by the date
of the final acceptance inspection. The Contractor must be represented by
the QC Manager, the Project Superintendent, the CA, and others deemed
necessary. Attendees for the Government will include the Contracting
Officer, other FEAD/ROICC personnel, and personnel representing the Client.
Failure of the Contractor to have all contract work acceptably complete for
this inspection will because for the Contracting Officer to bill the
Contractor for the Government's additional inspection cost in accordance
with the Contract Clause entitled "Inspection of Construction."
1.7 DOCUMENTATION
Maintain current and complete records of on-site and off-site QC program
operations and activities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 45 00.05 20 - Page 14
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 50 00.05 20
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS FOR DESIGN-BUILD
11/07
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
AWWA C511
(1997) Reduced-Pressure Principle
Backflow Prevention Assembly
FOUNDATION FOR CROSS-CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
(FCCCHR)
FCCCHR List
(continuously updated) List of
Approved Backflow Prevention
Assemblies
FCCCHR Manual
(9th Edition) Manual of CrossConnection Control
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 241
(2000) Safeguarding Construction,
Alteration, and Demolition
Operations
NFPA 70
(2005) National Electrical Code
U.S. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION (FHWA)
MUTCD
(2009) Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices for Streets and
Highways
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 247
Comprehensive Procurement Guideline
for Products Containing Recovered
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 50 00.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Materials
1.2 SUBMITTALS
The use of a "G" following a submittal indicates that a Government approval
action is required. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33
10.05 20 DESIGN SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and Section 01 33 00.05 20
CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Construction site plan; G
SD-03 Product Data
Backflow preventers
SD-06 Test Reports
Backflow Preventer Tests; G
SD-07 Certificates
Backflow Tester Certification; G
Backflow Preventers Certificate of Full Approval
1.3 EPA LISTED ITEMS USED IN CONDUCT OF THE WORK BUT NOT INCORPORATED IN THE
WORK
There are many products listed in 40 CFR 247 which have been designated or
proposed by EPA to include recycled or recovered materials that may be used
by the Contractor in performing the work but will not be incorporated into
the work. These products include office products, temporary traffic
control products, and pallets. These non-construction products contain the
highest practicable percentage of recycled or recovered materials and can
be recycled when no longer needed.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION SITE PLAN
Prior to the start of work, submit a site plan showing the locations of
temporary facilities (including layouts and details, equipment and material
storage area (onsite and offsite), and access and haul routes used for this
contract. Show locations of safety and construction fences, site trailers,
construction entrances, trash dumpsters, temporary sanitary facilities, and
worker parking areas.
1.5 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS CERTIFICATE
Certificate of Full Approval from FCCCHR List, University of Southern
California, attesting that the design, size and make of each backflow
preventer has satisfactorily passed the complete sequence of performance
testing and evaluation for the respective level of approval. Certificate
of Provisional Approval will not be acceptable.
1.5.1 Backflow Prevention Training Certificate
The Contractor shall submit a certificate recognized by the State or local
authority that states the Contractor has completed at least 10 hours of
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 50 00.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
training in backflow preventer installations.
current.
JK4FG
The certificate must be
1.6 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Reasonable amounts of the following utilities will be made available to the
Contractor without charge.
The point at which the Government will deliver such utilities or services
and the quantity available shall be coordinated with the Contracting
Officer. The Contractor shall pay all costs incurred in connecting,
converting, and transferring the utilities to the work. The Contractor
shall make connections, including providing backflow-preventing devices on
connections to domestic water lines; and providing transformers; and make
disconnections.
1.7 BACKFLOW TESTER CERTIFICATION
Prior to testing, submit to the Contracting Officer certification issued by
the State or local regulatory agency attesting that the backflow tester has
successfully completed a certification course sponsored by the regulatory
agency. Tester shall not be affiliated with any company participating in
any other phase of this Contract.
1.8 WEATHER PROTECTION
Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical
openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions
required to seal off such openings when rain or other detrimental weather
is imminent, and at the end of each workday.
1.8.1 Building and Site Storm Protection
When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize
danger to persons, and protect the work and nearby Government property.
Precautions shall include, but are not limited to, closing openings;
removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations; and
removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings
in the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a threat to the work or
any nearby Government property.
1.8.1.1 Hurricane Condition of Readiness
Unless directed otherwise, comply with:
a.
Condition FOUR (Sustained winds of 93 km/hr (58 mph) or greater
expected within 72 hours): Normal daily jobsite cleanup and good
housekeeping practices. Collect and store in piles or containers
all scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish for removal and
disposal at the close of each work day. Maintain the construction
site including storage areas, free of accumulation of debris.
Stack form lumber in neat piles less than one meter (4 feet) high.
Remove all debris, trash, or objects that could become missile
hazards. Review requirements pertaining to "Condition THREE" and
continue action as necessary to attain "Condition FOUR" readiness.
Contact Contracting Officer for Condition of Readiness (COR)
updates and completion of required actions.
b.
Condition THREE (Sustained winds of 93 km/hr (58 mph) or greater
expected within 48 hours): Maintain "Condition FOUR" requirements
and commence securing operations necessary for "Condition TWO"
readiness. Cease all routine activities which might interfere
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 50 00.05 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
with securing operations. Commence securing and stow all gear and
portable equipment. Make preparations for securing buildings.
Reinforce or remove formwork and scaffolding. Secure machinery,
tools, equipment, materials, or remove from the jobsite. Expend
every effort to clear all missile hazards and loose equipment from
general base areas. Contact Contracting Officer for weather and
COR updates and completion of required actions.
c.
Condition TWO (Sustained winds of 93 km/hr (58 mph) or greater
expected within 24 hours): Secure the jobsite, and leave
Government premises.
d.
Condition ONE (Sustained winds of 93 km/hr (58 mph) or greater
expected within 12 hours): Contractor access to the jobsite and
Government premises is prohibited.
1.9 STORAGE AREAS
Contractor shall be responsible for security of his property. The Contract
Clause entitled "FAR 52.236-10, Operations and Storage Areas" and the
following apply:
1.9.1 Storage in Existing Buildings
The Contractor shall be working in and around existing buildings; the
storage of material will be allowed in a limited area to be approved by the
Contracting Officer. Provide 8 foot high security fence with a lockable
gate around the storage area. Remove at the completion of work.
1.10 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
Provide adequate sanitary conveniences of a type approved for the use of
persons employed on the work, properly secluded from public observation,
and maintained in such a manner as required and approved by the Contracting
Officer. Maintain these conveniences at all times without nuisance. Upon
completion of the work, remove the conveniences from the premises, leaving
the premises clean and free from nuisance. Dispose of sewage through
connection to a municipal, district, or station sanitary sewage system.
Where such systems are not available, use chemical toilets or comparably
effective units, and periodically empty wastes into a municipal, district,
or station sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial
facility. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of odors.
1.11 TEMPORARY BUILDINGS
Temporary facilities (including trailers) shall be in like new condition
and shall be maintained throughout the project. Locate these facilities
where directed and within the indicated operations area. Failure to
maintain storage trailers or buildings to these standards shall result in
the removal of non-complying units at the Contractor's expense. A sign not
smaller than 600 by 600 mm( 24 by 24 inches) shall be conspicuously placed
on the trailer depicting the company name, business phone number, and
emergency phone number. Trailers shall be anchored to resist high winds
and must meet applicable state of local standards for anchoring mobile
trailers. Storage of material/debris under such facilities is prohibited.
Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the stored property.
1.11.1 Maintenance of Temporary Facilities
Suitably paint and maintain the temporary facilities.
will be sufficient reason to require their removal.
Failure to do so
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 50 00.05 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
Reduced pressure principle type conforming to the applicable requirements
AWWA C511. Provide backflow preventers complete with 150 pound flanged
ductile iron, or bronze, mounted gate valve and strainer, stainless steel
or bronze, internal parts. The particular make, model/design, and size of
backflow preventers to be installed shall be included in the latest edition
of the List of Approved Backflow Prevention Assemblies issued by the FCCCHR
List and shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Full Approval from FCCCHR
List.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY PHYSICAL CONTROLS
3.1.1 Access Controls
3.1.1.1 Temporary Barricades
Contractor shall provide for barricading around all work areas to prevent
public access.
3.1.1.2 Fencing
Fencing shall be provided along the construction site at all open
excavations and tunnels to control access by unauthorized people. Fencing
must be installed to be able to restrain a force of at least 250 pounds
against it.
Enclose the project work area and Contractor lay-down area with a 8 ft high
chain link fence and gates with brown, UV light resistant, plastic fabric
mesh netting (similar to tennis court or other screening). Remove the
fence upon completion and acceptance of the work. Intent is to block
(screen) public view of the construction.
In addition, prior to the start of work, enclose those areas at the
construction site which are not within the construction fence with a
temporary safety fence, including gates and warning signs, to protect the
public from construction activities. The safety fence shall match the base
standard color (or bright orange where it protects excavated areas), shall
be made of high density polyethylene grid or approved equal, a minimum of
42 inches high, supported and tightly secured to steel posts located on
minimum 10 foot centers. Remove the fence from the work site upon
completion of the contract.
3.1.1.3 Signs
Place warning signs at the construction area perimeter designating the
presence of construction hazards requiring unauthorized persons to keep
out. Signs must be placed on all sides of the project, with at least one
sign every 300 feet. All points of entry shall have signs designating the
construction site as a hard hat area.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 50 00.05 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
3.1.1.4 Traffic Work
All work around/involving roadways, to include roadway excavations and
utility crossings, will be conducted in accordance with Manual of Traffic
Control Devices. Contractors shall provide and ensure appropriate road
closure and detour signs are established as necessary for motor traffic
management. All road closures shall be coordinated with the Contracting
Officer in advance. Self-illuminated (lighted) barricades shall be
provided during hours of darkness. Brightly-colored (orange) vests are
required for all personnel working in roadways. Road closures shall
require a road closure plan showing the location of signage.
3.2 TEMPORARY WIRING
Provide temporary wiring in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 70, Assured
Equipment Grounding Conductor Program. Program shall include frequent
inspection of all equipment and apparatus.
3.3 REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
Provide an approved reduced pressure backflow prevention assembly at each
location where the Contractor taps into the Government potable water
supply.
A certified tester(s) shall perform testing of backflow preventer(s) for
proper installation and operation and provide subsequent tagging. Backflow
preventer tests shall be performed using test equipment, procedures, and
certification forms conforming to those outlined in the latest edition of
the Manual of Cross-Connection Control published by the FCCCHR Manual.
Test and tag each reduced pressure backflow preventer upon initial
installation (prior to continued water use) and monthly thereafter. Tag
shall contain the following information: make, model, serial number, dates
of tests, results, maintenance performed, and signature of tester. Record
test results on certification forms conforming to requirements cited
earlier in this paragraph.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 50 00.05 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 57 19.00 20
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
01/12
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD) UNIFIED FACILITIES CRITERIA (UFC)
UFC 3-200-10N
Civil Engineering
UFC 3-800-10N
Environmental Engineering for
Facility Construction
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY (EPA)
EPA 530/F-93/004
(1993; Rev O; Updates I, II, IIA,
IIB, and III) Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste (Vol. IA, IB,
IC, and II) (SW-846)
EPA 833-R-060-04
(2000) Developing Your Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan, A Guide
for Construction Sites
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1910
Occupational Safety and Health
Standards
29 CFR 1910.120
Hazardous Waste Operations and
Emergency Response
40 CFR 82
Protection of Stratospheric Ozone
40 CFR 112
Oil Pollution Prevention
40 CFR 122.26
Storm Water Discharges (Applicable
to State NPDES Programs, see section
40 CFR 123.25)
40 CFR 241
Guidelines for Disposal of Solid
Waste
40 CFR 243
Guidelines for the Storage and
Collection of Residential,
Commercial, and Institutional Solid
Waste
40 CFR 258
Subtitle D Landfill Requirements
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
40 CFR 260
Hazardous Waste Management System:
General
40 CFR 261
Identification and Listing of
Hazardous Waste
40 CFR 262
Standards Applicable to Generators
of Hazardous Waste
40 CFR 263
Standards Applicable to Transporters
of Hazardous Waste
40 CFR 264
Standards for Owners and Operators
of Hazardous Waste Treatment,
Storage, and Disposal Facilities
40 CFR 265
Interim Status Standards for Owners
and Operators of Hazardous Waste
Treatment, Storage, and Disposal
Facilities
40 CFR 266
Standards for the Management of
Specific Hazardous Wastes and
Specific Types of Hazardous Waste
Management Facilities
40 CFR 268
Land Disposal Restrictions
40 CFR 270
EPA Administered Permit Programs:
The Hazardous Waste Permit Program
40 CFR 271
Requirements for Authorization of
State Hazardous Waste Programs
40 CFR 272
Approved State Hazardous Waste
Management Programs
40 CFR 273
Standards For Universal Waste
Management
40 CFR 279
Standards for the Management of Used
Oil
40 CFR 300
National Oil and Hazardous
Substances Pollution Contingency
Plan
40 CFR 355
Emergency Planning and Notification
40 CFR 372-SUBPART D
Specific Toxic Chemical Listings
40 CFR 761
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
Manufacturing, Processing,
Distribution in Commerce, and Use
Prohibitions
49 CFR 171
General Information, Regulations,
and Definitions
49 CFR 172
Hazardous Materials Table, Special
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 2
JK4FG
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Provisions, Hazardous Materials
Communications, Emergency Response
Information, and Training
Requirements
49 CFR 173
Shippers - General Requirements for
Shipments and Packaging
49 CFR 178
Specifications for Packaging
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Sediment
Soil and other debris that have eroded and have been transported by any
means.
1.2.2 Solid Waste
Garbage, refuse, debris, sludge, or other discharged material, including
solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained gaseous materials resulting from
domestic, industrial, commercial, mining, or agricultural operations.
Types of solid waste typically generated at construction sites may include:
a.
Green waste: The vegetative matter from landscaping, land
clearing and grubbing, including, but not limited to, grass,
bushes, scrubs, small trees and saplings, tree stumps and plant
roots. Marketable trees, grasses and plants that are indicated to
remain, be re-located, or be re-used are not included.
b.
Surplus soil: Existing soil that is in excess of what is required
for this work, including aggregates intended, but not used, for
on-site mixing of concrete, mortars and paving. Contaminated soil
meeting the definition of hazardous material or hazardous waste is
not included.
c.
Debris: Non-hazardous solid material generated during the
construction, demolition, or renovation of a structure which
exceeds 60 mm( 2.5 inch) (2.5 inch) particle size that is: a
manufactured object; plant or animal matter; or natural geologic
material (e.g. cobbles and boulders), broken or removed concrete,
masonry, and rock asphalt paving; ceramics; roofing paper and
shingles. Inert materials [may] [may not] be reinforced with or
contain ferrous wire, rods, accessories and weldments. A mixture
of debris and other material such as soil or sludge is also
subject to regulation as debris if the mixture is comprised
primarily of debris by volume, based on visual inspection.
d.
Wood: Dimension and non-dimension lumber, plywood, chipboard,
hardboard. Treated and/or painted wood that meets the definition
of lead contaminated or lead based contaminated paint is not
included.
e.
Scrap metal: Scrap and excess ferrous and non-ferrous metals such
as reinforcing steel, structural shapes, pipe and wire that are
recovered or collected and disposed of as scrap. Scrap metal
meeting the definition of hazardous material or hazardous waste is
not included.
f.
Paint cans:
Metal cans that are empty of paints, solvents,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 3
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
thinners and adhesives. If permitted by the paint can label, a
thin dry film may remain in the can.
g.
Recyclables: Materials, equipment and assemblies such as doors,
windows, door and window frames, plumbing fixtures, glazing and
mirrors that are recovered and sold as recyclable. Metal meeting
the definition of lead contaminated or lead based paint
contaminated may not be included as recyclable if sold to
a scrap metal company. Paint cans may not be included as
recyclable if sold to a scrap metal company.
h.
Hazardous Waste: By definition, to be a hazardous waste a
material must first meet the definition of a solid waste.
Hazardous waste and hazardous debris are special cases of solid
waste. They have additional regulatory controls and must be
handled separately. They are thus defined separately in this
document.
Material not regulated as solid waste are: nuclear source or byproduct
materials regulated under the Federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended;
suspended or dissolved materials in domestic sewage effluent or irrigation
return flows, or other regulated point source discharges; regulated air
emissions; and fluids or wastes associated with natural gas or crude oil
exploration or production.
1.2.3 Hazardous Debris
As defined in Solid Waste paragraph, debris that contains listed hazardous
waste (either on the debris surface, or in its interstices, such as pore
structure) per 40 CFR 261; or debris that exhibits a characteristic of
hazardous waste per 40 CFR 261.
1.2.4 Chemical Wastes
This includes salts, acids, alkalizes, herbicides, pesticides, and organic
chemicals.
1.2.5 Garbage
Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing, and
consumption of food.
1.2.6 Hazardous Waste
Any discarded material, liquid, solid, or gas, which meets the definition
of hazardous material or is designated hazardous waste by the Environmental
Protection Agency or State Hazardous Control Authority as defined in 40 CFR
260, 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, 40 CFR 265, 40 CFR
266, 40 CFR 268, 40 CFR 270, 40 CFR 271, 40 CFR 272, 40 CFR 273, 40 CFR
279, and 40 CFR 280.
1.2.7 Hazardous Materials
Hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171 and listed in 49 CFR 172.
Hazardous material is any material that:
a.
Is regulated as a hazardous material per 49 CFR 173, or
b.
Requires a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) per 29 CFR 1910.120,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 4
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
or
c.
During end use, treatment, handling, packaging, storage,
transpiration, or disposal meets or has components that meet or
have potential to meet the definition of a hazardous waste as
defined by 40 CFR 261 Subparts A, B, C, or D.
Designation of a material by this definition, when separately regulated or
controlled by other instructions or directives, does not eliminate the need
for adherence to that hazard-specific guidance which takes precedence over
this instruction for "control" purposes. Such material include ammunition,
weapons, explosive actuated devices, propellants, pyrotechnics, chemical
and biological warfare materials, medical and pharmaceutical supplies,
medical waste and infectious materials, bulk fuels, radioactive materials,
and other materials such as asbestos, mercury, and polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs). Nonetheless, the exposure may occur incident to
manufacture, storage, use and demilitarization of these items.
1.2.8 Waste Hazardous Material (WHM)
Any waste material which because of its quantity, concentration, or
physical, chemical, or infectious characteristics may pose a substantial
hazard to human health or the environment and which has been so designated.
Used oil not containing any hazardous waste, as defined above, falls under
this definition.
1.2.9 Oily Waste
Those materials which are or were, mixed with used oil and have become
separated from that used oil. Oily wastes also means materials, including
wastewaters, centrifuge solids, filter residues or sludges, bottom
sediments, tank bottoms, and sorbents which have come into contact with and
have been contaminated by, used oil and may be appropriately tested and
discarded in a manner which is in compliance with other State and local
requirements.
This definition includes materials such as oily rags, "kitty litter"
sorbent clay and organic sorbent material. These materials may be land
filled provided that:
a.
It is not prohibited in other State regulations or local
ordinances
b.
The amount generated is "de minimis" (a small amount)
c.
It is the result of minor leaks or spills resulting from normal
process operations
d.
All free-flowing oil has been removed to the practical extent
possible
Large quantities of this material, generated as a result of a major spill
or in lieu of proper maintenance of the processing equipment, are a solid
waste. As a solid waste, a hazardous waste determination must be performed
prior to disposal. As this can be an expensive process, it is recommended
that this type of waste be minimized through good housekeeping practices
and employee education.
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 5
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
1.2.10 Regulated Waste
Those solid waste that have specific additional Federal, State, or Local
controls for handling, storage, or disposal.
1.2.11 Class I Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)
Class I ODS is defined in Section 602(a) of The Clean Air Act and includes
the following chemicals:
chlorofluorocarbon-11 (CFC-11)
chlorofluorocarbon-12 (CFC-12)
chlorofluorocarbon-13 (CFC-13)
chlorofluorocarbon-111 (CFC-111)
chlorofluorocarbon-112 (CFC-112)
chlorofluorocarbon-113 (CFC-113)
chlorofluorocarbon-114 (CFC-114) chlorofluorocarbon-115 (CFC-115)
chlorofluorocarbon-211 (CFC-211)
chlorofluorocarbon-212 (CFC-212) methyl bromide
chlorofluorocarbon-213 (CFC-213)
chlorofluorocarbon-214 (CFC-214)
chlorofluorocarbon-215 (CFC-215)
chlorofluorocarbon-216 (CFC-216)
chlorofluorocarbon-217 (CFC-217)
chlorofluorocarbon-500 (CFC-500)
chlorofluorocarbon-502 (CFC-502)
chlorofluorocarbon-503 (CFC-503)
halon-1211
halon-1301
halon-2402
carbon tetrachloride
methyl bromide
methyl chloroform
Class II ODS is defined in Section 602(s) of The Clean Air Act and includes
the following chemicals:
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-21
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-22
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-31
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-121
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-122
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-123
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-124
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-131
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-132
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-133
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-141
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-142
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-221
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-222
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-223
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-224
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-225
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-226
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-231
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-232
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-233
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-234
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-235
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-241
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-242
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-243
(HCFC-21)
(HCFC-22)
(HCFC-31)
(HCFC-121)
(HCFC-122)
(HCFC-123)
(HCFC-124)
(HCFC-131)
(HCFC-132)
(HCFC-133)
(HCFC-141)
(HCFC-142)
(HCFC-221)
(HCFC-222)
(HCFC-223)
(HCFC-224)
(HCFC-225)
(HCFC-226)
(HCFC-231)
(HCFC-232)
(HCFC-233)
(HCFC-234)
(HCFC-235)
(HCFC-241)
(HCFC-242)
(HCFC-243)
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 6
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-244
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-251
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-252
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-253
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-261
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-262
hydrochlorofluorocarbon-271
JK4FG
(HCFC-244)
(HCFC-251)
(HCFC-252)
(HCFC-253)
(HCFC-261)
(HCFC-262)
(HCFC-271)
1.2.11.1 Universal Waste
The universal waste regulations streamline collection requirements for
certain hazardous wastes in the following categories: batteries,
pesticides, mercury-containing equipment (e.g., thermostats) and lamps
(e.g., fluorescent bulbs). The rule is designed to reduce hazardous waste
in the municipal solid waste (MSW) stream by making it easier for universal
waste handlers to collect these items and send them for recycling or proper
disposal. These regulations can be found at 40 CFR 273.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for Contractor Quality Control
approval. The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01
33 00 Submittal Procedures:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Preconstruction Survey; G
Environmental Management Plan; G
Solid Waste Management Plan and Permit; G
Regulatory Notifications; G
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan; G
Storm Water Notice of Intent (for NPDES coverage under the general
permit for construction activities); G
Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log; G
ECATTS certificate of completion; G
SD-06 Test Reports
Laboratory Analysis
Disposal Requirements
Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports
Storm Water Inspection Reports for General Permit
Contractor 40 CFR employee training records
Solid Waste Management Report; G
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 7
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Some of the records listed below are also required as part of
other submittals. For the "Records" submittal, maintain on-site
a separate three-ring Environmental Records binder and submit at
the completion of the project. Make separate parts to the binder
corresponding to each of the applicable sub items listed below.
Storm water pollution prevention plan compliance notebook; G
Waste Determination Documentation
Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste
Contractor 40 CFR Employee Training Records
Solid Waste Management Report
Solid Waste Management Permit
Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log; G
Hazardous Waste/Debris Management
Regulatory Notifications
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Provide and maintain, during the life of the contract, environmental
protection as defined. Plan for and provide environmental protective
measures to control pollution that develops during normal construction
practice. Plan for and provide environmental protective measures required
to correct conditions that develop during the construction of permanent or
temporary environmental features associated with the project. Comply with
Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to the environment,
including water, air, solid waste, hazardous waste and substances, oily
substances, and noise pollution.
The Contractor may be required to promptly conduct tests and procedures for
the purpose of assessing whether construction operations are in compliance
with Applicable Environmental Laws. Analytical work shall be done by
qualified laboratories; and where required by law, the laboratories shall
be certified.
1.4.1 Conformance with the Environmental Management System
The Contractor shall perform work under this contract consistent with the
policy and objectives identified in the installation’s Environmental
Management System (EMS). The Contractor shall perform work in a manner
that conforms to objectives and targets, environmental programs and
operational controls identified by the EMS. The Contractor will provide
monitoring and measurement information as necessary to address
environmental performance relative to environmental, energy, and
transportation management goals. In addition, the Contractor shall ensure
that its employees are aware of their roles and responsibilities under the
EMS and how these EMS roles and responsibilities affect work performed
under the contract. In the event an EMS nonconformance or environmental
noncompliance associated with the contracted services, tasks, or actions
occurs, the Contractor shall take corrective and/or preventative actions.
The Contractor shall assume legal and financial liability for any
environmental regulatory noncompliance.
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that their employees receive
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 8
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
applicable environmental and occupational health and safety training, and
keep up to date on regulatory required specific training for the type of
work to be conducted onsite. All on-site Contractor personnel, and their
subcontractor personnel, performing tasks that have the potential to cause
a significant environmental impact shall be competent on the basis of
appropriate education, training or experience.
Refer to Section 01 57
19.01 20, Supplemental Temporary Environmental Controls for additional site
specific EMS requirements related to construction.
The Contractor shall
provide training documentation to the Contracting Officer and shall retain
associated records.
1.4.2 Environmental Compliance Assessment Training and Tracking System
The QC Manager is responsible for environmental compliance on projects
unless an Environmental Manager is named. The QC Manager (and Alternate QC
Manager) or Environmental Manager shall complete ECATTS Training prior to
starting respective portions of on-site work under this contract. If
personnel changes occur for any of these positions after starting work,
replacement personnel shall complete ECATTS training within 14 days of
assignment to the project.
Submit an ECATTS certificate of completion for personnel who have completed
the required "Environmental Compliance Assessment Training and Tracking
System (ECATTS)" training. This training is web-based and can be accessed
from any computer with Internet access using the following instructions.
Register for NAVFAC Environmental Compliance Assessment Training and
Tracking System, by logging on to https://navfac.ecatts.com/ . Obtain the
password for registration from the Contracting Officer.
This training has been structured to allow contractor personnel to receive
credit under this contract and also to carry forward credit to future
contracts.
Contractors shall ensure that the QC Manager (and Alternate QC
Manager) or Environmental Manager review their training plans for new
modules or updated training requirements prior to beginning work. Some
training modules are tailored for specific State regulatory requirements.
Therefore, Contractors working in multiple states will be required to retake modules tailored to the state where the contract work is being
performed.
ECATTS is available for use by all contractor and subcontractor personnel
associated with this project. These other personnel are encouraged (but
not required) to take the training and may do so at their discretion.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.5.1 Preconstruction Survey
Perform a Preconstruction Survey of the project site with the Contracting
Officer, and take photographs showing existing environmental conditions in
and adjacent to the site. Submit a report for the record.
1.5.2 Regulatory Notifications
The Contractor is responsible for all regulatory notification requirements
in accordance with Federal, State and local regulations. In cases where
the Navy must also provide public notification (such as storm water
permitting), the Contractor must coordinate with the Contracting Officer.
The Contractor shall submit copies of all regulatory notifications to the
Contracting Officer prior to commencement of work activities. Typically,
regulatory notifications must be provided for the following (this listing
is not all inclusive): demolition, renovation, NPDES defined site work,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 9
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
remediation of controlled substances (asbestos, hazardous waste, lead
paint).
1.5.3 Environmental Brief
Attend an environmental brief to be included in the preconstruction
meeting. Provide the following information: types, quantities, and use of
hazardous materials that will be brought onto the activity; types and
quantities of wastes/wastewater that may be generated during the contract.
Discuss the results of the Preconstruction Survey at this time.
Prior to initiating any work on site, meet with the Contracting Officer and
activity environmental staff to discuss the proposed Environmental
Management Plan. Develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of
environmental protection, including measures for protecting natural
resources, required reports, required permits, permit requirements, and
other measures to be taken.
1.5.4 Contractor 40 CFR Employee Training Records
Prepare and maintain employee training records throughout the term of the
contract meeting applicable 40 CFR requirements. [The Contractor will
ensure every employee completes a program of classroom instruction or onthe-job training that teaches them to perform their duties in a way that
ensures compliance with Federal, State and local regulatory requirements
for RCRA Large Quantity Generator. The Contractor will provide a Position
Description for each employee, by subcontractor, based on the Davis-Bacon
Wage Rate designation or other equivalent method, evaluating the employee's
association with hazardous and regulated wastes. This Position Description
will include training requirements as defined in 40 CFR 265 for a Large
Quantity Generator facility.] Submit these training records to the
Contracting Officer at the conclusion of the project, unless otherwise
directed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Prior to initiating any work on site, the Contractor will meet with the
Contracting Officer to discuss the proposed Environmental Management Plan
and develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of environmental
protection, including measures for protecting natural resources, required
reports, and other measures to be taken. The Contractor's Environmental
Management Plan shall incorporate construction related objectives and
targets from the installation’s Environmental Management System. The
Environmental Management Plan will be submitted in the following format and
shall include the elements specified below.
a.
Description of the Environmental Management Plan
(1)
General overview and purpose
(a) A brief description of each specific plan required by
environmental permit or elsewhere in this contract. The Permit
Record of decision (PROD) form found in UFC 3-200-10N may be used
to help accomplish this task.
(b) The duties and level of authority assigned to the
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 10
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
person(s) on the job site that oversee environmental compliance.
(c) A copy of any standard or project specific operating
procedures that will be used to effectively manage and protect the
environment on the project site.
(d) Communication and training procedures that will be used
to convey environmental management requirements to contractor
employees and subcontractors.
(e) Emergency contact information contact information (office
phone number, cell phone number, and e-mail address).
(2)
b.
c.
d.
General site information
Management of Natural Resources
(1)
Land resources
(2)
Tree protection
(3)
Replacement of damaged landscape features
(4)
Temporary construction
(5)
Stream crossings
(6)
Fish and wildlife resources
(7)
Wetland areas
Protection of Historical and Archaeological Resources
(1)
Objectives
(2)
Methods
Storm Water Management and Control
(1)
Ground cover
(2)
Erodible soils
(3)
Temporary measures
(a)
Mechanical retardation and control of runoff
(b)
Vegetation and mulch
(4) Effective selection, implementation and maintenance of Best
Management Practices (BMPs).
e.
Protection of the Environment from Waste Derived from Contractor
Operations
(1) Control and disposal of solid and sanitary waste. If Section
01 74 19.05 20 is included in the contract, submit the plan
required by that section as part of the Environmental Management
Plan.
(2) Control and disposal of hazardous waste (Hazardous Waste
Management Section)
This item will consist of the management procedures for all
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 11
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
hazardous waste to be generated. The elements of those procedures
will coincide with the Activity Hazardous Waste Management Plan.
A copy of the Activity Hazardous Waste Management Plan will be
provided by the Contracting Officer. As a minimum, include the
following:
(a) Procedures to be employed to ensure a written waste
determination is made for appropriate wastes which are to be
generated;
(b)
Sampling/analysis plan;
(c) Methods of hazardous waste accumulation/storage (i.e.,
in tanks and/or containers);
(d) Management procedures for storage, labeling,
transportation, and disposal of waste (treatment of waste is not
allowed unless specifically noted);
(e) Management procedures and regulatory documentation
ensuring disposal of hazardous waste complies with Land Disposal
Restrictions (40 CFR 268);
(f) Management procedures for recyclable hazardous materials
such as lead-acid batteries, used oil, and the like;
(g)
Used oil management procedures in accordance with 40 CFR
279;
(h) Pollution prevention/hazardous waste minimization
procedures;
(i) Plans for the disposal of hazardous waste by permitted
facilities;
(j) Procedures to be employed to ensure all required
employee training records are maintained.
f.
g.
Prevention of Releases to the Environment
(1)
Procedures to prevent releases to the environment
(2)
Notifications in the event of a release to the environment
Regulatory Notification and Permits
(1) List what notifications and permit applications must be made.
Demonstrate that those permits have been obtained by including
copies of all applicable, environmental permits. Be aware that
some permits required under the Environmental Management Plan
require up to 30 days advance regulator notice before site work
may begin.
3.1.1 Environmental Management Plan Review
Within thirty days after the Contract award date, submit the proposed
Environmental Management Plan for further discussion, review, and approval.
Commencement of work will not begin until the environmental management plan
has been approved.
3.1.2 Licenses and Permits
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 12
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
Obtain licenses and permits pursuant to the "Permits and Responsibilities"
FAR Clause 52.236-7.
No permits will be obtained by the Contracting Officer.
Where required by the State regulatory authority, the inspections and
certifications will be provided through the services of a Professional
Engineer (PE), registered in the State where the work is being performed.
Where a PE is not required, the individual must be otherwise qualified by
other current State licensure, specific training and prior experience
(minimum 5 years). As a part of the quality control plan, which is
required to be submitted for approval by the quality control section,
provide a sub item containing the name, appropriate professional
registration or license number, address, and telephone number of the
professionals or other qualified persons who will be performing the
inspections and certifications for each permit.
3.2 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Preserve the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside
the limits of permanent work. Restore to an equivalent or improved
condition upon completion of work. Confine construction activities to
within the limits of the work indicated or specified.
If the work is near
streams, lakes, or other waterways, conform to the national permitting
requirements of the Clean Water Act.
Do not disturb fish and wildlife. Do not alter water flows or otherwise
significantly disturb the native habitat adjacent to the project and
critical to the survival of fish and wildlife, except as indicated or
specified.
Except in areas to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or
destroy trees or shrubs without the Contracting Officer's permission. Do
not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to existing nearby trees for
anchorages unless authorized by the Contracting Officer. Where such use of
attached ropes, cables, or guys is authorized, the Contractor will be
responsible for any resultant damage.
Protect existing trees which are to remain and which may be injured,
bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Remove
displaced rocks from uncleared areas. By approved excavation, remove trees
with 30 percent or more of their root systems destroyed. Remove trees and
other landscape features scarred or damaged by equipment operations, and
replace with equivalent, undamaged trees and landscape features. Obtain
Contracting Officer's approval before replacement.
The Contracting Officer's approval is required before any equipment will be
permitted to ford live streams. In areas where frequent crossings are
required, install temporary culverts or bridges. Obtain Contracting
Officer's approval prior to installation. Remove temporary culverts or
bridges upon completion of work, and repair the area to its original
condition unless otherwise required by the Contracting Officer.
3.2.1 Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
3.2.1.1 Burnoff
Burnoff of the ground cover is not permitted.
3.2.1.2 Protection of Erodible Soils
Immediately finish the earthwork brought to a final grade, as indicated or
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 13
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
specified. Immediately protect the side slopes and back slopes upon
completion of rough grading. Plan and conduct earthwork to minimize the
duration of exposure of unprotected soils.
3.2.1.3 Temporary Protection of Erodible Soils
Use the following methods to prevent erosion and control sedimentation:
a.
Mechanical Retardation and Control of Runoff(1) Mechanically
retard and control the rate of runoff from the construction site.
This includes construction of diversion ditches, benches, berms,
and use of silt fences and straw bales to retard and divert runoff
to protected drainage courses.
b.
Sediment Basins (1) Trap sediment in temporary sediment basins.
Select a basin size to accommodate the runoff of a local 5-year
storm. Pump dry and remove the accumulated sediment, after each
storm. Use a paved weir or vertical overflow pipe for overflow.
Remove collected sediment from the site. Institute effluent
quality monitoring programs. (2) Install, inspect, and maintain
best management practices (BMPs) as required by the general
permit. Prepare BMP Inspection Reports as required by the general
permit. If required by the permit, include those inspection
reports.
c.
Vegetation and Mulch
(1) Provide temporary protection on sides and back slopes as soon as
rough grading is completed or sufficient soil is exposed to require
erosion protection. Protect slopes by accelerated growth of
permanent vegetation, temporary vegetation, mulching, or netting.
Stabilize slopes by hydroseeding, anchoring mulch in place, covering
with anchored netting, sodding, or such combination of these and
other methods necessary for effective erosion control.
(2) Sodding: Provide new sod where ground is disturbed. Include
topsoil or nutriment during the seeding operation necessary to
establish or reestablish a suitable stand of grass.
3.2.2 Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports
Submit "Erosion and Sediment Control Inspection Reports" (E&S) (form
provided at the pre-construction conference) and Storm Water Inspection
Reports for General Permit for General Permit to the Contracting Officer
once every 7 calendar days and within 24 hours of a storm event that
produces 12 mm( 0.5 inch) or more of rain.
Note erosion control inspection reports may be compiled as part of a
stormwater pollution prevention plan inspection reports if applicable.
3.2.2.1 Storm Water Notice of Intent for Construction Activities and Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan
The Contractor shall submit a Storm Water Notice of Intent (for NPDES
coverage under the general permit for construction activities) and a Storm
Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) for the project to the Contracting
Officer prior and gain approval prior to the commencement of work. The
SWPPP will meet the requirements of the EPA or State general permit for
storm water discharges from construction sites. Submit the SWPPP along
with any required Notice of Intents, Notice of Termination, and appropriate
permit fees, via the Contracting Officer, to the appropriate Federal or
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 14
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
State agency for approval, a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to the start
of any land disturbing activities. The Contractor shall maintain an
approved copy of the SWPPP at the construction on-site office, and
continually update as regulations require, reflecting current site
conditions. Additional requirements may be found in UFGS section 01 57
19.01 20, Supplemental Temporary Environmental Controls.
Coverage under this permit requires the contractor prepare a Storm Water
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), prepare and submit a Registration
Statement as a co-permittee with the Construction Officer, and provide the
permit fee to the responsible state agency before any land disturbing
activities begin. The contractor shall file for permit coverage on behalf
Construction Officer and himself and file a Notice of Termination once
construction is complete and the site is stabilized with a final
sustainable cover.
Under the terms and conditions of the permit, the Contractor may be
required to install, inspect, maintain best management practices (BMPs),
and submit stormwater BMP inspection reports and stormwater pollution
prevention plan inspection reports. The Contractor shall ensure
construction operations and management are constantly in compliance with
the terms and conditions of the general permit for storm water discharges
from construction activities.
1.
The SWPPP shall:
a. Identify potential sources of pollution which may be
reasonably expected to affect the quality of storm water discharge
from the site.
b. Describe and ensure implementation of practices which will be
used to reduce the pollutants in storm water discharge from the
site.
c. Ensure compliance with terms of the EPA or State
permit for storm water discharge.
general
d. Select applicable best management practices from EPA 833-R060-04.
e. Include a completed copy of the Registration Statement, BMP
Inspection Report Template and Notice of Termination except for
the effective date.
f. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures and Notice of Intent
40 CFR 122.26, EPA 833-R-060-04. Provide a "Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan" (SWPPP) for the project. The SWPPP will meet the
requirements of the EPA or State general permit for storm water
discharges from construction sites. Submit the SWPPP along with
any required Notice of Intents, Notice of Termination, and
appropriate permit fees, via the Contracting Officer, to the
appropriate Federal or State agency for approval, a minimum of 14
calendar days prior to the start of construction. A copy of the
approved SWPPP will be kept at the construction on-site office,
and continually updated as regulations require reflecting current
site conditions.
3.2.2.2 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Compliance Notebook
The contractor shall create and maintain a three binder of documents that
demonstrate compliance with the Stormwater Construction Activity permit.
The binder shall include a copy of the permit Registration Statement, proof
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 15
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
of permit fee payment, SWPPP and SWPPP update amendments, inspection
reports, copies of correspondence with the Maryland Department of the
Environment and a copy of the permit Notice of Termination. At the
completion of the project the folder shall become the property of the
Government. The compliance notebook shall be provided to Contracting
Officer. An advance copy of the Registration Statement shall be provided
to the Contracting Officer immediately after the form is presented to the
permitting agency.
3.2.3 Stormwater Drainage and Construction Dewatering
There will be no discharge of excavation ground water to the sanitary
sewer, storm drains, or to the river without prior specific authorization
of the Environmental Division in writing. Discharge of hazardous
substances will not be permitted under any circumstances.
Construction site runoff will be prevented from entering any storm drain or
the river directly by the use of straw bales or other method suitable to
the Environmental Division. Contractor will provide erosion protection of
the surrounding soils.
Construction Dewatering shall not be discharged to the sanitary sewer. If
the construction dewatering is noted or suspected of being contaminated, it
may only be released to the storm drain system if the discharge is
specifically permitted. Authorization for any contaminated groundwater
release shall be obtained in advance from the base Environmental Officer.
Discharge of hazardous substances will not be permitted under any
circumstances.
3.3 HISTORICAL AND ARCHAEOLOGICAL RESOURCES
Carefully protect in-place and report immediately to the Contracting
Officer historical and archaeological items or human skeletal remains
discovered in the course of work. Upon discovery, notify the Contracting
Officer. Stop work in the immediate area of the discovery until directed
by the Contracting Officer to resume work. The Government retains
ownership and control over historical and archaeological resources.
3.4 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN AND PERMIT
Provide to the contracting officer written notification of the quantity of
solid waste/debris that is anticipated to be generated by construction.
Include in the plan the locations where various types of waste will be
disposed or recycled. Include letters of acceptance or as applicable,
submit one copy of a State and local solid waste management permit or
license showing such agency's approval of the disposal plan before
transporting wastes off Government property.
3.4.1 Solid Waste Management Report
Monthly, submit a solid waste disposal report to the Contracting Officer.
For each waste, the report will state the classification (using the
definitions provided in this section), amount, location, and name of the
business receiving the solid waste.
The Contractor shall include copies of the waste handling facilities'
weight tickets, receipts, bills of sale, and other sales documentation. In
lieu of sales documentation, the Contractor may submit a statement
indicating the disposal location for the solid waste which is signed by an
officer of the Contractor firm authorized to legally obligate or bind the
firm. The sales documentation or Contractor certification will include the
receiver's tax identification number and business, EPA or State
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 16
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
registration number, along with the receiver's delivery and business
addresses and telephone numbers.
For each solid waste retained by the Contractor for his own use, the
Contractor will submit on the solid waste disposal report the information
previously described in this paragraph. Prices paid or received will not
be reported to the Contracting Officer unless required by other provisions
or specifications of this Contract or public law.
3.4.2 Control and Management of Solid Wastes
Pick up solid wastes, and place in covered containers which are regularly
emptied. Do not prepare or cook food on the project site. Prevent
contamination of the site or other areas when handling and disposing of
wastes. At project completion, leave the areas clean. Recycling is
encouraged and can be coordinated with the Contracting Officer and the
activity recycling coordinator. Remove all solid waste (including nonhazardous debris) from Government property and dispose off-site at an
approved landfill. Solid waste disposal off-site must comply with most
stringent local, State, and Federal requirements including 40 CFR 241, 40
CFR 243, and 40 CFR 258.
Manage spent hazardous material used in construction, including but not
limited to, aerosol cans, waste paint, cleaning solvents, contaminated
brushes, and used rags, as per environmental law.
3.4.2.1 Dumpsters
Equip dumpsters with a secure cover and paint the standard facility color.
Keep cover closed at all times, except when being loaded with trash and
debris. Locate dumpsters behind the construction fence or out of the
public view. Empty site dumpsters at least once a week. or as needed to
keep the site free of debris and trash. If necessary, provide 208 liter
(55 gallon) trash containers painted the darker facility color to collect
debris in the construction site area. Locate the trash containers behind
the construction fence or out of the public view. Empty trash containers
at least once a day. For large demolitions, large dumpsters without lids
are acceptable but should not have debris higher than the sides before
emptying.
3.5 WASTE DETERMINATION DOCUMENTATION
Complete a Waste Determination form (provided at the pre-construction
conference) for all contractor derived wastes to be generated. Base the
waste determination upon either a constituent listing from the manufacturer
used in conjunction with consideration of the process by which the waste
was generated, EPA approved analytical data, or laboratory analysis
(Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) by themselves are not adequate).
Attach all support documentation to the Waste Determination form. As a
minimum, a Waste Determination form must be provided for the following
wastes (this listing is not all inclusive): oil and latex based painting
and caulking products, solvents, adhesives, aerosols, petroleum products,
and all containers of the original materials.
3.6 CONTRACTOR HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INVENTORY LOG
Submit the "Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log"(found at:
http://www. wbdg.org/ccb/NAVGRAPH/graphtoc.pdf ), which provides
information required by (EPCRA Sections 312 and 313) along with
corresponding Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) to the Contracting Officer
at the start and at the end of construction (30 days from final
acceptance), and update no later than January 31 of each calendar year
during the life of the contract. Documentation for any spills/releases,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 17
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
environmental reports or off-site transfers may be requested by the
Contracting Officer.
3.6.1 Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste
Manifest, pack, ship and dispose of hazardous or toxic waste and universal
waste that is generated as a result of construction in accordance with the
generating facilities generator status under the Recourse Conservation and
Recovery Act. Contact the Contracting Officer for the facility RCRA
identification number that is to be used on each manifest.
Submit a copy of the applicable EPA and or State permit(s), manifest(s), or
license(s) for transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of
hazardous and regulated waste by permitted facilities. Hazardous or toxic
waste manifest must be reviewed, signed, and approved by the Navy before
the Contractor may ship waste. To obtain specific disposal instructions
the Contractor must coordinate with the Activity environmental office.
Refer to Section 01 57 19.01 20 for the Activity Point of Contact
information.
3.7 POLLUTION PREVENTION/HAZARDOUS WASTE MINIMIZATION
Minimize the use of hazardous materials and the generation of hazardous
waste. Include procedures for pollution prevention/ hazardous waste
minimization in the Hazardous Waste Management Section of the Environmental
Management Plan. Consult with the activity Environmental Office for
suggestions and to obtain a copy of the installation's pollution
prevention/hazardous waste minimization plan for reference material when
preparing this part of the plan. If no written plan exists, obtain
information by contacting the Contracting Officer. Describe the types of
the hazardous materials expected to be used in the construction when
requesting information.
3.8 WHM/HW MATERIALS PROHIBITION
No waste hazardous material or hazardous waste shall be disposed of on
government property. No hazardous material shall be brought onto
government property that does not directly relate to requirements for the
performance of this contract. The government is not responsible for
disposal of Contractor's waste material brought on the job site and not
required in the performance of this contract.
The intent of this provision is to dispose of that waste identified as
waste hazardous material/hazardous waste as defined herein that was
generated as part of this contract and existed within the boundary of the
Contract limits and not brought in from offsite by the Contractor.
Incidental materials used to support the contract including, but not
limited to aerosol cans, waste paint, cleaning solvents, contaminated
brushes, rags, clothing, etc. are the responsibility of the Contractor.
The list is illustrative rather than inclusive. The Contractor is not
authorized to discharge any materials to sanitary sewer, storm drain, or to
the river or conduct waste treatment or disposal on government property
without written approval of the Contracting Officer.
3.9 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
No hazardous material shall be brought onto government property that does
not directly relate to requirements for the performance of this contract.
Include hazardous material control procedures in the Safety Plan. Address
procedures and proper handling of hazardous materials, including the
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 18
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
appropriate transportation requirements. Submit a MSDS and estimated
quantities to be used for each hazardous material to the Contracting
Officer prior to bringing the material on base.
Typical materials requiring MSDS and quantity reporting include, but are
not limited to, oil and latex based painting and caulking products,
solvents, adhesives, aerosol, and petroleum products. At the end of the
project, provide the Contracting Officer with the maximum quantity of each
material that was present at the site at any one time, the dates the
material was present, the amount of each material that was used during the
project, and how the material was used.
Ensure that hazardous materials are utilized in a manner that will minimize
the amount of hazardous waste that is generated. Ensure that all
containers of hazardous materials have NFPA labels or their equivalent.
Keep copies of the MSDS for hazardous materials on site at all times and
provide them to the Contracting Officer at the end of the project. Certify
that all hazardous materials removed from the site are hazardous materials
and do not meet the definition of hazardous waste per 40 CFR 261.
3.10 PETROLEUM PRODUCTS AND REFUELING
Conduct the fueling and lubricating of equipment and motor vehicles in a
manner that protects against spills and evaporation. Manage all used oil
generated on site in accordance with 40 CFR 279. Determine if any used oil
generated while on-site exhibits a characteristic of hazardous waste. Used
oil containing 1000 parts per million of solvents will be considered a
hazardous waste and disposed of at Contractor's expense. Used oil mixed
with a hazardous waste will also be considered a hazardous waste.
3.10.1 Oily and Hazardous Substances
Prevent oil or hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage
areas, or navigable waters. In accordance with 40 CFR 112, surround all
temporary fuel oil or petroleum storage tanks with a temporary berm or
containment of sufficient size and strength to contain the contents of the
tanks, plus 10 percent freeboard for precipitation. The berm will be
impervious to oil for 72 hours and be constructed so that any discharge
will not permeate, drain, infiltrate, or otherwise escape before cleanup
occurs.
3.10.2 Inadvertent Discovery of Petroleum Contaminated Soil or Hazardous
Wastes
If petroleum contaminated soil or suspected hazardous waste is found during
construction that was not identified in the contract documents, the
contractor shall immediately notify the contracting officer. The
contractor shall not disturb this material until authorized by the
contracting officer.
3.11 FUEL TANKS
Petroleum products and lubricants required to sustain up to 30 days of
construction activity may be kept on site. Storage and refilling practices
shall comply with 40 CFR Part 112. Secondary containment shall be provided
and be no less than 110 percent of the tank volume plus five inches of
free-board.
If a secondary berm is used for containment then the berm shall be
impervious to oil for 72 hours and be constructed so that any discharge
will not permeate, drain, infiltrate, or otherwise escape before cleanup
occurs. Drips pans are required and the tanks must be covered during
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 19
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
inclement weather.
3.12 RELEASES/SPILLS OF OIL AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
Exercise due diligence to prevent, contain, and respond to spills of
hazardous material, hazardous substances, hazardous waste, sewage,
regulated gas, petroleum, lubrication oil, and other substances regulated
by environmental law. Maintain spill cleanup equipment and materials at
the work site. In the event of a spill, take prompt, effective action to
stop, contain, curtail, or otherwise limit the amount, duration, and
severity of the spill/release.
In the event of any releases of oil and hazardous substances, chemicals, or
gases; immediately (within 15 minutes) notify the Base or Activity Fire
Department, the activity's Command Duty Officer, and the Contracting
Officer. If the contractor's response is inadequate, the Navy may respond.
If this should occur, the contractor will be required to reimburse the
government for spill response assistance and analysis.
The Contractor is responsible for verbal and written notifications as
required by the federal 40 CFR 355, State, local regulations and Navy
Instructions. Spill response will be in accordance with 40 CFR 300 and
applicable State and local regulations. Contain and clean up these spills
without cost to the Government. If Government assistance is requested or
required, the Contractor will reimburse the Government for such assistance.
Provide copies of the written notification and documentation that a verbal
notification was made within 20 days.
Maintain spill cleanup equipment and materials at the work site. Clean up
all hazardous and non-hazardous (WHM) waste spills. The Contractor shall
reimburse the government for all material, equipment, and clothing
generated during any spill cleanup. The Contractor shall reimburse the
government for all costs incurred including sample analysis materials,
equipment, and labor if the government must initiate its own spill cleanup
procedures, for Contractor responsible spills, when:
a.
The Contractor has not begun spill cleanup procedure within one
hour of spill discovery/occurrence, or
b.
If, in the government's judgment, the Contractor's spill cleanup
is not adequately abating life threatening situation and/or is a
threat to any body of water or environmentally sensitive areas.
3.13 CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTES
3.13.1 Facility Hazardous Waste Generator Status
USNA is designated as a Small Quantity Generator. All work conducted
within the boundaries of this activity must meet the regulatory
requirements of this generator designation. The Contractor will comply
with all provisions of Federal, State and local regulatory requirements
applicable to this generator status regarding training and storage,
handling, and disposal of all construction derived wastes.
3.13.2 Hazardous Waste/Debris Management
Identify all construction activities which will generate hazardous
waste/debris. Provide a documented waste determination for all resultant
waste streams. Hazardous waste/debris will be identified, labeled,
handled, stored, and disposed of in accordance with all Federal, State, and
local regulations including 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 20
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
40 CFR 265, 40 CFR 266, and 40 CFR 268.
Hazardous waste will also be managed in accordance with the approved
Hazardous Waste Management Section of the Environmental Management Plan.
Store hazardous wastes in approved containers in accordance with 49 CFR 173
and 49 CFR 178. Hazardous waste generated within the confines of
Government facilities will be identified as being generated by the
Government.
Prior to removal of any hazardous waste from Government property, all
hazardous waste manifests must be signed by activity personnel from the
Station Environmental Office. No hazardous waste will be brought onto
Government property. Provide to the Contracting Officer a copy of waste
determination documentation for any solid waste streams that have any
potential to be hazardous waste or contain any chemical constituents listed
in 40 CFR 372-SUBPART D. For hazardous wastes spills, verbally notify the
Contracting Officer immediately.
3.13.2.1 Regulated Waste Storage/Satellite Accumulation/90 Day Storage Areas
If the work requires the temporary storage/collection of regulated or
hazardous wastes, the Contractor will request the establishment of a
Regulated Waste Storage Area, a Satellite Accumulation Area, or a 90 Day
Storage Area at the point of generation. The Contractor must submit a
request in writing to the Contracting Officer providing the following
information:
Contract Number
____________
Contractor
______________
Haz/Waste or
Regulated Waste POC
____________
Phone Number
______________
Type of Waste
____________
Source of Waste
______________
Emergency POC
____________
Phone Number
______________
Location of the Site: ____________
(Attach Site Plan to the Request)
Attach a waste
this request.
barricaded and
PERSONNEL KEEP
determination form. Allow ten working days for processing
The designated area where waste is being stored shall be
a sign identifying as follows:
"DANGER - UNAUTHORIZED
OUT"
3.13.2.2 Sampling and Analysis of HW
a.
Waste Sampling
Sample waste in accordance with EPA 530/F-93/004. Each sampled
drum or container will be clearly marked with the Contractor's
identification number and cross referenced to the chemical
analysis performed.
b.
Laboratory Analysis
Follow the analytical procedure and methods in accordance with the
40 CFR 261. The Contractor will provide all analytical results
and reports performed to the Contracting Officer
c.
Analysis Type
Identify waste hazardous material/hazardous waste by analyzing for
the following properties as a minimum: ignitability,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 21
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
corrosiveness, total chlorides, BTU value, PCBs, TCLP for heavy
metals, and cyanide.
3.13.2.3 Asbestos Certification
Items, components, or materials disturbed by or included in work under this
contract do not involve asbestos. Other materials in the general area
around where work will be performed may contain asbestos. All thermal
insulation, in all work areas, should be considered to be asbestos unless
positively identified by conspicuous tags or previous laboratory analysis
certifying them as asbestos free.
Inadvertent discovery of non-disclosed asbestos that will result in an
abatement action requires a change in scope before proceeding. Upon
discovery of asbestos containing material not identified in the contract
documents, the Contractor shall immediately stop all work that would
generate further damage to the material, evacuate the asbestos exposed
area, and notify the Contracting Officer for resolution of the situation
prior to resuming normal work activities in the affected area.
The Contractor will not remove or perform work on any asbestos containing
materials without the prior approval of the Contracting Officer. The
Contractor will not engage in any activity, which would remove or damage
such materials or cause the generation of fibers from such materials.
Asbestos containing waste shall be managed and disposed of in accordance
with applicable environmental law. Asbestos containing waste shall be
manifested and the manifest provided to the Contracting Officer.
3.13.2.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal
No hazardous, toxic, or universal waste shall be disposed or hazardous
material abandoned on government property. And unless otherwise other wise
noted in this contract, the government is not responsible for disposal of
Contractor generated waste material.
The disposal of incidental materials used to accomplish the work including,
but not limited to aerosol cans, waste paint, cleaning solvents,
contaminated brushes, rags, clothing, etc. are the responsibility of the
Contractor. The list is illustrative rather than inclusive.
The Contractor is not authorized to discharge any materials to sanitary
sewer, storm drain, or water way or conduct waste treatment or disposal on
government property without written approval of the Contracting Officer.
Control of stored waste, packaging, sampling, analysis, and disposal will
be determined by the details in the contract. The requirements for jobs in
the following paragraphs will be used as the guidelines for disposal of any
hazardous waste generated.
a.
Responsibilities for Contractor's Disposal
Contractor responsibilities include any generation of WHM/HW
requiring Contractor disposal of solid waste or liquid.
(1) The Contractor agrees to provide all service necessary for
the final treatment/disposal of the hazardous material/waste in
accordance with all local, State and Federal laws and regulations,
and the terms and conditions of the contract within sixty (60)
days after the materials have been generated. These services will
include all necessary personnel, labor, transportation, packaging,
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 22
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
detailed analysis (if required for disposal, and/or
transportation, including manifesting or completing waste profile
sheets, equipment, and the compilation of all documentation is
required).
(2) Contain all waste in accordance with 40 CFR 260, 40 CFR 261,
40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, 40 CFR 265, 40 CFR 266, 40 CFR
268, 40 CFR 270, 40 CFR 272, 40 CFR 273, 40 CFR 279, 40 CFR 280,
and 40 CFR 761.
(3) Obtaining a representative sample of the material generated
for each job done to provide waste stream determination.
(4) Analyzing for each sample taken and providing analytical
results to the Contracting Officer. Provide two copies of the
results.
(5) Determine the DOT proper shipping names for all waste (each
container requiring disposal) and will demonstrate how this
determination is developed and supported by the sampling and
analysis requirements contained herein to the Contracting Officer.
Contractor Disposal Turn-In Requirements
For any waste hazardous materials or hazardous waste generated which
requires the Contractor to dispose of, the following conditions must be
complied with in order to be acceptable for disposal:
(1) Drums compatible with waste contents and drums meet DOT
requirements for 49 CFR 173 for transportation of materials.
(2) Drums banded to wooden pallets. No more than three (3) 55
gallon drums to a pallet, or two (2) 85 gallon over packs.
(3)
Band using 1-1/4 inch minimum band on upper third of drum.
(4) Recovery materials label located in middle of drum, filled out
to indicate actual volume of material, name of material manufacturer,
other vendor information as available.
(5) Always have three to five inches of empty space above volume of
material. This space is called 'outage'.
3.13.3 Class I and II ODS Prohibition
Class I and II ODS as defined and identified herein will not be used in the
performance of this contract, nor be provided as part of the equipment.
This prohibition will be considered to prevail over any other provision,
specification, drawing, or referenced documents. Regulations related to
the protection of stratosphere ozone may be found in 40 CFR 82.
Heating and air conditioning technicians must be certified through an EPAapproved program. Copies of certifications shall be maintained at the
employees' place of business and be carried as a wallet card by the
technician, as provided by environmental law. Accidental venting of a
refrigerant is a release and shall be reported to the Contracting Officer.
3.13.4 Universal Waste/e-Waste Management
Universal waste including but not limited to some mercury containing
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 23
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
building products such florescent lamps, mercury vapor lamps, high pressure
sodium lamps, CRTs, batteries, aerosol paint containers, electrical
equipment containing PCBs, and consumed electronic devices, shall be
managed in accordance with applicable environmental law and installation
instructions.
3.14 DUST CONTROL
Keep dust down at all times, including during nonworking periods. Sprinkle
or treat, with dust suppressants, the soil at the site, haul roads, and
other areas disturbed by operations. Dry power brooming will not be
permitted. Instead, use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or wet power
brooming. Air blowing will be permitted only for cleaning nonparticulate
debris. Only wet cutting will be permitted for cutting concrete blocks,
concrete, and bituminous concrete. Do not unnecessarily shake bags of
cement, concrete mortar, or plaster.
3.14.1 Dirt and Dust Control Plan
Submit truck and material haul routes along with a plan for controlling
dirt, debris, and dust on base roadways. As a minimum, identify in the
plan the subcontractor and equipment for cleaning along the haul route and
measures to reduce dirt, dust, and debris from roadways.
3.15 ABRASIVE BLASTING
3.15.1 Blasting Operations
The use of silica sand is prohibited in sandblasting.
Provide tarpaulin drop cloths and windscreens to enclose abrasive blasting
operations to confine and collect dust, abrasive, agent, paint chips, and
other debris. Perform work involving removal of hazardous material in
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.
3.15.2 Disposal Requirements
Submit analytical results of the debris generated from abrasive blasting
operations per paragraph entitled Laboratory Analysis of this section.
Hazardous waste generated from blasting operations will be managed in
accordance with paragraph entitled "Hazardous Waste Management" of this
section and with the approved HWMP. Disposal of non-hazardous abrasive
blasting debris will be in accordance with paragraph entitled, "Control and
Disposal of Solid Wastes".
3.16 NOISE
Make the maximum use of low-noise emission products, as certified by the
EPA. Blasting or use of explosives will not be permitted without written
permission from the Contracting Officer, and then only during the
designated times. Confine pile-driving operations to the period between 8
a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, exclusive of holidays, unless
otherwise specified.
3.17 MERCURY MATERIALS
Mercury is prohibited in the construction of this facility, unless
specified otherwise, and with the exception of mercury vapor lamps and
fluorescent lamps. Dumping of mercury-containing materials and devices
such as mercury vapor lamps, fluorescent lamps, and mercury switches, in
rubbish containers is prohibited. Remove without breaking, pack to prevent
breakage, and transport out of the activity in an unbroken condition for
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 24
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
disposal as directed. Immediately report to the Environmental Office and
the Contracting Officer instances of breakage or mercury spillage. Clean
mercury spill area to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.
Cleanup of a mercury spill shall not be recycled and shall be managed as a
hazardous waste for disposal.
-- End of Section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 57 19.00 20 - Page 25
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
SECTION 01 74 19.05 20
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR DESIGN-BUILD
06/10
PART 1
GENERAL
1.1 GOVERNMENT POLICY
Government policy is to apply sound environmental principles in the design,
construction and use of facilities. As part of the implementation of that
policy the Contractor shall: (1) practice efficient waste management when
sizing, cutting, and installing products and materials and (2) use all
reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills
and incinerators and to facilitate their recycling or reuse.
1.2 PLAN
A waste management plan shall be submitted within 15 days after contract
award and prior to initiating any site preparation work. The plan shall
include the following:
a.
Name of individuals on the Contractor's staff responsible for
waste prevention and management.
b.
Actions that will be taken to reduce solid waste generation.
c.
Description of the specific approaches to be used in
recycling/reuse of the various materials generated, including the
areas and equipment to be used for processing, sorting, and
temporary storage of wastes.
d.
Characterization, including estimated types and quantities, of the
waste to be generated.
e.
Actions that will be taken to divert at least 50% of the nonhazardous solid wastes (including waste from construction and
demolition operations) from the waste stream. Report actual
diversion rates during construction and demolition.
f.
Name of landfill and/or incinerator to be used and the estimated
costs for use, assuming that there would be no salvage or
recycling on the project.
g.
Identification of local and regional reuse programs, including
non-profit organizations such as schools, local housing agencies,
and organizations that accept used materials such as materials
exchange networks and Habitat for Humanity.
h.
List of specific waste materials that will be salvaged for resale,
salvaged and reused, or recycled. Recycling facilities that will
be used shall be identified. Provide percentage of non-hazardous
construction and demolition waste materials that have been
diverted from the waste stream.
i.
Identification of materials that cannot be recycled/reused with an
explanation or justification.
j.
Anticipated net cost savings determined by subtracting Contractor
program management costs and the cost of disposal from the revenue
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 74 19.05 20 - Page 1
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Building 687, Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis MD
JK4FG
generated by sale of the materials and the incineration and/or
landfill cost avoidance.
1.3 RECORDS
Records shall be maintained to document the quantity of waste generated;
the quantity of waste diverted through sale, reuse, or recycling; and the
quantity of waste disposed by landfill or incineration. Report with
monthly invoicing the tons diverted, the tons sent to the landfill, cost
for each, and the monthly diversion rate. The records shall be made
available to the Contracting Officer during construction, and a copy of the
records shall be delivered to the Contracting Officer upon completion of
the construction.
1.4 DISPOSAL
Except as otherwise specified in other sections of the specifications,
disposal shall be in accordance with the following:
1.4.1 Reuse.
First consideration shall be given to salvage for reuse since little or no
re-processing is necessary for this method, and less pollution is created
when items are reused in their original form. Sale or donation of waste
suitable for reuse shall be considered. Salvaged materials, other than
those specified in other sections to be salvaged and reinstalled, shall not
be used in this project.
1.4.2 Recycle.
Waste materials not suitable for reuse, but having value as being
recyclable, shall be made available for recycling whenever economically
feasible.
1.4.3 Waste.
Materials with no practical use or economic benefit shall be disposed at a
landfill or incinerator.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3
EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of section --
RFP PART 2 - SECTION UFGS 01 74 19.05 20 - Page 2
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 05 12 00
STRUCTURAL STEEL
11/11
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)
AISC 303
(2010) Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Buildings and Bridges
AISC 325
(2011) Steel Construction Manual
AISC 326
(2009) Detailing for Steel Construction
AISC 810
(1997) Design Guide 10: Erection Bracing
of Low-Rise Structural Steel Buildings
ANSI/AISC 341
(2005; Suppl No. 1 2005) Seismic
Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings
ANSI/AISC 360
(2010) Specification for Structural Steel
Buildings
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
AWS A2.4
(2007) Standard Symbols for Welding,
Brazing and Nondestructive Examination
AWS D1.1/D1.1M
(2010) Structural Welding Code - Steel
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B46.1
(2009) Surface Texture, Surface Roughness,
Waviness and Lay
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A307
(2010) Standard Specification for Carbon
Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile
Strength
ASTM A325
(2010) Standard Specification for
Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated,
120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
ASTM A325M
(2009) Standard Specification for
Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 830
MPa Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric)
ASTM A36/A36M
(2008) Standard Specification for Carbon
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Structural Steel
ASTM A490
(2010ae1) Standard Specification for
Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat
Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
ASTM A500/A500M
(2010a) Standard Specification for
Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and
Shapes
ASTM A514/A514M
(2005; R 2009) Standard Specification for
High-Yield-Strength, Quenched and Tempered
Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding
ASTM A53/A53M
(2010) Standard Specification for Pipe,
Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
Welded and Seamless
ASTM A563
(2007a) Standard Specification for Carbon
and Alloy Steel Nuts
ASTM A6/A6M
(2011) Standard Specification for General
Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel
Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling
ASTM A992/A992M
(2011) Standard Specification for
Structural Steel Shapes
ASTM C1107/C1107M
(2011) Standard Specification for Packaged
Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Nonshrink)
ASTM C827/C827M
(2010) Change in Height at Early Ages of
Cylindrical Specimens from Cementitious
Mixtures
ASTM F 1554
(2007a) Standard Specification for Anchor
Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield
Strength
ASTM F 436
(2011) Hardened Steel Washers
ASTM F 844
ASTM F 959
(2007a) Washers, Steel, Plain (Flat),
Unhardened for General Use
(2009) Compressible-Washer-Type Direct
Tension Indicators for Use with Structural
Fasteners
THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS (SSPC)
SSPC PA 1
(2000; E 2004) Shop, Field, and
Maintenance Painting of Steel
SSPC PS 13.01
(1982; E 2004) Epoxy Polyamide Painting
System
SSPC Paint 25
(1997; E 2004) Zinc Oxide, Alkyd, Linseed
Oil Primer for Use Over Hand Cleaned
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Steel, Type I and Type II
SSPC SP 3
(1982; E 2004) Power Tool Cleaning
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1926.756
1.2
Steel Erection; Beams and Columns
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Provide the structural steel system, including shop primer, complete and
ready for use. Structural steel systems including design, materials,
installation, workmanship, fabrication, assembly, erection, inspection,
quality control, and testing shall be provided in accordance with
ANSI/AISC 360 and ANSI/AISC 341 except as modified in this contract.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in
accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Erection and Fabrication drawings including description of
connections; G
SD-03 Product Data
Shop primer
Welding electrodes and rods
Load indicator washers
Non-Shrink Grout
Load indicator bolts, if used
Include test report for Class B primer.
SD-06 Test Reports
Class B coating
Bolts, nuts, and washers
Supply the certified manufacturer's mill reports which clearly
show the applicable ASTM mechanical and chemical requirements
together with the actual test results for the supplied fasteners.
SD-07 Certificates
Steel
Bolts, nuts, and washers
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
AISC Quality Certification
Welding procedures and qualifications
1.4
AISC QUALITY CERTIFICATION
Work shall be fabricated in an AISC certified Category Std fabrication plant
or provide a signed and sealed review of the fabricator by an independent
third parting special inspections agency recommending approval of the
fabricator based upon a review of the fabricator's written procedural and
quality-control manuals, and periodic auditing of fabrication practices
meeting that AISC standard.
1.5
SEISMIC PROVISIONS
The structural steel system shall be provided in accordance with
ANSI/AISC 341.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.6.1
Drawing Requirements
Submit fabrication drawings for approval prior to fabrication. Prepare in
accordance with AISC 326 and AISC 325. Fabrication drawings shall not be
reproductions of contract drawings. Include complete information for the
fabrication and erection of the structure's components, including the
location, type, and size of bolts, welds, member sizes and lengths,
connection details, blocks, copes, and cuts. Double connections that
require an erection seat to comply with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.756(c)(1) shall be
shown on the shop drawings, reviewed and approved by the structural
engineer of record. Use AWS A2.4 standard welding symbols. Member
substitutions of details shown on the contract drawings shall be clearly
highlighted on the fabrication drawings. Explain the reasons for any
deviations from the contract drawings.
1.6.2
1.6.2.1
Certifications
Erection Plans
Submit for record purposes.
shoring and bracing.
1.6.2.2
Indicate the sequence of erection, temporary
Welding Procedures and Qualifications
Prior to welding, submit certification for each welder stating the type of
welding and positions qualified for, the code and procedure qualified
under, date qualified, and the firm and individual certifying the
qualification tests. If the qualification date of the welding operator is
more than one-year old, the welding operator's qualification certificate
shall be accompanied by a current certificate by the welder attesting to
the fact that he has been engaged in welding since the date of
certification, with no break in welding service greater than 6 months.
Conform to all requirements specified in AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
PART 2
2.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
PRODUCTS
STEEL
2.1.1
Structural Steel
ASTM A36/A36M.
2.1.2
High-Strength Structural Steel
2.1.3
Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing
Wide flange shapes, ASTM A992/A992M.
2.1.4
Structural Steel Tubing
ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B.
2.1.5
Steel Pipe
ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B, weight class STD (Standard) unless
otherwise noted.
2.2
BOLTS, NUTS, AND WASHERS
Provide the following unless indicated otherwise.
2.2.1
2.2.1.1
Structural Steel , Steel Pipe
Bolts
ASTM A307, Grade A; ASTM A325, Type 1, or ASTM A490, Type 1. The bolt
heads and the nuts of the supplied fasteners must be marked with the
manufacturer's identification mark, the strength grade and type specified
by ASTM specifications.
2.2.1.2
Nuts
ASTM A563, Grade and Style for applicable ASTM bolt standard recommended.
2.2.1.3
Washers
ASTM F 844 washers for ASTM A307 bolts, and ASTM F 436 washers for ASTM A325
and ASTM A490 bolts.
2.2.2
2.2.2.1
High-Strength Structural Steel and Structural Steel Tubing
Bolts
ASTM A325, Type 1
2.2.2.2
ASTM A490, Type 1 or 2.
Nuts
ASTM A563, Grade and Style as specified in the applicable ASTM bolt
standard.
2.2.2.3
Washers
ASTM F 436, plain carbon steel.
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Foundation Anchorage
2.2.3.1
Anchor Bolts
ASTM F 1554.
2.2.3.2
Anchor Nuts
ASTM A563, Grade A, hex style.
2.2.3.3
Anchor Washers
ASTM F 844.
2.2.3.4
Anchor Plate Washers
ASTM A36/A36M
2.2.4
Load Indicator Washers
ASTM F 959.
2.2.5
Load Indicator Bolts
ASTM A325, Type 1; ASTM A490, Type
the bolt tip and threads. The bolt
opposing rotational torques applied
bolt tip automatically shearing off
2.3
2.3.1
1, with a manufactured notch between
shall be designed to react to the
by the installation wrench, with the
when the proper tension is obtained.
STRUCTURAL STEEL ACCESSORIES
Welding Electrodes and Rods
AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
2.3.2
Non-Shrink Grout
ASTM C1107/C1107M, with no ASTM C827/C827M shrinkage.
nonmetallic.
2.3.3
Grout shall be
Welded Shear Stud Connectors
AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
2.4
SHOP PRIMER
SSPC Paint 25, (alkyd primer) or SSPC PS 13.01 epoxy-polyamide, green
primer (Form 150) type 1, except provide a Class B coating in accordance
with AISC 325 for slip critical joints. Primer shall conform to Federal,
State, and local VOC regulations. If flash rusting occurs, re-clean the
surface prior to application of primer.
2.5
2.5.1
FABRICATION
Markings
Prior to erection, members shall be identified by a painted erection mark.
Connecting parts assembled in the shop for reaming holes in field
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
prepared for painting and primed with the specified paint.
Shop splices of members between field splices will be permitted only where
indicated on the Contract Drawings. Splices not indicated require the
approval of the Contracting Officer.
3.2
INSTALLATION
3.3
ERECTION
a.
Erection of structural steel, except as indicated in item b. below,
shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of AISC 325.
b.
For low-rise structural steel buildings ( 60 feet tall or less and a
maximum of 2 stories), the erection plan shall conform to AISC 303 and
the structure shall be erected in accordance withAISC 810.
Provide for drainage in structural steel. After final positioning of steel
members, provide full bearing under base plates and bearing plates using
nonshrink grout. Place nonshrink grout in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
3.3.1
STORAGE
Material shall be stored out of contact with the ground in such manner and
location as will minimize deterioration.
3.4
CONNECTIONS
Except as modified in this section, connections not detailed shall be
designed in accordance with ANSI/AISC 360. Build connections into existing
work. Do not tighten anchor bolts set in concrete with impact torque
wrenches. Punch, subpunch and ream, or drill bolt holes perpendicular to
the surface of the member. Holes shall not be cut or enlarged by burning.
Bolts, nuts, and washers shall be clean of dirt and rust, and lubricated
immediately prior to installation.
3.4.1
Common Grade Bolts
ASTM A307 bolts shall be tightened to a "snug tight" fit. "Snug tight" is
the tightness that exists when plies in a joint are in firm contact. If
firm contact of joint plies cannot be obtained with a few impacts of an
impact wrench, or the full effort of a man using a spud wrench, contact the
Contracting Officer for further instructions.
3.4.2
High-Strength Bolts
ASTM A325 and ASTM A490 bolts shall be fully tensioned to 70 percent of
their minimum tensile strength. The Supplier may provide load indicator
bolts or washers in all ASTM A325M or ASTM A490 bolted connections, except
provide only load indicator washers for slip critical connections. Bolts
shall be installed in connection holes and initially brought to a snug
tight fit. After the initial tightening procedure, bolts shall then be
fully tensioned, progressing from the most rigid part of a connection to
the free edges.
3.5
GAS CUTTING
Field for corrections for fabrication errors will require cutting saws,
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
blades, and drills on any major member in the structural framing. Use of
a gas cutting torch will be permitted in extreme circumstances for major
members andon minor members not under stress only after approval has been
obtained from the Structural Engineer of Record.
3.6
WELDING
AWS D1.1/D1.1M, except use only shielded metal arc welding and low hydrogen
electrodes for ASTM A514/A514M steel. Do not stress relieve ASTM A514/A514M
steel by heat treatment. Grind exposed welds smooth as indicated.
Provide AWS D1.1/D1.1M qualified welders, welding operators, and tackers.
The Contractor shall develop and submit the Welding Procedure
Specifications (WPS) for all welding, including welding done using
prequalified procedures. Prequalified procedures may be submitted for
information only; however, procedures that are not prequalified shall be
submitted for approval.
3.6.1
Removal of Temporary Welds, Run-Off Plates, and Backing Strips
Remove only from finished areas.
3.7
SHOP PRIMER REPAIR
Repair shop primer in accordance with the paint manufacturer's
recommendation for surfaces damaged by handling, transporting, cutting,
welding, or bolting.
3.7.1
Field Priming
Field priming of steel exposed to the weather, or located in building areas
without HVAC for control of relative humidity. After erection, the field
bolt heads and nuts, field welds, and any abrasions in the shop coat shall
be cleaned and primed with paint of the same quality as that used for the
shop coat.
3.8
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform field tests, and provide labor, equipment, and incidentals required
for testing, except that electric power for field tests will be furnished
as set forth in Division 1. The Contracting Officer shall be notified in
writing of defective welds, bolts, nuts, and washers within 7 working days
of the date of weld inspection.
3.8.1
3.8.1.1
Welds
Visual Inspection
AWS D1.1/D1.1M. Furnish the services of AWS-certified welding inspectors
for fabrication and erection inspection and testing and verification
inspections. Welding inspectors shall visually inspect and mark welds,
including fillet weld end returns.
3.8.1.2
Nondestructive Testing
AWS D1.1/D1.1M. Test locations shall be recommended by the AWC certified
welding inspector and approved/selected by the Contracting Officer. If
more than 20 percent of welds made by a welder contain defects identified
by testing, then all welds made by that welder shall be tested by
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
ultrasonic testing. When all welds made by an individual welder are
required to be tested, magnetic particle testing shall be used only in
areas inaccessible to ultrasonic testing. Retest defective areas after
repair.
Testing frequency:
Test Type
Provide the following types and number of tests:
Number of Tests
Radiographic
0
Ultrasonic
4
Magnetic Particle
4
Dye Penetrant
0
3.8.2
3.8.2.1
High-Strength Bolts
Testing Bolt, Nut, and Washer Assemblies
Test a minimum of 3 bolt, nut, and washer assemblies from each mill
certificate batch in a tension measuring device at the job site prior to
the beginning of bolting start-up. Demonstrate that the bolts and nuts,
when used together, can develop tension not less than the provisions
specified in ANSI/AISC 360, depending on bolt size and grade. The bolt
tension shall be developed by tightening the nut.
3.8.2.2
Inspection
Inspection procedures shall be in accordance with ANSI/AISC 360. Confirm
and report to the Contracting Officer that the materials meet the project
specification and that they are properly stored. Confirm that the faying
surfaces have been properly prepared before the connections are assembled.
Observe the specified job site testing and calibration, and confirm that
the procedure to be used provides the required tension. Monitor the work
to ensure the testing procedures are routinely followed on joints that are
specified to be fully tensioned.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 05 12 00
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 00 00
AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
08/10
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)
AMCA 500-D
(1998) Laboratory Methods of Testing
Dampers for Rating
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 62.1
(2010) Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor
Air Quality
ASHRAE 84
(2008) Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat
Exchangers
ASHRAE 90.1 - IP
(2007; Supplement 2008; Addenda r 2009)
Energy Standard for Buildings Except
Low-Rise Residential Buildings
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A 123/A 123M
(2009) Standard Specification for Zinc
(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products
ASTM A 53/A 53M
(2007) Standard Specification for Pipe,
Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
Welded and Seamless
ASTM A 924/A 924M
(2010) Standard Specification for General
Requirements for Steel Sheet,
Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM B 117
(2009) Standing Practice for Operating
Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus
ASTM B 766
(1986; R 2008) Standard Specification for
Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium
ASTM C 553
(2008) Standard Specification for Mineral
Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for
Commercial and Industrial Applications
ASTM D 1654
(2008) Evaluation of Painted or Coated
Specimens Subjected to Corrosive
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Environments
ASTM D 3359
(2009; E 2010) Measuring Adhesion by Tape
Test
ASTM D 520
(2000; R 2005) Zinc Dust Pigment
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA MG 1
(2009) Motors and Generators
NEMA MG 10
(2001; R 2007) Energy Management Guide for
Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency
Medium AC Squirrel-Cage Polyphase
Induction Motors
NEMA MG 11
(1977; R 1997; R 2001; R 2007) Energy
Management Guide for Selection and Use of
Single Phase Motors
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 90A
(2009; Errata 09-1) Standard for the
Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems
SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(SMACNA)
SMACNA 1650
(2008) Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines
for Mechanical Systems, 2nd Edition
SMACNA 1966
(2005) HVAC Duct Construction Standards
Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edition
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 82
Protection of Stratospheric Ozone
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 6
(2007) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel
UL Bld Mat Dir
(2010) Building Materials Directory
1.2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Furnish ductwork, piping offsets, fittings, and accessories as required to
provide a complete installation. Coordinate the work of the different
trades to avoid interference between piping, equipment, structural, and
electrical work. Provide complete, in place, all necessary offsets in
piping and ductwork, and all fittings, and other components, required to
install the work as indicated and specified.
1.2.1
Mechanical Equipment Identification
The number of charts and diagrams shall be equal to or greater than the
number of mechanical equipment rooms. Where more than one chart or diagram
per space is required, mount these in edge pivoted, swinging leaf, extruded
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
aluminum frame holders which open to 170 degrees.
1.2.1.1
Charts
Provide chart listing of equipment by designation numbers and capacities
such as flow rates, pressure and temperature differences, heating and
cooling capacities, horsepower, pipe sizes, and voltage and current
characteristics.
1.2.1.2
Diagrams
Submit proposed diagrams, at least 2 weeks prior to start of related
testing. provide neat mechanical drawings provided with extruded aluminum
frame under 1/8-inch glass or laminated plastic, system diagrams that show
the layout of equipment, piping, and ductwork, and typed condensed
operation manuals explaining preventative maintenance procedures, methods
of checking the system for normal, safe operation, and procedures for
safely starting and stopping the system. After approval, post these items
where directed.
1.2.2
Service Labeling
Label equipment, including roof top energy recovery. with labels made of
self-sticking, plastic film designed for permanent installation. Labels
shall be in accordance with the typical examples below:
SERVICE
LABEL AND TAG DESIGNATION
Rooftop Air handling energy recovery unit Number
- _____
1.3
RTU 11, 12 & 13
SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Detail Drawings
SD-03 Product Data
Insulated Nonmetallic Flexible Duct Runouts
Duct Connectors
Duct Access Doors
Fire Dampers
Manual Balancing Dampers
Diffusers
Registers and Grilles
Rooftop Air Handling Units
SD-06 Test Reports
Performance Tests
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions
Operation and Maintenance Training
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
Fire Dampers
Manual Balancing Dampers
Rooftop Air Handling Units
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Except as otherwise specified, approval of materials and equipment is based
on manufacturer's published data.
a.
Where materials and equipment are specified to conform to the standards
of the Underwriters Laboratories, the label of or listing with
reexamination in UL Bld Mat Dir, and UL 6 is acceptable as sufficient
evidence that the items conform to Underwriters Laboratories
requirements. In lieu of such label or listing, submit a written
certificate from any nationally recognized testing agency, adequately
equipped and competent to perform such services, stating that the items
have been tested and that the units conform to the specified
requirements. Outline methods of testing used by the specified
agencies.
b.
Where materials or equipment are specified to be constructed or tested,
or both, in accordance with the standards of the ASTM International
(ASTM), the ASME International (ASME), or other standards, a
manufacturer's certificate of compliance of each item is acceptable as
proof of compliance.
c.
Conformance to such agency requirements does not relieve the item from
compliance with other requirements of these specifications.
1.4.1
Prevention of Corrosion
Protect metallic materials against corrosion. Manufacturer shall provide
rust-inhibiting treatment and standard finish for the equipment
enclosures. Do not use aluminum in contact with earth, and where connected
to dissimilar metal. Protect aluminum by approved fittings, barrier
material, or treatment. Ferrous parts such as anchors, bolts, braces,
boxes, bodies, clamps, fittings, guards, nuts, pins, rods, shims, thimbles,
washers, and miscellaneous parts not of corrosion-resistant steel or
nonferrous materials shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with
ASTM A 123/A 123M for exterior locations and cadmium-plated in conformance
with ASTM B 766 for interior locations.
1.4.2
Asbestos Prohibition
Do not use asbestos and asbestos-containing products.
1.4.3
Ozone Depleting Substances Used as Refrigerants
Minimize releases of Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS) during repair,
maintenance, servicing or disposal of appliances containing ODS's by
complying with all applicable sections of 40 CFR 82 Part 82 Subpart F.
SECTION 23 00 00
Any
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
person conducting repair, maintenance, servicing or disposal of appliances
owned by NASA shall comply with the following:
a.
Do not knowingly vent or otherwise release into the environment, Class
I or Class II substances used as a refrigerant.
b.
Do not open appliances without meeting the requirements of 40 CFR 82
Part 82.156 Subpart F, regarding required practices for evacuation and
collection of refrigerant, and 40 CFR 82 Part 82.158 Subpart F,
regarding standards of recycling and recovery equipment.
c.
Only persons who comply with 40 CFR 82 Part 82.161 Subpart F, regarding
technician certification, can conduct work on appliances containing
refrigerant.
In addition, provide copies of all applicable certifications to the
Contracting Officer at least 14 calendar days prior to initiating
maintenance, repair, servicing, dismantling or disposal of appliances,
including:
a.
Proof of Technician Certification
b.
Proof of Equipment Certification for recovery or recycling equipment.
c.
Proof of availability of certified recovery or recycling equipment.
1.4.4
Use of Ozone Depleting Substances, Other than Refrigerants
The use of Class I or Class II ODS's listed as nonessential in 40 CFR 82
Part 82.66 Subpart C is prohibited. These prohibited materials and uses
include:
a.
Any plastic party spray streamer or noise horn which is propelled by a
chlorofluorocarbon
b.
Any cleaning fluid for electronic and photographic equipment which
contains a chlorofluorocarbon; including liquid packaging, solvent
wipes, solvent sprays, and gas sprays
c.
Any plastic flexible or packaging foam product which is manufactured
with or contains a chlorofluorocarbon, including, open cell foam, open
cell rigid polyurethane poured foam, closed cell extruded polystyrene
sheet foam, closed cell polyethylene foam and closed cell polypropylene
foam except for flexible or packaging foam used in coaxial
d.
Any aerosol product or other pressurized dispenser which contains a
chlorofluorocarbon, except for those listed in 40 CFR 82 Part 82.66
Subpart C.
Request a waiver if a facility requirement dictates that a prohibited
material is necessary to achieve project goals. Submit the waiver request
in writing to the Contracting Officer. The waiver will be evaluated and
dispositioned.
1.4.5
Detail Drawings
Submit detail drawings showing equipment layout and static pressure and
seal classifications. Include any information required to demonstrate that
the system has been coordinated and functions properly as a unit on the
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
drawings and show equipment relationship to other parts of the work,
including clearances required for operation and maintenance. Submit
function designation of the equipment and any other requirements specified
throughout this Section with the shop drawings.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect stored equipment at the jobsite from the weather, humidity and
temperature variations, dirt and dust, or other contaminants.
Additionally, cap or plug all pipes until installed.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
STANDARD PRODUCTS
Except for the fabricated duct, plenums and casings specified in paragraphs
"Metal Ductwork" and "Plenums and Casings for Field-Fabricated Units",
provide components and equipment that are standard products of
manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturing of products that are
of a similar material, design and workmanship. This requirement applies to
all equipment, including diffusers, registers, fire dampers, and balancing
dampers.
a.
Standard products are defined as components and equipment that have
been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use in similar
applications of similar size for at least two years before bid opening.
b.
Prior to this two year period, these standard products shall have been
sold on the commercial market using advertisements in manufacturers'
catalogs or brochures.
These manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures
shall have been copyrighted documents or have been identified with a
manufacturer's document number.
c.
Provide equipment items that are supported by a service organization.
Where applicable, provide equipment that is an ENERGY STAR Qualified
product or a Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) designated
product.
2.2
IDENTIFICATION PLATES
In addition to standard manufacturer's identification plates, provide
engraved laminated phenolic identification plates for each piece of
mechanical equipment. Identification plates are to designate the function
of the equipment. Submit designation with the shop drawings.
Identification plates shall be three layers, black-white-black, engraved to
show white letters on black background. Letters shall be upper case.
Identification plates 1-1/2-inches high and smaller shall be 1/16-inch
thick, with engraved lettering 1/8-inch high; identification plates larger
than 1-1/2-inches high shall be 1/8-inch thick, with engraved lettering of
suitable height. Identification plates 1-1/2-inches high and larger shall
have beveled edges. Install identification plates using a compatible
adhesive.
2.3
EQUIPMENT GUARDS AND ACCESS
Fully enclose or guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting
setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts exposed to personnel contact
according to OSHA requirements. Properly guard or cover with insulation of
a type specified, high temperature equipment and piping exposed to contact
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
by personnel or where it creates a potential fire hazard.
2.4
ELECTRICAL WORK
a.
Provide motors, controllers, integral disconnects, contactors, and
controls with their respective pieces of equipment, except controllers
indicated as part of motor control centers. Provide electrical
equipment, including motors and wiring, as specified in Section 26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. Provide manual or automatic control and
protective or signal devices required for the operation specified and
control wiring required for controls and devices specified, but not
shown. For packaged equipment, include manufacturer provided
controllers with the required monitors and timed restart.
b.
For single-phase motors, provide high-efficiency type,
fractional-horsepower alternating-current motors, including motors that
are part of a system, in accordance with NEMA MG 11. Integral size
motors shall be the premium efficiency type in accordance with NEMA MG 1.
c.
For polyphase motors, provide squirrel-cage medium induction motors,
including motors that are part of a system , and that meet the
efficiency ratings for premium efficiency motors in accordance with
NEMA MG 1. Select premium efficiency polyphase motors in accordance
with NEMA MG 10.
d.
Provide motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1 and of sufficient size to
drive the load at the specified capacity without exceeding the
nameplate rating of the motor. Provide motors rated for continuous
duty with the enclosure specified. Provide motor duty that allows for
maximum frequency start-stop operation and minimum encountered interval
between start and stop. Provide motor torque capable of accelerating
the connected load within 20 seconds with 80 percent of the rated
voltage maintained at motor terminals during one starting period.
Provide motor starters complete with thermal overload protection and
other necessary appurtenances. Fit motor bearings with grease supply
fittings and grease relief to outside of the enclosure.
2.5
ANCHOR BOLTS
Provide anchor bolts for equipment placed on concrete equipment pads or on
concrete slabs. Bolts to be of the size and number recommended by the
equipment manufacturer and located by means of suitable templates.
Installation of anchor bolts shall not degrade the surrounding concrete.
2.6
SEISMIC ANCHORAGE
Anchor equipment in accordance with applicable seismic criteria for the
area and as defined in SMACNA 1650
2.7
PAINTING
Paint equipment units in accordance with approved equipment manufacturer's
standards unless specified otherwise. Field retouch only if approved.
Otherwise, return equipment to the factory for refinishing.
2.8
INDOOR AIR QUALITY
Provide equipment and components that comply with the requirements of
ASHRAE 62.1 unless more stringent requirements are specified herein.
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.9
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
DUCT SYSTEMS
2.9.1
Metal Ductwork
Provide metal ductwork construction, including all fittings and components,
that complies with SMACNA 1966, as supplemented and modified by this
specification and Section 23 31 13.
2.9.2
Air Supply And Exhaust Air Dampers
Where outdoor air supply and exhaust air dampers are required they shall
have a maximum leakage rate when tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D as
required by ASHRAE 90.1 - IP, including:
Maximum Damper Leakage for:
1) The maximum damper leakage at 1.0 inch w.g. is 3 cfm per square foot
and for non-motorized dampers is 20 cfm per square foot of damper area.
Non-motorized dampers smaller than 24 inches in either direction may have
leakage of 40 cfm per square foot.
2.9.3
2.9.3.1
Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles
Registers and Grilles
Provide units that are four-way directional-control type, except provide
return and exhaust registers that are fixed horizontal or vertical louver
type similar in appearance to the supply register face. Furnish registers
with sponge-rubber gasket between flanges and wall or ceiling. Install
wall supply registers at least 6 inches below the ceiling unless otherwise
indicated. Locate return and exhaust registers 6 inches above the floor
unless otherwise indicated. Achieve four-way directional control by a
grille face which can be rotated in 4 positions or by adjustment of
horizontal and vertical vanes. Provide grilles as specified for registers,
without volume control damper.
2.10
2.10.1
ENERGY RECOVERY DEVICES
Rotary Wheel
Provide unit that is a factory fabricated and tested assembly for
air-to-air energy recovery by transfer of sensible and latent heat from
exhaust air to supply air stream, with device performance according to
ASHRAE 84 and that delivers an energy transfer effectiveness of not less
than 70 percent with cross-contamination not in excess of 0.1 percent of
exhaust airflow rate at system design differential pressure, including
purging sector if provided with wheel. Provide exchange media that is
chemically inert, moisture-resistant, fire-retardant, laminated,
nonmetallic material which complies with NFPA 90A. Isolate exhaust and
supply streams by seals which are static, field adjustable, and
replaceable. Equip chain drive mechanisms with ratcheting torque limiter
or slip-clutch protective device. Fabricate enclosure from galvanized
steel and include provisions for maintenance access. Provide recovery
control and rotation failure provisions as indicated to prevent from
freezing. Provide defrost option.
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.11
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
FACTORY PAINTING
Factory paint new equipment, which are not of galvanized construction.
Paint with a corrosion resisting paint finish according to ASTM A 123/A 123M
or ASTM A 924/A 924M. Clean, phosphatize and coat internal and external
ferrous metal surfaces with a paint finish which has been tested according
to ASTM B 117, ASTM D 1654, and ASTM D 3359. Submit evidence of
satisfactory paint performance for a minimum of 125 hours for units to be
installed indoors and 500 hours for units to be installed outdoors.
Provide rating of failure at the scribe mark that is not less than 6,
average creepage not greater than 1/8 inch. Provide rating of the
inscribed area that is not less than 10, no failure. On units constructed
of galvanized steel that have been welded, provide a final shop docket of
zinc-rich protective paint on exterior surfaces of welds or welds that have
burned through from the interior according to ASTM D 520 Type I.
Factory painting that has been damaged prior to acceptance by the
Contracting Officer shall be field painted in compliance with the
requirements of paragraph FIELD PAINTING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.
2.12
2.12.1
SUPPLEMENTAL COMPONENTS/SERVICES
Condensate Drain Lines
Provide and install condensate drainage for each item of equipment that
generates condensate. Use PVC pipe as recommended by manufacturer.
2.12.2
Insulation
The requirements for shop and field applied insulation are specified in
Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.
2.12.3
Controls
The requirements for controls are specified in Section 23 05 93 TESTING,
ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF HVAC SYSTEMS and 23 09 23 BACnet DIRECT DIGITAL
CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR HVAC.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
After becoming familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions
in the field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before
performing the work.
3.2
INSTALLATION
a.
Install materials and equipment in accordance with the requirements of
the contract drawings and approved manufacturer's installation
instructions. Accomplish installation by workers skilled in this type
of work. Perform installation so that there is no degradation of the
designed fire ratings of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors.
b.
No installation is permitted to block or otherwise impede access to any
existing machine or system. Install all hinged doors to swing open a
minimum of 120 degrees. Provide an area in front of all access doors
that clears a minimum of 3 feet. In front of all access doors to
electrical circuits, clear the area the minimum distance to energized
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
circuits as specified in OSHA Standards, part 1910.333
(Electrical-Safety Related work practices)and an additional 3 feet.
c.
3.2.1
Except as otherwise indicated, install emergency switches and alarms in
conspicuous locations. Mount all indicators, to include gauges,
meters, and alarms in order to be easily visible by people in the area.
Condensate Drain Lines
Provide water seals in the condensate drain from all units. Provide a
depth of each seal of 2 inches plus the number of inches, measured in water
gauge, of the total static pressure rating of the unit to which the drain
is connected. Provide water seals that are constructed of 2 tees and an
appropriate U-bend with the open end of each tee plugged. Provide pipe cap
or plug cleanouts where indicated. Spill drain on the sloped roof.
3.2.2
Equipment and Installation
Provide frames and supports for air handling rooftop units requiring
supports as specified in Section 23 05 48.
3.2.3
Access Panels
Install access panels for concealed valves, vents, controls, dampers, and
items requiring inspection or maintenance of sufficient size, and locate
them so that the concealed items are easily serviced and maintained or
completely removed and replaced.
3.2.4
Flexible Duct
Install pre-insulated flexible duct in accordance with the latest printed
instructions of the manufacturer to ensure a vapor tight joint. Provide
hangers, when required to suspend the duct, of the type recommended by the
duct manufacturer and set at the intervals recommended.
3.2.5
Metal Ductwork
Install according to SMACNA 1966 unless otherwise indicated. Install duct
supports for sheet metal ductwork according to SMACNA 1966, unless
otherwise specified. Do not use friction beam clamps indicated in
SMACNA 1966. Anchor risers on high velocity ducts in the center of the
vertical run to allow ends of riser to move due to thermal expansion.
Erect supports on the risers that allow free vertical movement of the
duct. Attach supports only to structural framing members and concrete
slabs. Do not anchor supports to metal decking unless a means is provided
and approved for preventing the anchor from puncturing the metal decking.
Where supports are required between structural framing members, provide
suitable intermediate metal framing. Where C-clamps are used, provide
retainer clips.
3.2.6
Insulation
Provide thickness and application of insulation materials for ductwork,
piping, and equipment according to Section 23 07 00 THERMAL INSULATION FOR
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. Externally insulate outdoor air intake ducts and
plenums.
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.2.7
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Duct Test Holes
Provide holes with closures or threaded holes with plugs in ducts and
plenums as indicated or where necessary for the use of pitot tube in
balancing the air system. Plug insulated duct at the duct surface, patched
over with insulation and then marked to indicate location of test hole if
needed for future use.
3.2.8
Power Transmission Components Adjustment
Test V-belts and sheaves for proper alignment and tension prior to
operation and after 72 hours of operation at final speed. Uniformly load
belts on drive side to prevent bouncing. Make alignment of direct driven
couplings to within 50 percent of manufacturer's maximum allowable range of
misalignment.
3.3
CUTTING AND PATCHING
Install work in such a manner and at such time that a minimum of cutting
and patching of the building structure is required. Make holes in exposed
locations, in or through existing floors, by drilling and smooth by
sanding. Use of a jackhammer is permitted only where specifically
approved. Make holes through masonry walls to accommodate sleeves with an
iron pipe masonry core saw.
3.4
CLEANING
Thoroughly clean surfaces of piping and equipment that have become covered
with dirt, plaster, or other material during handling and construction
before such surfaces are prepared for final finish painting or are enclosed
within the building structure. Before final acceptance, clean mechanical
equipment, including piping, ducting, and fixtures, and free from dirt,
grease, and finger marks. When the work area is in an occupied space such
as office, laboratory or warehouse protect all furniture and equipment from
dirt and debris. Incorporate housekeeping for field construction work
which leaves all furniture and equipment in the affected area free of
construction generated dust and debris; and, all floor surfaces
vacuum-swept clean.
3.5
PENETRATIONS
Provide sleeves and prepared openings for duct mains, branches, and other
penetrating items, and install during the construction of the surface to be
penetrated. Cut sleeves flush with each surface. Place sleeves for round
duct 15 inches and smaller. Build framed, prepared openings for round duct
larger than 15 inches and square, rectangular or oval ducts. Sleeves and
framed openings are also required where grilles, registers, and diffusers
are installed at the openings. Provide one inch clearance between
penetrating and penetrated surfaces except at grilles, registers, and
diffusers. Pack spaces between sleeve or opening and duct or duct
insulation with mineral fiber conforming with ASTM C 553, Type 1, Class B-2.
a.
Sleeves: Fabricate sleeves, except as otherwise specified or indicated,
from 20 gauge thick mill galvanized sheet metal. Where sleeves are
installed in bearing walls or partitions, provide black steel pipe
conforming with ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 20.
b.
Framed Prepared Openings: Fabricate framed prepared openings from 20
gauge galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated.
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
c.
Insulation: Provide duct insulation in accordance with Section 23 07 00
THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS continuous through sleeves
and prepared openings except firewall penetrations. Terminate duct
insulation at fire dampers and flexible connections. For duct handling
air at or below 60 degrees F, provide insulation continuous over the
damper collar and retaining angle of fire dampers, which are exposed to
unconditioned air.
d.
Closure Collars: Provide closure collars of a minimum 4 inches wide,
unless otherwise indicated, for exposed ducts and items on each side of
penetrated surface, except where equipment is installed. Install
collar tight against the surface and fit snugly around the duct or
insulation. Grind sharp edges smooth to prevent damage to penetrating
surface. Fabricate collars for round ducts 15 inches in diameter or
less from 20 gauge galvanized steel. Fabricate collars for square and
rectangular ducts, or round ducts with minimum dimension over 15 inches
from 18 gauge galvanized steel. Fabricate collars for square and
rectangular ducts with a maximum side of 15 inches or less from 20 gauge
galvanized steel. Install collars with fasteners a maximum of 6 inches
on center. Attach to collars a minimum of 4 fasteners where the
opening is 12 inches in diameter or less, and a minimum of 8 fasteners
where the opening is 20 inches in diameter or less.
e.
Firestopping: Where ducts pass through fire-rated walls, fire
partitions, and fire rated chase walls, seal the penetration with fire
stopping materials as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING.
3.6
FIELD PAINTING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EXPOSED DUCTWORK
Clean, pretreat, prime and paint metal surfaces; except aluminum surfaces
need not be painted. Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces. Clean the
surfaces to remove dust, dirt, rust, oil and grease by wire brushing and
solvent degreasing prior to application of paint, except clean to bare
metal on metal surfaces subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F.
Where more than one coat of paint is specified, apply the second coat after
the preceding coat is thoroughly dry. Lightly sand damaged painting and
retouch before applying the succeeding coat. Provide aluminum or light
gray finish coat.
a.
3.6.1
Temperatures less than 120 degrees F: Immediately after cleaning, apply
one coat of pretreatment primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness
of 0.3 mil, one coat of primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness
of one mil; and two coats of enamel applied to a minimum dry film
thickness of one mil per coat to metal surfaces subject to temperatures
less than 120 degrees F.
Color Coding Scheme for Locating Hidden Utility Components
Use scheme in buildings having suspended grid ceilings. Provide color
coding scheme that identifies points of access for maintenance and
operation of components and equipment that are not visible from the
finished space and are accessible from the ceiling grid, consisting of a
color code board and colored metal disks. Make each colored metal disk
approximately 3/8 inch diameter and secure to removable ceiling panels with
fasteners. Insert each fastener into the ceiling panel so as to be
concealed from view. Provide fasteners that are manually removable without
the use of tools and that do not separate from the ceiling panels when the
panels are dropped from ceiling height. Make installation of colored metal
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
disks follow completion of the finished surface on which the disks are to
be fastened. Provide color code board that is approximately 3 foot wide,
30 inches high, and 1/2 inches thick. Make the board of wood fiberboard
and frame under glass or 1/16 inch transparent plastic cover. Make the
color code symbols approximately 3/4 inch in diameter and the related
lettering in 1/2 inch high capital letters. Mount the color code board in
the mechanical or equipment room. Make the color code system as indicated.
3.7
IDENTIFICATION SYSTEMS
Provide identification tags made of brass, engraved laminated plastic, or
engraved anodized aluminum, indicating service and item number on all
valves and dampers. Provide tags that are 1-3/8 inch minimum diameter with
stamped or engraved markings. Make indentations black for reading
clarity. Attach tags to valves with No. 12 AWG 0.0808-inch diameter
corrosion-resistant steel wire, copper wire, chrome-plated beaded chain or
plastic straps designed for that purpose.
3.8
DUCTWORK LEAK TESTS
The requirements for ductwork leak tests are specified in Section 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC.
3.9
DAMPER ACCEPTANCE TEST
Submit the proposed schedule, at least 2 weeks prior to the start of test.
Operate all fire dampers and smoke dampers under normal operating
conditions, prior to the occupancy of a building to determine that they
function properly. Test each fire damper equipped with fusible link by
having the fusible link cut in place. Test dynamic fire dampers with the
air handling and distribution system running. Reset all fire dampers with
the fusible links replaced after acceptance testing. To ensure optimum
operation and performance, install the damper so it is square and free from
racking.
3.10
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
The requirements for testing, adjusting, and balancing are specified in
Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC. Begin testing,
adjusting, and balancing only when the air supply and distribution,
including controls, has been completed, with the exception of performance
tests.
3.11
PERFORMANCE TESTS
After testing, adjusting, and balancing is complete as specified, test each
system as a whole to see that all items perform as integral parts of the
system and temperatures and conditions are evenly controlled throughout the
building. Record the testing during the applicable season. Make
corrections and adjustments as necessary to produce the conditions
indicated or specified. Conduct capacity tests and general operating tests
by an experienced engineer. Provide tests that cover a period of not less
than 7 days for each system and demonstrate that the entire system is
functioning according to the specifications. Make coincidental chart
recordings at points indicated on the drawings for the duration of the time
period and record the temperature at space thermostats or space sensors,
the humidity at space humidistats or space sensors and the ambient
temperature and humidity in a shaded and weather protected area.
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Submit test reports for the ductwork leak test, and performance tests in
booklet form, upon completion of testing. Document phases of tests
performed including initial test summary, repairs/adjustments made, and
final test results in the reports.
3.12
CLEANING AND ADJUSTING
Provide a temporary bypass for water coils to prevent flushing water from
passing through coils. Thoroughly clean ducts, plenums, and casing of
debris and blow free of small particles of rubbish and dust and then vacuum
clean before installing outlet faces. Wipe equipment clean, with no traces
of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots. Provide temporary filters prior to
startup of all fans that are operated during construction, and install new
filters after all construction dirt has been removed from the building, and
the ducts, plenums, casings, and other items specified have been vacuum
cleaned. Maintain system in this clean condition until final acceptance.
Properly lubricate bearings with oil or grease as recommended by the
manufacturer. Tighten belts to proper tension. Adjust control valves and
other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment to setting indicated or
directed. Adjust fans to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet
specified conditions. Maintain all equipment installed under the contract
until close out documentation is received, the project is completed and the
building has been documented as beneficially occupied.
3.13
3.13.1
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
Submit six manuals at least 2 weeks prior to field training. Submit data
complying with the requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE DATA. Submit Data Package 3 for the items/units listed under
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
3.13.2
Operation And Maintenance Training
Conduct a training course for the members of the operating staff as
designated by the Contracting Officer.
Make the training period consist
of a total of 8 hours of normal working time and start it after all work
specified herein is functionally completed and the Performance Tests have
been approved. Conduct field instruction that covers all of the items
contained in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals as well as
demonstrations of routine maintenance operations. Submit the proposed
On-site Training schedule concurrently with the Operation and Maintenance
Manuals and at least 14 days prior to conducting the training course.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 00 00
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 03 00.00 20
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
08/10
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM B 117
(2009) Standing Practice for Operating
Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE C2
(2007; TIA 2007-1; TIA 2007-2; TIA 2007-3;
TIA 2007-4; TIA 2007-5; Errata 2006-1;
Errata 2007-2; Errata 2009-3) National
Electrical Safety Code
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA MG 1
(2009) Motors and Generators
NEMA MG 10
(2001; R 2007) Energy Management Guide for
Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency
Medium AC Squirrel-Cage Polyphase
Induction Motors
NEMA MG 11
(1977; R 1997; R 2001; R 2007) Energy
Management Guide for Selection and Use of
Single Phase Motors
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70
1.2
(2011) National Electrical Code
SUBMITTALS
The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Certification
1.3
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
This section applies to all sections of Divisions: 23, HEATING,
VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING of this project specification, unless
specified otherwise in the individual section.
SECTION 23 03 00.00 20
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.4
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1
Material and Equipment Qualifications
Provide materials and equipment that are standard products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products, which are of a
similar material, design and workmanship. Standard products shall have
been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid
opening. The 2-year use shall include applications of equipment and
materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The product
shall have been for sale on the commercial market through advertisements,
manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2 year period.
1.4.2
Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a two-year field service record will be
acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not
less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturer's factory or laboratory
tests, can be shown.
1.4.3
Service Support
The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations. Submit a
certified list of qualified permanent service organizations for support of
the equipment which includes their addresses and qualifications. These
service organizations shall be reasonably convenient to the equipment
installation and able to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a
regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract.
1.4.4
Manufacturer's Nameplate
Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's
name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a
conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be
acceptable.
1.4.5
Modification of References
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been
substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in
these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction", or words of
similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer.
1.4.5.1
Definitions
For the International Code Council (ICC) Codes referenced in the contract
documents, advisory provisions shall be considered mandatory, the word
"should" shall be interpreted as "shall." Reference to the "code official"
shall be interpreted to mean the "Contracting Officer." For Navy owned
property, references to the "owner" shall be interpreted to mean the
"Contracting Officer." For leased facilities, references to the "owner"
shall be interpreted to mean the "lessor." References to the "permit
holder" shall be interpreted to mean the "Contractor."
1.4.5.2
Administrative Interpretations
For ICC Codes referenced in the contract documents, the provisions of
Chapter 1, "Administrator," do not apply. These administrative
SECTION 23 03 00.00 20
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
requirements are covered by the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulations
(FAR) included in this contract and by the authority granted to the Officer
in Charge of Construction to administer the construction of this project.
References in the ICC Codes to sections of Chapter 1, shall be applied
appropriately by the Contracting Officer as authorized by his
administrative cognizance and the FAR.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before
and during installation in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, and as approved by the Contracting Officer. Replace
damaged or defective items.
1.6
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Furnish motors, controllers, disconnects and contactors with their
respective pieces of equipment. Motors, controllers, disconnects and
contactors shall conform to and have electrical connections provided under
Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. Furnish internal wiring for
components of packaged equipment as an integral part of the equipment.
Extended voltage range motors will not be permitted. Controllers and
contactors shall have a maximum of 120 volt control circuits, and shall
have auxiliary contacts for use with the controls furnished. When motors
and equipment furnished are larger than sizes indicated, the cost of
additional electrical service and related work shall be included under the
section that specified that motor or equipment. Power wiring and conduit
for field installed equipment shall be provided under and conform to the
requirements of Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
1.7
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and
requirements specified herein.
1.7.1
New Work
Provide electrical components of mechanical equipment, such as motors,
motor starters (except starters/controllers which are indicated as part of
a motor control center), control or push-button stations, float or pressure
switches, solenoid valves, integral disconnects, and other devices
functioning to control mechanical equipment, as well as control wiring and
conduit for circuits rated 100 volts or less, to conform with the
requirements of the section covering the mechanical equipment. Extended
voltage range motors shall not be permitted. The interconnecting power
wiring and conduit, control wiring rated 120 volts (nominal) and conduit,
the motor control equipment forming a part of motor control centers, and
the electrical power circuits shall be provided under Division 26, except
internal wiring for components of package equipment shall be provided as an
integral part of the equipment. When motors and equipment furnished are
larger than sizes indicated, provide any required changes to the electrical
service as may be necessary and related work as a part of the work for the
section specifying that motor or equipment.
1.7.2
Modifications to Existing Systems
Where existing mechanical systems and motor-operated equipment require
modifications, provide electrical components under Division 26.
SECTION 23 03 00.00 20
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.7.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
High Efficiency Motors
1.7.3.1
High Efficiency Single-Phase Motors
Unless otherwise specified, single-phase fractional-horsepower
alternating-current motors shall be high efficiency types corresponding to
the applications listed in NEMA MG 11.
1.7.3.2
High Efficiency Polyphase Motors
Unless otherwise specified, polyphase motors shall be selected based on
high efficiency characteristics relative to the applications as listed in
NEMA MG 10. Additionally, polyphase squirrel-cage medium induction motors
with continuous ratings shall meet or exceed energy efficient ratings in
accordance with Table 12-6C of NEMA MG 1.
1.7.4
Three-Phase Motor Protection
Provide controllers for motors rated one 1 horsepower and larger with
electronic phase-voltage monitors designed to protect motors from
phase-loss, undervoltage, and overvoltage. Provide protection for motors
from immediate restart by a time adjustable restart relay.
1.8
INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL
When specified in other sections, furnish the services of competent
instructors to give full instruction to the designated Government personnel
in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance, including pertinent safety
requirements, of the specified equipment or system. Instructors shall be
thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation and shall be trained
in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work.
Instruction shall be given during the first regular work week after the
equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to the Government for
regular operation. The number of man-days (8 hours per day) of instruction
furnished shall be as specified in the individual section. When more than
4 man-days of instruction are specified, use approximately half of the time
for classroom instruction. Use other time for instruction with the
equipment or system.
When significant changes or modifications in the equipment or system are
made under the terms of the contract, provide additional instruction to
acquaint the operating personnel with the changes or modifications.
1.9
ACCESSIBILITY
Install all work so that parts requiring periodic inspection, operation,
maintenance, and repair are readily accessible. Install concealed valves,
expansion joints, controls, dampers, and equipment requiring access, in
locations freely accessible through access doors.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used
SECTION 23 03 00.00 20
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
PART 3
3.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
EXECUTION
PAINTING OF NEW EQUIPMENT
New equipment painting shall be factory applied or shop applied, and shall
be as specified herein, and provided under each individual section.
3.1.1
Factory Painting Systems
Manufacturer's standard factory painting systems may be provided subject to
certification that the factory painting system applied will withstand 125
hours in a salt-spray fog test, except that equipment located outdoors
shall withstand 500 hours in a salt-spray fog test. Salt-spray fog test
shall be in accordance with ASTM B 117, and for that test the acceptance
criteria shall be as follows: immediately after completion of the test,
the paint shall show no signs of blistering, wrinkling, or cracking, and no
loss of adhesion; and the specimen shall show no signs of rust creepage
beyond 0.125 inch on either side of the scratch mark.
The film thickness of the factory painting system applied on the equipment
shall not be less than the film thickness used on the test specimen. If
manufacturer's standard factory painting system is being proposed for use
on surfaces subject to temperatures above 120 degrees F, the factory
painting system shall be designed for the temperature service.
3.1.2
Shop Painting Systems for Metal Surfaces
Clean, pretreat, prime and paint metal surfaces; except aluminum surfaces
need not be painted. Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces. Clean the
surfaces to remove dust, dirt, rust, oil and grease by wire brushing and
solvent degreasing prior to application of paint, except metal surfaces
subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F shall be cleaned to bare
metal.
Where more than one coat of paint is specified, apply the second coat after
the preceding coat is thoroughly dry. Lightly sand damaged painting and
retouch before applying the succeeding coat. Color of finish coat shall be
aluminum or light gray.
a.
Temperatures Less Than 120 Degrees F: Immediately after cleaning, the
metal surfaces subject to temperatures less than 120 degrees F shall
receive one coat of pretreatment primer applied to a minimum dry film
thickness of 0.3 mil, one coat of primer applied to a minimum dry film
thickness of 1 mil; and two coats of enamel applied to a minimum dry
film thickness of 1 mil per coat.
b.
Temperatures Between 120 and 400 Degrees F: Metal surfaces subject to
temperatures between 120 and 400 degrees F shall receive two coats of
400 degrees F heat-resisting enamel applied to a total minimum
thickness of 2 mils.
c.
Temperatures Greater Than 400 Degrees F: Metal surfaces subject to
temperatures greater than 400 degrees F shall receive two coats of 600
degrees F heat-resisting paint applied to a total minimum dry film
thickness of 2 mils.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 03 00.00 20
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 05 48
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
11/10
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA (ASA)
ASA S2.71
(1983; R 2006) Guide to the Evaluation of
Human Exposure to Vibration in Buildings
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE HVAC APP IP HDBK
(2007; Errata 2010) HVAC Applications
Handbook, I-P Edition
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB)
NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS
1.2
(2005) Procedural Standards for Testing,
Adjusting and Balancing (TAB) of
Environmental Systems
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
applies to work specified in this section to the extent applicable.
All vibration-control apparatus must be the product of a single
manufacturing source, where possible. Human exposure levels should be
considered using ASA S2.71 and NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS.
Scheduled isolation mounting is in inches and is a minimum static
deflection.
Spans referred to in Part 2, "Vibration-Isolation Systems Application,"
must mean longest bay dimension.
Determine exact mounting sizes and number of isolators by the isolator
manufacturer based on equipment that will be installed. Check equipment
revolutions per minute (rpm) and spring deflections to verify that
resonance cannot occur.
Five working days prior to commencement of installation, submit
installation drawings for vibration isolator systems including equipment
and performance requirements.
Indicate within outline drawings for vibration isolator systems, overall
physical features, dimensions, ratings, service requirements, and weights
of equipment.
SECTION 23 05 48
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Ensure data includes the following:
a.
Mountings
b.
Bases
c.
Isolators
d.
Floor-Mounted Piping
e.
Vertical Piping
1.3
SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Installation Drawings
Outline Drawings
SD-03 Product Data
Equipment and Performance Data
Isolators
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
TYPE OF VIBRATION-ISOLATION PROVISIONS
Design for vibration isolation using NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS as
applicable to the following sections.
Submit test reports for testing vibration isolation for each type of
isolator and each type of base, and meet referenced standards contained
within this section. Include in test reports allowable deflection and
measured deflection also meeting referenced standards within this section.
2.1.1
Materials
Rubber must be natural rubber. Elastomer must be chloroprene. Shore A
durometer measurement of both materials and range between 40 and 60.
Inorganic materials such as precompressed, high-density, fibrous glass
encased in a resilient moisture-impervious membrane may be used in lieu of
specified natural rubber and elastomers. Where this substitution is made,
ensure specified deflections are modified by the manufacturing source to
accommodate physical characteristics of inorganic materials and to provide
equal or better vibration isolation.
Ensure weather-exposed metal vibration-isolator parts are corrosion
protected. Chloroprene coat springs.
2.1.2
Mountings
Provide the following mountings:
SECTION 23 05 48
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Type A: Composite pad, with 0.25-inch thick elastomer top and bottom
layers, molded to contain a pattern with nonslip characteristics in all
horizontal directions. Elastomer loading must not exceed 40 pounds per
square inch (psi). Minimum overall thickness must be 1 inch. Maximum
deflections up to 0.25-inch are allowed.
Type B: Double rubber-in-shear or elastomer-in-shear with molded-in
steel reinforcement in top and bottom. Maximum deflections up to 0.50
inch are allowed.
Type C: Free-standing laterally stable open-spring type for
deflections over 0.50 inch, with built-in bearing and leveling
provisions, 0.25-inch thick Type A base elastomer pads, and
accessories. Outside diameter of each spring must be equal to or
greater than 0.9 times the operating height of the spring under rated
load.
Type D: Partially housed type, containing one or more vertically
restrained springs with at least 0.50 inch clearance maintained around
springs, with adjustable limit stops, 0.25-inch thick Type A base
elastomer pads, and accessories.
Type E: Pendulum-suspension configuration with free-standing stable
spring with resilient horizontal and vertical restraints to allow
maximum movements of 0.25 inch in each direction, 0.25-inch thick Type
A base elastomer pads.
Type F: Combination spring and rubber-in-shear steel framed for
hanger-rod mounting. Minimum total static deflection must be 1 inch.
Type G: Air spring with body constructed of reinforced elastomer
specifically suitable for application environment. Select air spring
to provide a natural frequency equal to 5 inches of deflection of
conventional specified steel springs. Provide facilities for
dead-level adjustment and height-control of supported equipment.
2.1.3
Bases
Provide the following bases:
Type U: Unit isolators without rails, structural-steel bases, or
inertia blocks.
Type R: Rails, connected mill-rolled structural steel, of sufficient
dimension to preclude deflection at midpoint of unsupported span in
excess of 1/1,440th of the span between isolators, power transmission,
component misalignment, and any overhung weight. Where Type R bases
are specified and the equipment proposed requires additional base
support, use a Type S base.
Type S: Structural-steel bases common to a supported assembly, made
from welded-joint mill-rolled structural steel with closed-perimeter
configuration, isolators attached to outrigger supports. See
structural and mechanical detail drawings.
Height of steel members must be sufficient to provide stiffness
required to maintain equipment manufacturer's recommended alignment and
duty efficiency of power-transmission components. Height of steel
SECTION 23 05 48
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
member must not result in member deflection at midpoint of unsupported
span of more than 1/1,440th of the span between isolators. Minimum
height must be 5 inches.
Type CIB: Concrete inertia blocks must be common to the entire
assembly, and have welded-joint construction, mill-rolled
structural-steel perimeters, welded-in No. 4 reinforcing bars 8 inches
on center each way near the bottom of the block, outrigger-isolator
mounting provisions, anchor bolts, and be filled with 3,000 psi
cured-strength concrete.
Configuration of inertia bases must be rectangular to accommodate
equipment supported.
Minimum thickness of inertia base, in addition to providing suitable
mass, must be sufficient to provide stiffness to maintain equipment
manufacturer's recommended alignment and duty efficiency of
power-transmission components. Minimum thickness must be sufficient to
result in base deflection at midpoint of unsupported span of not more
than 1/1,440th of the span between isolators. Minimum thickness, the
preceding requirements not withstanding, must be 8 percent of the
longest base dimension.
Pumps with flexible couplings must not have inertia bases less than 8 inches
thick.
Minimum mass of concrete inertia block must be equal in weight to supported
equipment.
2.2
VIBRATION-ISOLATION SYSTEMS APPLICATION
Vibration isolation design per NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS or
ASHRAE HVAC APP IP HDBK, Chapter 37,.
2.2.1
Medium- And High-Pressure AHU Locations
Vibration-isolation provisions apply to roof-mounted Air Moving and
Conditioning Association Classes B and C packaged central-station units.
ON
BASEMENT
TYPE
BELOW-GRADE
EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS*
GRADE
ON GRADE
ON GRADE
20-FOOT
30-FOOT
40-FOOT
ON ROOF FLOOR-SPAN FLOOR-SPAN
PROVISIONS* PROVISIONS* PROVISIONS*
Through
20 hp
250 to
300 rpm
B-U-0.35
C-U-2.5
C-U-2.5
C-U-3.5
300 to
500 rpm
B-U-0.35
C-U-1.75
C-U-1.75
C-U-2.5
500 rpm
and over
B-U-0.35
C-U-1.0
C-U-1.0
C-U-1.75
*TYPE OF MOUNTING, BASE, AND MINIMUM DEFLECTION IN INCHES
SECTION 23 05 48
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
PART 3
3.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Rails, structural steel bases, and concrete inertia blocks must be raised
not less than 1 inch above the floor and be level when equipment supported
is under operating load.
Ensure vibration-isolation installation and deflection testing after
equipment start-up is directed by a competent representative of the
manufacturer.
3.2
TESTS AND REPORTS
Ensure vibration-isolation devices are deflection tested. Submit test
reports in accordance with paragraph entitled, "Submittal Procedures,"
substantiating that all equipment has been isolated as specified and that
minimum specified deflections have been met. Make all measurements in the
presence of the Contracting Officer.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 05 48
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
08/09
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)
AMCA 203
(1990) Field Performance Measurements of
Fan Systems
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 62.1
(2010) Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor
Air Quality
ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC)
AABC MN-1
(2002; 6th ed) National Standards for
Total System Balance
AABC MN-4
(1996) Test and Balance Procedures
NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION (NASA)
RCBEA GUIDE
(2004) NASA Reliability Centered Building
and Equipment Acceptance Guide
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB)
NEBB MASV
(2006) Procedural Standards for
Measurements of Sound and Vibration; 2nd
Edition
NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS
(2005) Procedural Standards for Testing,
Adjusting and Balancing (TAB) of
Environmental Systems
SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(SMACNA)
SMACNA 1143
(1985) HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual,
1st Edition
SMACNA 1780
(2002) HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting
and Balancing, 3rd Edition
SMACNA 1858
(2004) HVAC Sound And Vibration Manual First Edition
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 82
1.2
Protection of Stratospheric Ozone
DEFINITIONS
a.
AABC:
Associated Air Balance Council.
b.
COTR:
Contracting Officer's Technical Representative.
c.
DALT:
Duct air leakage test
d.
DALT'd:
e.
HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning; or heating,
ventilating, and cooling.
f.
NEBB:
g.
Out-of-tolerance data: Pertains only to field acceptance testing of
Final DALT or TAB report. When applied to DALT work, this phase means
"a leakage rate measured during DALT field acceptance testing which
exceeds the leakage rate allowed by SMACNA Leak Test Manual for an
indicated duct construction and sealant class.""a leakage rate measured
during DALT field acceptance testing which exceeds the leakage rate
allowed by Appendix D REQUIREMENTS FOR DUCT AIR LEAK TESTING." When
applied to TAB work this phase means "a measurement taken during TAB
field acceptance testing which does not fall within the range of plus 5
to minus 5 percent of the original measurement reported on the TAB
Report for a specific parameter."
h.
Season of maximum heating load: The time of year when the outdoor
temperature at the project site remains within plus or minus 30 degrees
Fahrenheit of the project site's winter outdoor design temperature,
throughout the period of TAB data recording.
i.
Season of maximum cooling load: The time of year when the outdoor
temperature at the project site remains within plus or minus 5 degrees
Fahrenheit of the project site's summer outdoor design temperature,
throughout the period of TAB data recording.
j.
Season 1, Season 2: Depending upon when the project HVAC is completed
and ready for TAB, Season 1 is defined, thereby defining Season 2.
Season 1 could be the season of maximum heating load, or the season of
maximum cooling load.
k.
Sound measurements terminology:
SMACNA 1858 (TABB).
l.
TAB:
m.
TAB'd:
n.
TAB Agency:
o.
TAB team field leader:
p.
TAB team supervisor:
Duct air leakage tested
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
Defined in AABC MN-1, NEBB MASV, or
Testing, adjusting, and balancing (of HVAC systems).
HVAC Testing/Adjusting/Balancing procedures performed.
SECTION 23 05 93
TAB Firm
TAB team field leader
TAB team engineer.
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
q.
TAB team technicians:
r.
TABB:
1.2.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
TAB team assistants.
Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau.
Similar Terms
In some instances, terminology differs between the Contract and the TAB
Standard primarily because the intent of this Section is to use the
industry standards specified, along with additional requirements listed
herein to produce optimal results.
The following table of similar terms is provided for clarification only.
Contract requirements take precedent over the corresponding AABC, NEBB, or
TABB requirements where differences exist.
SIMILAR TERMS
Contract Term
AABC
Term
NEBB
Term
TABB
Term
TAB Standard
National Standards
for
Testing and Balancing
Heating, Ventilating,
and Air Conditioning
Systems
Procedural Standards
for
Testing, Adjusting
and Balancing of
Environmental Systems
International
Standards for
Environmental
Systems Balance
TAB Specialist TAB Engineer
TAB Supervisor
TAB Supervisor
Systems
Readiness
Check
Field Readiness
Check & Preliminary
Field Procedures.
Field
Readiness
Check &
Prelim.
Field
Procedures
1.3
Construction Phase
Inspection
WORK DESCRIPTION
The work includes duct air leakage testing (DALT) and testing, adjusting,
and balancing (TAB) of new and existing heating, ventilating, and cooling
(HVAC) air distribution systems including equipment and performance data,
ducts which are located within, on, under, between, and adjacent to
buildings, including records of existing conditions.
Perform TAB in accordance with the requirements of the TAB procedural
standard recommended by the TAB trade association that approved the TAB
Firm's qualifications. Comply with requirements of AABC MN-1,
NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS, or SMACNA 1780 (TABB) as supplemented and
modified by this specification section. All recommendations and suggested
practices contained in the TAB procedural standards are considered
mandatory.
Conduct DALT and TAB of the indicated existing systems and equipment and
submit the specified DALT and TAB reports for approval. Conduct DALT
testing in compliance with the requirements specified in SMACNA 1143,
except as supplemented and modified by this section. Conduct DALT and TAB
work in accordance with the requirements of this section.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.3.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Air Distribution Systems
Test, adjust, and balance systems (TAB) in compliance with this section.
Obtain Contracting Officer's written approval before applying insulation to
exterior of air distribution systems as specified under Section 23 07 00
THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS.
1.3.2
TAB SCHEMATIC DRAWINGS
Show the following information on TAB Schematic Drawings:
1.
A unique number or mark for each piece of equipment or terminal.
2.
Air quantities at air terminals.
3.
Air quantities and temperatures in air handling unit schedules.
4.
Ductwork Construction and Leakage Testing Table that defines the DALT
test requirements, including each applicable HVAC duct system ID or
mark, duct pressure class, duct seal class, and duct leakage test
pressure. This table is included in the file for Graphics for Unified
Facilities Guide Specifications:
http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/NAVGRAPH/graphtoc.pdf
The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB) Specialist must review the
Contract Plans and Specifications and advise the Contracting Officer of any
deficiencies that would prevent the effective and accurate TAB of the
system, including records of existing conditions, and systems readiness
check. The TAB Specialist must provide a Design Review Report individually
listing each deficiency and the corresponding proposed corrective action
necessary for proper system operation.
Submit three copies of the TAB Schematic Drawings and Report Forms to the
Contracting Officer, no later than 21 days prior to the start of TAB field
measurements.
1.3.3
Related Requirements
Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
applies to work specified in this section.
Specific requirements relating to Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM)
principals and Predictive Testing and Inspection (PTI), by the construction
contractor to detect latent manufacturing and installation defects must be
followed as part of the Contractor's Quality Control program. Refer to the
paragraph titled "Sustainability" for detailed requirements.
Requirements for price breakdown of HVAC TAB work are specified in Section
01 20 00.00 20 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES.
Requirements for construction scheduling related to HVAC TAB work are
specified in Section 01 32 17.00 20 NETWORK ANALYSIS SCHEDULES (NAS).
1.4
SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
TAB Firm
Designation of TAB team field leader
SD-02 Shop Drawings
TAB Schematic Drawings and Report Forms
SD-03 Product Data
Equipment and Performance Data
SD-06 Test Reports
DALT and TAB Work Execution Schedule
DALT and TAB Procedures Summary
Design review report
Final DALT report
TAB report for Season 1
TAB report for Season 2
SD-07 Certificates
Independent TAB agency and personnel qualifications
Advance Notice of Season 1 TAB Field Work
Advance Notice of Season 2 TAB Field Work
TAB Firm
1.5
1.5.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Independent TAB Agency and Personnel Qualifications
To secure approval for the proposed agency, submit information certifying
that the TAB agency is a first tier subcontractor who is not affiliated
with any other company participating in work on this contract, including
design, furnishing equipment, or construction. Further, submit the
following, for the agency, to Contracting Officer for approval:
a.
Independent AABC or NEBB or TABB TAB agency:
TAB agency: AABC registration number and expiration date of current
certification; or NEBB certification number and expiration date of
current certification; or TABB certification number and expiration
date of current certification.
Current certificates: Registrations and certifications are current,
and valid for the duration of this contract. Renew Certifications
which expire prior to completion of the TAB work, in a timely
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
manner so that there is no lapse in registration or
certification. TAB agency or TAB team personnel without a current
registration or current certification are not to perform TAB work
on this contract.
1.5.2
TAB Standard
Perform TAB in accordance with the requirements of the standard under which
the TAB Firm's qualifications are approved, i.e., AABC MN-1,
NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS, or SMACNA 1780 unless otherwise specified
herein. All recommendations and suggested practices contained in the TAB
Standard are considered mandatory. Use the provisions of the TAB Standard,
including checklists, report forms, etc., as nearly as practical, to
satisfy the Contract requirements. Use the TAB Standard for all aspects of
TAB, including qualifications for the TAB Firm and Specialist and
calibration of TAB instruments. Where the instrument manufacturer
calibration recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the TAB
Standard, adhere to the manufacturer's recommendations.
All quality assurance provisions of the TAB Standard such as performance
guarantees are part of this contract. For systems or system components not
covered in the TAB Standard, TAB procedures must be developed by the TAB
Specialist. Where new procedures, requirements, etc., applicable to the
Contract requirements have been published or adopted by the body
responsible for the TAB Standard used (AABC, NEBB, or TABB), the
requirements and recommendations contained in these procedures and
requirements are considered mandatory, including the latest requirements of
ASHRAE 62.1.
1.5.3
Sustainability
Contractor must submit the following as part of the Quality Control Plan
for acceptance testing:
a.
List all test equipment to be used, including its manufacturer,model
number, calibration date, and serial number.
b.
Certificates of test personnel qualifications and certifications.
Provide certification of compliance with 40 CFR 82.
c.
Proof of equivalency if the contractor desires to substitute a test
requirement.
Perform the following PTI as an integral part of the TAB process per the
most recent edition of the NASA RCBEA GUIDE:
Fans:
a.
Balance Test and Measurement
HVAC Ducts:
a. Operational Test
b. Final DALT report
Underfloor Air Distribution Plenum:
a. Final DALT report
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.5.4
1.5.4.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Qualifications
TAB Firm
The TAB Firm must be either a member of AABC or certified by the NEBB or
the TABB and certified in all categories and functions where measurements
or performance are specified on the plans and specifications.
Certification must be maintained for the entire duration of duties
specified herein. If, for any reason, the firm loses subject certification
during this period, the Contractor must immediately notify the Contracting
Officer and submit another TAB Firm for approval. Any firm that has been
the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC, the NEBB, or the
TABB within the five years preceding Contract Award is not be eligible to
perform any duties related to the HVAC systems, including TAB. All work
specified in this Section and in other related Sections to be performed by
the TAB Firm will be considered invalid if the TAB Firm loses its
certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed by an
approved successor.
These TAB services are to assist the prime Contractor in performing the
quality oversight for which it is responsible. The TAB Firm must be a
prime subcontractor of the Contractor and be financially and corporately
independent of the mechanical subcontractor, reporting directly to and paid
by the Contractor.
1.5.4.2
TAB Specialist
The TAB Specialist must be either a member of AABC,an experienced
technician of the Firm certified by the NEBB, or a Supervisor certified by
the TABB. The certification must be maintained for the entire duration of
duties specified herein. If, for any reason, the Specialist loses subject
certification during this period, immediately notify the Contracting
Officer and submit another TAB Specialist for approval. Any individual
that has been the subject of disciplinary action by either the AABC, the
NEBB, or the TABB within the five years preceding Contract Award is not
eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC systems, including TAB.
All work specified in this Section and in other related Sections performed
by the TAB Specialist will be considered invalid if the TAB Specialist
loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed
by the approved successor.
1.5.4.3
TAB Specialist Responsibilities
TAB Specialist responsibilities include all TAB work specified herein and
in related sections under his direct guidance. The TAB specialist is
required to be onsite on a daily basis to direct TAB efforts. The TAB
Specialist must participate in the commissioning process specified in
Section 23 08 00.00 10 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS.
1.5.4.4
TAB Related HVAC Submittals
The TAB Specialist must prepare a list of the submittals from the Contract
Submittal Register that relate to the successful accomplishment of all HVAC
TAB. Accompany the submittals identified on this list with a letter of
approval signed and dated by the TAB Specialist when submitted to the
Government. Ensure that the location and details of ports, terminals,
connections, etc., necessary to perform TAB are identified on the
submittals.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.5.5
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Responsibilities
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance with the requirements
of this section. The following delineation of specific work
responsibilities is specified to facilitate TAB execution of the various
work efforts by personnel from separate organizations. This breakdown of
specific duties is specified to facilitate adherence to the schedule listed
in paragraph entitled "TAB Submittal and Work Schedule."
1.5.5.1
Contractor
a.
TAB personnel: Ensure that the DALT work and the TAB work is
accomplished by a group meeting the requirements specified in paragraph
entitled "TAB Personnel Qualification Requirements."
b.
Pre-DALT/TAB meeting: Attend the meeting with the TAB Supervisor, and
ensure that a representative is present for the sheetmetal contractor,
mechanical contractor, electrical contractor, and automatic temperature
controls contractor.
c.
HVAC documentation: Furnish one complete set of the following
HVAC-related documentation to the TAB agency:
(1)
Contract drawings and specifications
(2)
Approved submittal data for equipment
(3)
Construction work schedule
(4)
Up-to-date revisions and change orders for the previously listed
items
d.
Submittal and work schedules: Ensure that the schedule for submittals
and work required by this section and specified in paragraph entitled
"TAB Submittal and Work Schedule," is met.
e.
Coordination of supporting personnel:
Provide the technical personnel, such as factory representatives or
HVAC controls installer required by the TAB field team to support the
DALT and the TAB field measurement work.
Provide equipment mechanics to operate HVAC equipment and ductwork
mechanics to provide the field designated test ports to enable TAB
field team to accomplish the DALT and the TAB field measurement work.
Ensure these support personnel are present at the times required by the
TAB team, and cause no delay in the DALT and the TAB field work.
Conversely, ensure that the HVAC controls installer has required
support from the TAB team field leader to complete the controls check
out.
f.
Deficiencies: Ensure that the TAB Agency supervisor submits all
Design/Construction deficiency notifications directly to the
Contracting officer within 3 days after the deficiency is encountered.
Further, ensure that all such notification submittals are complete
with explanation, including documentation, detailing deficiencies.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
g.
Prerequisite HVAC work: Complete check out and debugging of HVAC
equipment, ducts, and controls prior to the TAB engineer arriving at
the project site to begin the TAB work. Debugging includes searching
for and eliminating malfunctioning elements in the HVAC system
installations, and verifying all adjustable devices are functioning as
designed. Include as prerequisite work items, the deficiencies pointed
out by the TAB team supervisor in the design review report.
h.
Prior to the TAB field team's arrival, ensure completion of the
applicable inspections and work items listed in the TAB team
supervisor's pre-field engineering report. Do not allow the TAB team
to commence TAB field work until all of the following are completed.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
HVAC system installations are fully complete.
HVAC prerequisite checkout work lists specified in the paragraph
"Pre-Field TAB Engineering Report" are completed, submitted, and
approved. Ensure that the TAB Agency gets a copy of the approved
prerequisite HVAC work checklist.
DALT field checks for all systems are completed.
HVAC system filters are clean for both Season 1 and Season 2 TAB
field work.
i.
Advance notice: Furnish to the Contracting Officer with advance
written notice for the commencement of the DALT field work and for the
commencement of the TAB field work.
j.
Insulation work: For required DALT work , ensure that insulation is
not installed on ducts to be DALT'd until DALT work on the subject
ducts is complete. Later, ensure that openings in duct and machinery
insulation coverings for TAB test ports are marked, closed and sealed.
1.5.5.2
TAB Agency
Provide the services of a TAB team which complies with the requirements of
paragraph entitled "Independent TAB Agency Personnel Qualifications". The
work to be performed by the TAB agency is limited to testing, adjusting,
and balancing of HVAC air and water systems to satisfy the requirements of
this specification section.
1.5.6
Test Reports
1.5.6.1
Data from DALT Field Work
Report the data for the Pre-final DALT Report and Certified Final DALT
Report in compliance the following requirements:
a.
Report format: Submit report data on Air Duct Leakage Test Summary
Report Forms as shown on Page 6-2 of SMACNA 1143. In addition, submit
in the report, a marked duct shop drawing which identifies each section
of duct tested with assigned node numbers for each section. Include
node numbers in the completed report forms to identify each duct
section. The TAB supervisor must review and certify the report.
b. Instruments: List the types of instruments actually used to measure the
data. Include in the listing each instrument's unique identification
number, calibration date, and calibration expiration date. Instruments
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
must have been calibrated within one year of the date of use in the
field. Instrument calibration must be traceable to the measuring
standards of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
c.
Certification: Include the typed name of the TAB supervisor and the
dated signature of the TAB supervisor.
1.5.6.2
Certified TAB Reports
Submit: TAB Report for Season 1 and TAB Report for Season 2 in the
following manner:
a.
Report format: Submit the completed pre-field data forms approved in
the pre-field TAB Engineering Report completed by TAB field team,
reviewed and certified by the TAB supervisor. Bind the report with a
waterproof front and back cover. Include a table of contents
identifying by page number the location of each report. Report forms
and report data must be typewritten. Handwritten report forms or
report data are not acceptable.
b.
Temperatures: On each TAB report form reporting TAB work accomplished
on HVAC thermal energy transfer equipment, include the indoor and
outdoor dry bulb temperature range and indoor and outdoor wet bulb
temperature range within which the TAB data was recorded. Include in
the TAB report continuous time versus temperature recording data of wet
and dry bulb temperatures for the rooms, or zones, as designated in the
following list:
c.
(1)
Measure and record data only after the HVAC systems installations
are complete, the systems fully balanced and the HVAC systems
controls operating in fully automatic mode.
(2)
Data may be compiled using direct digital controls trend logging
where available. Otherwise, temporarily install calibrated time
versus temperature/humidity recorders for this purpose. The HVAC
systems and controls must be fully operational a minimum of 24
hours in advance of commencing data compilation. Include the
specified data in the Season I and Season 2 TAB Report.
Static Pressure Profiles: RepoReport static pressure data for all
supply, exhaust air ducts for the systems listed. Include the
following in the static pressure report data, in addition to
AABC/NEBB/TABB required data:
(1)
Report supply fan and exhaust fan inlet and discharge static
pressures.
(2)
Report static pressure drop across chilled water coils, DX coils,
hot water coils, steam coils, electric resistance heating coils
and heat reclaim devices installed in unit cabinetry or the system
ductwork.
(3)
Report static pressure drop across outside air, return air, and
supply air automatic control dampers, both proportional and
two-position, installed in unit cabinetry.
(4)
Report static pressure drop across air filters, acoustic
silencers, moisture eliminators, air flow straighteners, air flow
measuring stations or other pressure drop producing specialty
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
items installed in unit cabinetry, or in the system ductwork.
Examples of these specialty items are smoke detectors, white sound
generators, RF shielding, wave guides, security bars, blast
valves, small pipes passing through ductwork, and duct mounted
humidifiers.
Do not report static pressure drop across duct fittings provided
for the sole purpose of conveying air, such as elbows,
transitions, offsets, plenums, manual dampers, and branch
takes-offs.
(5)
Report static pressure readings of supply air, return air,
exhaust/relief air, and outside air in duct at the point where
these ducts connect to each air moving unit and also at the
following locations:
Main Duct: Take readings at four locations along the full length of
the main duct, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent
of the total duct length.
Floor Branch Mains: Take readings at floor branch mains served by a
main duct vertical riser.
Branch Main Ducts: Take readings at branch main ducts.
d.
Duct Traverses: Report duct traverses for main and branch main supply,
exhaust, and air ducts. This includes all ducts, including those which
lack 7 1/2 duct diameters upstream and 2 1/2 duct diameters downstream
of straight duct unobstructed by duct fittings/offsets/elbows. The TAB
Agency must evaluate and report findings on the duct traverses taken.
Evaluate the suitability of the duct traverse measurement based on
satisfying the qualifications for a pilot traverse plane as defined by
AMCA 203, "Field Measurements", Section 8, paragraph 8.3, "Location of
Traverse Plane."
e.
Instruments: List the types of instruments actually used to measure
the tab data. Include in the listing each instrument's unique
identification number, calibration date, and calibration expiration
date.
Instrumentation, used for taking wet bulb temperature readings must
provide accuracy of plus or minus 5 percent at the measured face
velocities. Submit instrument manufacturer's literature to document
instrument accuracy performance is in compliance with that specified.
f.
Certification: Include the typed name of the TAB supervisor and the
dated signature of the TAB supervisor.
g.
Performance Curves: The TAB Supervisor must include, in the TAB
Reports, factory pump curves and fan curves for pumps and fans TAB'd on
the job.
h.
Calibration Curves: The TAB Supervisor must include, in the TAB
Reports, a factory calibration curve for installed flow control
balancing valves, flow venturi's and flow orifices TAB'd on the job.
1.6
WARRANTY
Furnish workmanship and performance warranty for the DALT and
SECTION 23 05 93
TAB system
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
work performed for a period not less than 1 year from the date of
Government acceptance of the work; issued directly to the Government.
Include provisions that if within the warranty period the system shows
evidence of major performance deterioration, or is significantly out of
tolerance, resulting from defective TAB or DALT workmanship, the corrective
repair or replacement of the defective materials and correction of the
defective workmanship is the responsibility of the TAB firm. Perform
corrective action that becomes necessary because of defective materials and
workmanship while system TAB and DALT is under warranty 7 days after
notification, unless additional time is approved by the Contracting
Officer. Failure to perform repairs within the specified period of time
constitutes grounds for having the corrective action and repairs performed
by others and the cost billed to the TAB firm. The Contractor must also
provide a 1 year contractor installation warranty.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3
3.1
3.1.1
EXECUTION
DALT PROCEDURES
Instruments, Consumables and Personnel
Provide instruments, consumables and personnel required to accomplish the
DALT field work. Follow the same basic procedure specified below for TAB
Field Work, including maintenance and calibration of instruments, accuracy
of measurements, preliminary procedures, field work, workmanship and
treatment of deficiencies. Calibrate and maintain instruments in
accordance with manufacturer's written procedures.
3.1.2
Ductwork To Be DALT'd
From each RTU-11, 12 & 13 duct system indicated as subject to DALT, the
COTR will randomly select sections of one of the completed duct systems for
testing by the Contractor's TAB Firm. The designer will identify the
system for testing if the COTR does not. The sections selected will not
exceed 50 percent of the total measured linear footage of duct systems
indicated as subject to DALT. Sections of duct systems subject to DALT
will include 50 percent of main ducts, branch main ducts, branch ducts and
plenums for supply, return, exhaust, and plenum ductwork.
It is acceptable to test an entire system in lieu of disassembling a system
to achieve test of portions of a system.
3.1.3
DALT Testing
Perform DALT on the HVAC duct sections of each system as selected by the
COTR. Use the duct class, seal class, leakage class and the leak test
pressure data indicated on the drawings, to comply with the procedures
specified in SMACNA 1143.
3.1.4
Certified Final DALT Report
The TAB Supervisor shall assemble, review, approve, sign and submit the
Final DALT Report in compliance with Appendix B REPORTS - DALT and TAB to
the Contracting Officer for approval.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.1.5
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Prerequisite for TAB Field Work
Do not commence TAB field work prior to the completion and approval, for
all systems, of the Final DALT Report.
3.2
TAB PROCEDURES
3.2.1
TAB Field Work
Provide instruments and consumables required to accomplish the TAB work.
Calibrate and maintain instruments in accordance with manufacturer's
written procedures.
Test, adjust, and balance the HVAC systems until measured flow rates (air
and water flow) are within plus or minus 10 percent of the design flow
rates as specified or indicated on the contract documents. Conduct TAB
work, including measurement accuracy, and sound measurement work in
conformance with the AABC MN-1 and AABC MN-4, or NEBB TABES and NEBB MASV,
or SMACNA 1780 (used by TABB) and SMACNA 1858 sound measurement
procedures, except as supplemented and modified by this section. The only
water flow and air flow reporting which can be deferred until the Season 2
is that data which would be affected in terms of accuracy due to outside
ambient conditions.
3.2.2
TAB Air Distribution Systems
3.2.2.1
Units With Coils
Report heating and cooling performance capacity tests for DX and coils for
the purpose of verifying that the coils meet the indicated design
capacity. Submit the following data and calculations with the coil test
reports:
a.
For air handlers with capacities greater than 7.5 tons (90,000 Btu)
cooling, such as factory manufactured units, central built-up units and
rooftop units, conduct capacity tests in accordance with AABC MN-4,
procedure 3.5, "Coil Capacity Testing."
Do not determine entering
single point measurement,
compliance with paragraph
AABC MN-4, Procedure 3.5,
and leaving wet and dry bulb temperatures by
but by the average of multiple readings in
3.5-5, "Procedures", (in subparagraph d.) of
"Coil Capacity Testing."
Submit part-load coil performance data from the coil manufacturer
converting test conditions to design conditions; use the data for the
purpose of verifying that the coils meet the indicated design capacity
in compliance with AABC MN-4, Procedure 3.5, "Coil Capacity Testing,"
paragraph 3.5.7, "Actual Capacity Vs. Design Capacity" (in subparagraph
c.).
3.2.2.2
Rooftop Air Handling Units
Air handling unit systems including fans (air handling unit fans, exhaust
fans), coils, ducts, plenums, mixing boxes, and air distribution devices
for supply air and exhaust air.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.2.3
3.2.3.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
TAB Work on Performance Tests With Seasonal Limitations
Performance Tests
Accomplish proportionate balancing TAB work on the air distribution systems
and water distribution systems, in other words, accomplish adjusting and
balancing of the air flows and water flows, any time during the duration of
this contract, subject to the limitations specified elsewhere in this
section. However, accomplish, within the following seasonal limitations,
TAB work on HVAC systems which directly transfer thermal energy.
3.2.3.2
Season Of Maximum Load
Visit the contract site for at least two TAB work sessions for TAB field
measurements. Visit the contract site during the season of maximum heating
load and visit the contract site during the season of maximum cooling load,
the goal being to TAB the operational performance of the heating systems and
cooling systems under their respective maximum outdoor environment-caused
loading. During the seasonal limitations, TAB the operational performance
of the heating systems and cooling systems.
3.2.3.3
Ambient Temperatures
On each tab report form used for recording data, record the outdoor and
indoor ambient dry bulb temperature range and the outdoor and indoor
ambient wet bulb temperature range within which the report form's data was
recorded. Record these temperatures at beginning and at the end of data
taking.
3.2.4
Workmanship
Conduct TAB work on the HVAC systems until measured flow rates are within
plus or minus 10 percent of the design flow rates as specified or indicated
on the contract documents. This TAB work includes adjustment of balancing
valves, balancing dampers, and sheaves. Further, this TAB work includes
changing out fan sheaves and pump impellers if required to obtain air and
water flow rates specified or indicated. If, with these adjustments and
equipment changes, the specified or indicated design flow rates cannot be
attained, contact the Contracting Officer for direction.
3.2.5
Deficiencies
Strive to meet the intent of this section to maximize the performance of
the equipment as designed and installed. However, if deficiencies in
equipment design or installation prevent TAB work from being accomplished
within the range of design values specified in the paragraph entitled
"Workmanship," provide written notice as soon as possible to the Contractor
and the Contracting Officer describing the deficiency and recommended
correction.
Responsibility for correction of installation deficiencies is the
Contractor's. If a deficiency is in equipment design, call the TAB team
supervisor for technical assistance. Responsibility for reporting design
deficiencies to Contractor is the TAB team supervisor's.
3.2.6
TAB Reports
Additional requirements for TAB Reports are specified in
REPORTS - DALT and TAB
SECTION 23 05 93
Appendix B
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
After completion of the TAB field work, prepare the TAB field data for TAB
supervisor's review and certification, using the reporting forms approved
in the pre-field engineering report. Data required by those approved data
report forms is to be furnished by the TAB team. Except as approved
otherwise in writing by the Contracting Officer, the TAB work and thereby
the TAB report is considered incomplete until the TAB work is accomplished
to within the accuracy range specified in the paragraph entitled
"Workmanship."
After completion of the TAB work, prepare a pre-final TAB report using the
reporting forms approved in the pre-field engineering report. Data
required by those approved data report forms is to be furnished by the TAB
team. Except as approved otherwise in writing by the Contracting Officer,
the TAB work and the TAB report is considered incomplete until the TAB work
is accomplished to within the accuracy range specified in the paragraph
entitled "Workmanship" of this section.
Prepare the report neatly and legibly; the pre-final TAB report is the
final TAB report minus the TAB supervisor's review and certification.
Obtain, at the contract site, the TAB supervisor's review and certification
of the TAB report.
Verbally notify the COTR that the field check of the TAB report data can
commence; give this verbal notice 48 hours in advance of field check
commencement. Do not schedule field check of the TAB report until the
specified workmanship requirements have been met or written approval of the
deviations from the requirements have been received from the Contracting
Officer.
3.2.7
Quality Assurance - COTR TAB Field Acceptance Testing
3.2.7.1
TAB Field Acceptance Testing
During the field acceptance testing, verify, in the presence of the COTR,
random selections of data (air quantities, air motion, sound level readings
) recorded in the TAB Report.
Points and areas for field acceptance
testing are to be selected by the COTR. Measurement and test procedures
are the same as approved for TAB work for the TAB Report.
Field acceptance testing includes verification of TAB Report data recorded
for the following equipment groups:
Group 1: 25 percent of the supply diffusers, registers, grilles
associated with constant volume air handling units.
Group 2: 25 percent of the return grilles, return registers, exhaust
grilles and exhaust registers.
Group 3:
30 percent of the package rooftop units.
Further, if any data on the TAB Report for Groups 1 through 3 is found not
to fall within the range of plus 5 to minus 5 percent of the TAB Report
data, additional group data verification is required in the presence of the
COTR.
Verify TAB Report data for one additional piece of equipment in
that group. Continue this additional group data verification until
out-of-tolerance data ceases to be found.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 15
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.2.7.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Additional COTR TAB Field Acceptance Testing
If any of the acceptance testing measurements for a given equipment group
is found not to fall within the range of plus 5 to minus 5 percent of the
TAB Report data, terminate data verification for all affected data for that
group. The affected data for the given group will be disapproved. Make
the necessary corrections and prepare a revised TAB Report. Reschedule
acceptance testing of the revised report data with the COTR.
Further, if any data on the TAB Report for a given field acceptance test
group is out-of-tolerance, then field test data for one additional field
test group as specified herein. Continue this increase field test work
until out-of-tolerance data ceases to to be found. This additional field
testing is up and above the original 25 percent of the of reported data
entries to be field tested.
If there are no more similar field test groups from which to choose,
additional field testing from another, but different, type of field testing
group must be tested.
3.2.7.3
Prerequisite for Approval
Compliance with the field acceptance testing requirements of this section
is a prerequisite for the final Contracting Officer approval of the TAB
Report submitted.
3.3
MARKING OF SETTINGS
Upon the final TAB work approval, permanently mark the settings of HVAC
adjustment devices including valves, gauges, splitters, and dampers so that
adjustment can be restored if disturbed at any time. Provide permanent
markings clearly indicating the settings on the adjustment devices which
result in the data reported on the submitted TAB report.
3.4
MARKING OF TEST PORTS
The TAB team is to permanently and legibly mark and identify the location
points of the duct test ports. If the ducts have exterior insulation, make
these markings on the exterior side of the duct insulation. Show the
location of test ports on the as-built mechanical drawings with dimensions
given where the test port is covered by exterior insulation.
3.5
APPENDICES
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
Appendix
A
B
C
D
WORK DESCRIPTIONS OF PARTICIPANTS
REPORTS - DALT and TAB
DALT AND TAB SUBMITTAL AND WORK SCHEDULE
REQUIREMENTS FOR DUCT AIR LEAK TESTING
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 16
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Appendix A
WORK DESCRIPTIONS OF PARTICIPANTS
The Contractor is responsible for ensuring compliance with all requirements
of this specification section. However, the following delineation of
specific work items is provided to facilitate and co-ordinate execution of
the various work efforts by personnel from separate organizations.
1.
Contractor
a.
HVAC documentation: Provide pertinent contract documentation to the
TAB Firm, to include the following: the contract drawings and
specifications; copies of the approved submittal data for all HVAC
equipment, air distribution devices, and air/water measuring/balancing
devices; the construction work schedule; and other applicable documents
requested by the TAB Firm. Provide the TAB Firm copies of contract
revisions and modifications as they occur.
b.
Coordinate Support: Provide and coordinate support personnel required
by the TAB Firm in order to accomplish the DALT and TAB field work.
Support personnel may include factory representatives, HVAC controls
installers, HVAC equipment mechanics, sheet metal workers, pipe
fitters, and insulators. Ensure support personnel are present at the
work site at the times required.
c.
Correct Deficiencies: Ensure the notifications of Construction
Deficiencies are provided as specified herein. Refer to the paragraph
entitled "Construction Deficiencies." Correct each deficiency as soon
as practical with the Contracting Officer, and submit revised schedules
and other required documentation.
d.
Pre-TAB Work Checklists: Complete check out and debugging of HVAC
equipment, ducts, and controls prior to the TAB engineer arriving at
the project site to begin the TAB work. Debugging includes searching
for and eliminating malfunctioning elements in the HVAC system
installations, and verifying all adjustable devices are functioning as
designed. Include as pre-TAB work checklist items, the deficiencies
pointed out by the TAB team supervisor in the design review report.
Prior to the TAB field team's arrival, ensure completion of the
applicable inspections and work items listed in the TAB team
supervisor's DALT and TAB Work Procedures Summary. Do not allow the
TAB team to commence TAB field work until all of the following are
completed.
2.
TAB Team Supervisor
a.
Overall management: Supervise and manage the overall TAB team work
effort, including preliminary and technical DALT and TAB procedures and
TAB team field work.
b.
Submittals:
c.
Support required: Specify the technical support personnel required
from the Contractor other than the TAB agency; such as factory
representatives for temperature controls or for complex equipment.
Inform the Contractor in writing of the support personnel needed and
SECTION 23 05 93
Provide the submittals specified herein.
Page 17
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
when they are needed. Furnish the notice as soon as the need is
anticipated, either with the design review report, or the DALT and TAB
Procedures Summary, the during the DALT or TAB field work.
Ensure the Contractor is properly notified and aware of all support
personnel needed to perform the TAB work. Maintain communication with
the Contractor regarding support personnel throughout the duration of
the TAB field work, including the TAB field acceptance testing checking.
Ensure all inspections and verifications for the Pre-Final DALT and
Pre-TAB Checklists are completely and successfully conducted before
DALT and TAB field work is performed.
d.
Technical Assistance:
field work.
Provide technical assistance to the DALT and TAB
e.
Deficiencies Notification: Ensure the notifications of Construction
Deficiencies are provided as specified herein. Comply with
requirements of the paragraph entitled "Construction Deficiencies."
Resolve each deficiency as soon as practical and submit revised
schedules and other required documentation.
f. Procedures: Develop the required TAB procedures for systems or system
components not covered in the TAB Standard.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 18
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Appendix B
REPORTS - DALT and TAB
All submitted documentation must be typed, neat, and organized. All
reports must have a waterproof front and back cover, a title page, a
certification page, sequentially numbered pages throughout, and a table of
contents. Tables, lists, and diagrams must be titled. Generate and submit
for approval the following documentation:
1.
DALT and TAB Work Execution Schedule
Submit a detailed schedule indicating the anticipated calendar date for
each submittal and each portion of work required under this section. For
each work entry, indicate the support personnel (such as controls provider,
HVAC mechanic, etc.) that are needed to accomplish the work. Arrange
schedule entries chronologically.
2.
DALT and TAB Procedures Summary
Submit a detailed narrative describing all aspects of the DALT and TAB
field work to be performed. Clearly distinguish between DALT information
and TAB information. Include the following:
a.
A list of the intended procedural steps for the DALT and TAB field work
from start to finish. Indicate how each type of data measurement will
be obtained. Include what Contractor support personnel are required
for each step, and the tasks they need to perform.
b.
A list of the project's submittals that are needed by the TAB Firm in
order to meet this Contract's requirements.
c.
The schematic drawings to be used in the required reports, which may
include building floor plans, mechanical room plans, duct system plans,
and equipment elevations. Indicate intended TAB measurement locations,
including where test ports need to be provided by the Contractor.
d.
The data presentation forms to be used in the report, with the
preliminary information and initial design values filled in.
e.
A list of DALT and TAB instruments to be used, edited for this project,
to include the instrument name and description, manufacturer, model
number, scale range, published accuracy, most recent calibration date,
and what the instrument will be used for on this project.
f.
A thorough checklist of the work items and inspections that need to be
accomplished before DALT field work can be performed. The Contractor
must complete, submit, and receive approval of the Completed Pre-Final
DALT Work Checklist before DALT field work can be accomplished.
g.
A thorough checklist of the work items and inspections that need to be
accomplished before the Season 1 TAB field work can be performed.
h.
The checklists specified above shall be individually developed and
tailored specifically for the work under this contract. Refer to
NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS, Section III, "Preliminary TAB Procedures"
under the paragraphs titled, "Air Distribution System Inspection" and
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 19
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
"Hydronic Distribution System Inspection" for examples of items to
include in the checklists.
3.
Final DALT Report
The TABS Supervisor shall assemble, review, sign and submit the Final DALT
Report to the Contracting Officer for approval.
6. TAB Reports: Submit TAB Report for Season 1 and TAB Report for Season 2
in the following manner:
a.
Procedure Summary: Submit a copy of the approved DALT and TAB
Procedures Summary. When applicable, provide notations describing how
actual field procedures differed from the procedures listed.
b.
Report format: Submit the completed data forms approved in the
pre-field TAB Engineering Report completed by TAB field team, reviewed,
approved and signed by the TAB supervisor. Bind the report with a
waterproof front and back cover. Include a table of contents
identifying by page number the location of each report. Report forms
and report data shall be typewritten. Handwritten report forms or
report data are not acceptable.
c.
Temperatures: On each TAB report form reporting TAB work accomplished
on HVAC thermal energy transfer equipment, include the indoor and
outdoor dry bulb temperature range and indoor and outdoor wet bulb
temperature range within which the TAB data was recorded. Include in
the TAB report continuous time versus temperature recording data of wet
and dry bulb temperatures for the rooms, or zones, as designated in the
following list:
(1)
Data shall be measured/recorded only after the HVAC systems
installations are complete, the systems fully balanced and the
HVAC systems controls operating in fully automatic mode. Provide
a detailed explanation wherever a final measurement did not
achieve the required value.
(2)
Data may be compiled using direct digital controls trend logging
where available. Otherwise, the Contractor shall temporarily
install calibrated time versus temperature/humidity recorders for
this purpose. The HVAC systems and controls shall have been fully
operational a minimum of 24 hours in advance of commencing data
compilation. The specified data shall be included in the Season I
and Season 2 TAB Report.
d. Air System Diagrams: Provided updated diagrams with final installed
locations of all terminals and devices, any numbering changes, and
actual test locations.
e.
Report static pressure data for all supply, return, relief, exhaust and
outside air ducts for the systems listed. The static pressure report
data shall include, in addition to AABC or NEBB or TABB required data,
the following:
(1)
Report supply fan, return fan, relief fan, and exhaust fan inlet
and discharge static pressures.
(2)
Report static pressure drop across chilled water coils, hot water
coils, steam coils.
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 20
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
(3)
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Report static pressure drop across air filters.
f.
Duct Transverses: Report duct traverses for main supply, return. The
TAB Agency shall evaluate and report findings on the duct traverses
taken. Evaluate the suitability of the duct traverse measurement based
on satisfying the qualifications for a pitot traverse plane as defined
by AMCA 203, "Field Measurements", Section 8, paragraph 8.3, "Location
of Traverse Plane".
g.
Instruments: List the types of instruments actually used to measure
the tab data. Include in the listing each instrument's unique
identification number, calibration date, and calibration expiration
date.
Instrumentation, used for taking wet bulb temperature readings shall
provide accuracy of plus or minus 5 percent at the measured face
velocities. Submit instrument manufacturer's literature to document
instrument accuracy performance is in compliance with that specified.
h.
Performance Curves: The TAB Supervisor shall include, in the TAB
Reports, factory pump curves and fan curves for pumps and fans TAB'd on
the job.
i.
Data From TAB Field Work: After completion of the TAB field work,
prepare the TAB field data for TAB supervisor's review and approval
signature, using the reporting forms approved in the pre-field
engineering report. Data required by those approved data report forms
shall be furnished by the TAB team. Except as approved otherwise in
writing by the Contracting Officer, the TAB work and thereby the TAB
report shall be considered incomplete until the TAB work is
accomplished to within the accuracy range specified in the paragraph
entitled "Workmanship."
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 21
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 05 93
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 22
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Appendix D
REQUIREMENTS FOR DUCT AIR LEAK TESTING
| SYSTEMS |
|===========|
| Package
|
| Rooftop |
| w/CV
|
| Unit No. 11, 12 & 13 |
|
|
=========================================
Duct System Static
|
|
Pressure in inches W.C.
|
for Supply
| 2"
|
for Return
|
|
for Exhaust
|
2"
|
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 23
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 05 93
Page 24
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 07 00
THERMAL INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
08/10
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only. At the discretion of the Government, the
manufacturer of any material supplied will be required to furnish test
reports pertaining to any of the tests necessary to assure compliance with
the standard or standards referenced in this specification.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 90.1 - IP
(2007; Supplement 2008; Addenda r 2009)
Energy Standard for Buildings Except
Low-Rise Residential Buildings
ASHRAE 90.2
(2007; Addendum B) Energy Efficient Design
of Low-Rise Residential Buildings
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A 167
(1999; R 2009) Standard Specification for
Stainless and Heat-Resisting
Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and
Strip
ASTM A 580/A 580M
(2008) Standard Specification for
Stainless Steel Wire
ASTM B 209
(2007) Standard Specification for Aluminum
and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate
ASTM C 1290
(2006e1) Standard Specification for
Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation
Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts
ASTM C 195
(2007) Standard Specification for Mineral
Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement
ASTM C 449
(2007) Standard Specification for Mineral
Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating
and Finishing Cement
ASTM C 534/C 534M
(2008) Standard Specification for
Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular
Form
ASTM C 553
(2008) Standard Specification for Mineral
Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Commercial and Industrial Applications
ASTM C 612
(2010) Mineral Fiber Block and Board
Thermal Insulation
ASTM C 795
(2008) Standard Specification for Thermal
Insulation for Use in Contact with
Austenitic Stainless Steel
ASTM C 916
(1985; R 2007) Standard Specification for
Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation
ASTM C 920
(2010) Standard Specification for
Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM C 921
(2010) Standard Practice for Determining
the Properties of Jacketing Materials for
Thermal Insulation
ASTM E 2231
(2009) Specimen Preparation and Mounting
of Pipe and Duct Insulation Materials to
Assess Surface Burning Characteristics
ASTM E 84
(2010) Standard Test Method for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
MIDWEST INSULATION CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION (MICA)
MICA Insulation Stds
(1999) National Commercial & Industrial
Insulation Standards
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 255
(2006) Standard Method of Test of Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
NFPA 90A
(2009; Errata 09-1) Standard for the
Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems
NFPA 90B
(2009) Standard for the Installation of
Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
MIL-A-24179
(1987; Rev A; Am 2) Adhesive, Flexible
Unicellular-Plastic Thermal Insulation
MIL-A-3316
(1990; Rev C; Am 2) Adhesives,
Fire-Resistant, Thermal Insulation
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 723
SECTION 23 07 00
(2008) Test for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.2
1.2.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General
Provide field-applied insulation and accessories on mechanical systems as
specified herein; factory-applied insulation is specified under the piping,
duct or equipment to be insulated. Field applied insulation materials
required for use on Government-furnished items as listed in the SPECIAL
CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor.
1.2.2
Surface Burning Characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, insulation shall have a maximum flame spread
index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84. Flame spread, and smoke developed indexes,
shall be determined by ASTM E 84, NFPA 255 or UL 723. Insulation shall be
tested in the same density and installed thickness as the material to be
used in the actual construction. Test specimens shall be prepared and
mounted according to ASTM E 2231. Insulation materials located exterior to
the building perimeter are not required to be fire rated.
1.2.3
Recycled Materials
Provide thermal insulation containing recycled materials to the extent
practicable, provided that the materials meets all other requirements of
this section. The minimum recycled material content of the following
insulation are:
Rock Wool - 75 percent slag of weight
Fiberglass - 20-25 percent glass cullet by weight
Rigid Foam - 9 percent recovered material
1.3
SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
Submit the two SD types, SD-03 Product Data, and SD-08 Manufacturer's
Instructions at the same time for each system.
SD-03 Product Data
Certification
Duct Insulation Systems
A complete list of materials, including manufacturer's
descriptive technical literature, performance data, catalog cuts,
and installation instructions. The product number, k-value,
thickness and furnished accessories including adhesives, sealants
and jackets for each mechanical system requiring insulation shall
be included. The product data must be copywrited, have an
identifying or publication number, and shall have been published
prior to the issuance date of this solicitation. Materials
furnished under this section of the specification shall be
submitted together in a booklet and in conjunction with the MICA
plates booklet (SD-02). Annotate the product data to indicate
which MICA plate is applicable.
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.4
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1
Installer Qualification
Qualified installers shall have successfully completed three or more
similar type jobs within the last 5 years.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Materials shall be delivered in the manufacturer's unopened containers.
Materials delivered and placed in storage shall be provided with protection
from weather, humidity, dirt, dust and other contaminants. The Contracting
Officer may reject insulation material and supplies that become dirty,
dusty, wet, or contaminated by some other means. Packages or standard
containers of insulation, jacket material, cements, adhesives, and coatings
delivered for use, and samples required for approval shall have
manufacturer's stamp or label attached giving the name of the manufacturer
and brand, and a description of the material. Insulation packages and
containers shall be asbestos free.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
STANDARD PRODUCTS
Provide materials which are the standard products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products and that essentially
duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least 2 years
prior to bid opening. Provide field-applied insulation for heating,
ventilating, and cooling (HVAC) air distribution systems and piping systems
which are located within, on, under, and adjacent to buildings; and for
plumbing systems. Insulation shall be CFC and HCFC free.
2.2
MATERIALS
Provide insulation that meets or exceed the requirements of ASHRAE 90.1 - IP.
Insulation exterior shall be cleanable, grease resistant, non-flaking and
non-peeling. Materials shall be compatible and shall not contribute to
corrosion, soften, or otherwise attack surfaces to which applied in either
wet or dry state. Materials to be used on stainless steel surfaces shall
meet ASTM C 795 requirements. Calcium silicate shall not be used on
chilled or cold water systesm. Materials shall be asbestos free and
conform to the following:Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, foam- or
expanded-rubber materials containing anti-microbial additive. Comply with
ASTM C 534/C 534M, Type I, Grade 1, for tubularmaterials and Type II, Grade
1, for sheet materials. Provide product recognized under Underwriters
Laboratories "UL 94 - Plastic Component Classification" and listed in
Factory Mutual "FM Approval Guide."
2.2.1
2.2.1.1
Adhesives
Acoustical Lining Insulation Adhesive
Adhesive shall be a nonflammable, fire-resistant adhesive conforming to
ASTM C 916, Type I.
2.2.1.2
Mineral Fiber Insulation Cement
Cement shall be in accordance with ASTM C 195.
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.1.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Lagging Adhesive
Lagging is the material used for thermal insulation, especially around a
cylindrical object. This may include the insulation as well as the
cloth/material covering the insulation. Lagging adhesives shall be
nonflammable and fire-resistant and shall have a maximum flame spread index
of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 84. Adhesive shall be MIL-A-3316, Class 1, pigmented white and
be suitable for bonding fibrous glass cloth to faced and unfaced fibrous
glass insulation board; for bonding cotton brattice cloth to faced and
unfaced fibrous glass insulation board; for sealing edges of and bonding
glass tape to joints of fibrous glass board; for bonding lagging cloth to
thermal insulation; or Class 2 for attaching fibrous glass insulation to
metal surfaces. Lagging adhesives shall be applied in strict accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations for pipe and duct insulation.
2.2.2
Contact Adhesive
Adhesives may be any of, but not limited to, the neoprene based, rubber
based, or elastomeric type that have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and
a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 84. The adhesive shall not adversely affect, initially or in
service, the insulation to which it is applied, nor shall it cause any
corrosive effect on metal to which it is applied. Any solvent dispersing
medium or volatile component of the adhesive shall have no objectionable
odor and shall not contain any benzene or carbon tetrachloride. The dried
adhesive shall not emit nauseous, irritating, or toxic volatile matters or
aerosols when the adhesive is heated to any temperature up to 212 degrees F.
The dried adhesive shall be nonflammable and fire resistant. Natural
cross-ventilation, local (mechanical) pickup, and/or general area
(mechanical) ventilation shall be used to prevent an accumulation of
solvent vapors, keeping in mind the ventilation pattern must remove any
heavier-than-air solvent vapors from lower levels of the workspaces.
Gloves and spectacle-type safety glasses are recommended in accordance with
safe installation practices. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive:
Comply with MIL-A-24179, Type II, Class I. Provide product recognized under
Underwriters Laboratories "UL 94 - Plastic Component Classification" and
listed in Factory Mutual "FM Approval Guide."
2.2.3
Caulking
ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use A.
2.2.4
2.2.4.1
Corner Angles
General
Nominal 0.016 inch aluminum 1 by 1 inch with factory applied kraft
backing. Aluminum shall be ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3105, or 5005.
2.2.4.2
Fittings
Fabricated Fittings are the prefabricated fittings for flexible elastomeric
pipe insulation systems. Together with the flexible elastomeric tubes,
they provide complete system integrity for retarding heat gain and
controlling condensation drip from chilled-water and refrigeration systems.
Flexible elastomeric, fabricated fittings provide thermal protection (0.25
k) and condensation resistance (0.05 Water Vapor Transmission factor).
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.5
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Finishing Cement
ASTM C 449: Mineral fiber hydraulic-setting thermal insulating and
finishing cement. All cements that may come in contact with Austenitic
stainless steel must comply with ASTM C 795.
2.2.6
Fibrous Glass Cloth and Glass Tape
Fibrous glass cloth, with 20X20 maximum mesh size, and glass tape shall
have maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index
of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Tape shall be 4 inch wide
rolls. Class 3 tape shall be 4.5 ounces/square yard. Elastomeric Foam
Tape: Black vapor-retarder foam tape with acrylic adhesive containing an
anti-microbial additive.
2.2.7
Staples
Outward clinching type ASTM A 167, Type 304 or 316 stainless steel.
2.2.8
Vapor Retarder Required
ASTM C 921, Type I, minimum puncture resistance 50 Beach units on all
surfaces except concealed ductwork, where a minimum puncture resistance of
25 Beach units is acceptable. Minimum tensile strength, 35 pounds/inch
width. ASTM C 921, Type II, minimum puncture resistance 25 Beach units,
tensile strength minimum 20 pounds/inch width. Jackets used on insulation
exposed in finished areas shall have white finish suitable for painting
without sizing. Based on the application, insulation materials that
require factory applied jackets are mineral fiber, cellular glass,
polyisocyanurate, and phenolic foam. Insulation materials that do not
require jacketing are flexible elastomerics. All non-metallic jackets
shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke developed
index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.
2.2.8.1
White Vapor Retarder All Service Jacket (ASJ)
Standard reinforced fire retardant jacket for use on hot/cold pipes, ducts,
or equipment. Vapor retarder jackets used on insulation exposed in
finished areas shall have white finish suitable for painting without sizing.
2.2.9
Vapor Retarder Not Required
ASTM C 921, Type II, Class D, minimum puncture resistance 50 Beach units on
all surfaces except ductwork, where Type IV, maximum moisture vapor
transmission 0.10, a minimum puncture resistance of 25 Beach units is
acceptable. Jacket shall have a maximum flame spread index of 25 and a
maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.
2.2.10
Wire
Soft annealed ASTM A 580/A 580M Type 302, 304 or 316 stainless steel, 16 or
18 gauge.
2.2.11
Insulation Bands
Insulation bands shall be 1/2 inch wide; 26 gauge stainless steel.
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.12
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Sealants
Sealants shall be chosen from the butyl polymer type, the styrene-butadiene
rubber type, or the butyl type of sealants. Sealants shall have a maximum
moisture vapor transmission of 0.02 perms, and a maximum flame spread index
of 25 and a maximum smoke developed index of 50 when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 84.
2.3
DUCT INSULATION SYSTEMS
2.3.1
Duct Insulation
Provide factory applied elastomeric closed cell or phenolic foam insulation
according to manufacturer's recommendations for insulation with insulation
manufacturer's standard reinforced fire-retardant vapor barrier.
2.3.1.1
Rigid Insulation
Rigid mineral fiber in accordance with ASTM C 612, Class 2 (maximum surface
temperature 400 degrees F), 3 pcf average, 1-1/2 inch thick, Type IA, IB,
II, III, and IV. Alternately, minimum thickness may be calculated in
accordance with ASHRAE 90.1 - IP.
2.3.1.2
Blanket Insulation
Blanket flexible mineral fiber insulation conforming to ASTM C 553, Type 1,
Class B-3, 3/4 pcf nominal, 2.0 inches thick or Type II up to 250 degrees
F. Also ASTM C 1290 Type III may be used. Alternately, minimum thickness
may be calculated in accordance with ASHRAE 90.2.
2.3.2
Duct Insulation Jackets
2.3.2.1
All-Purpose Jacket
Provide insulation with insulation manufacturer's standard reinforced
fire-retardant jacket with or without integral vapor barrier as required by
the service. In exposed locations, provide jacket with a white surface
suitable for field painting.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
APPLICATION - GENERAL
Insulation shall only be applied to unheated and uncooled piping and
equipment. Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation shall not be
compressed at joists, studs, columns, ducts, hangers, etc. The insulation
shall not pull apart after a one hour period; any insulation found to pull
apart after one hour, shall be replaced.
3.1.1
Installation
Except as otherwise specified, material shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's written instructions. Insulation materials shall
not be applied until tests specified in other sections of this
specification are completed. Material such as rust, scale, dirt and
moisture shall be removed from surfaces to receive insulation. Insulation
shall be kept clean and dry. Insulation shall not be removed from its
shipping containers until the day it is ready to use and shall be returned
to like containers or equally protected from dirt and moisture at the end
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
of each workday. Insulation that becomes dirty shall be thoroughly cleaned
prior to use. If insulation becomes wet or if cleaning does not restore
the surfaces to like new condition, the insulation will be rejected, and
shall be immediately removed from the jobsite. Joints shall be staggered
on multi layer insulation. Mineral fiber thermal insulating cement shall
be mixed with demineralized water when used on stainless steel surfaces.
Insulation, jacketing and accessories shall be installed in accordance with
MICA Insulation Stds plates except where modified herein or on the drawings.
3.1.2
Firestopping
Where pipes and ducts pass through fire walls, fire partitions, above grade
floors, and fire rated chase walls, the penetration shall be sealed with
fire stopping materials as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING. The
protection of ducts at point of passage through firewalls must be in
accordance with NFPA 90A and/or NFPA 90B. All other penetrations, such as
piping, conduit, and wiring, through firewalls must be protected with a
material or system of the same hourly rating that is listed by UL, FM, or a
NRTL.
3.1.3
Painting and Finishing
Painting shall be as specified in Section 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS or
Architectural drawings..
3.1.4
Installation of Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation
Flexible elastomeric cellular insulation shall be installed with seams and
joints sealed with rubberized contact adhesive. Flexible elastomeric
cellular insulation shall not be used on surfaces greater than 220 degrees F.
Seams shall be staggered when applying multiple layers of insulation.
Insulation exposed to weather and not shown to have jacketing shall be
protected with two coats of UV resistant finish or PVC or metal jacketing
as recommended by the manufacturer after the adhesive is dry and cured. A
brush coating of adhesive shall be applied to both butt ends to be joined
and to both slit surfaces to be sealed. The adhesive shall be allowed to
set until dry to touch but tacky under slight pressure before joining the
surfaces. Insulation seals at seams and joints shall not be capable of
being pulled apart one hour after application. Insulation that can be
pulled apart one hour after installation shall be replaced.
3.1.5
Welding
No welding shall be done on piping, duct or equipment without written
approval of the Contracting Officer. The capacitor discharge welding
process may be used for securing metal fasteners to duct.
3.1.6
Pipes/Ducts/Equipment which
Require Insulation
Insulation is required on all pipes, ducts, or equipment, except for
omitted items, as specified.
3.2
DUCT INSULATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
Install duct insulation systems in accordance with the approved
MICA Insulation Stds plates as supplemented by the manufacturer's published
installation instructions.
Air conditioned spaces shall be defined as those spaces directly supplied
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
with cooled conditioned air and heated conditioned air.
3.2.1
Duct Insulation Thickness
Duct insulation thickness shall be in accordance with Table 4.
Table 4 - Minimum Duct Insulation (inches)
3.2.2
Cold Air Ducts
2.0
Warm Air Ducts
2.0
Insulation and Vapor Retarder/Vapor Barrier for Cold Air Duct
Insulation and vapor retarder/vapor barrier shall be provided for the
following cold air ducts and associated equipment.
a.
Supply ducts.
b.
Flexible run-outs (field-insulated).
c.
Coil headers and return bends.
d.
Coil casings.
e.
Fresh air intake ducts.
f.
Filter boxes.
g.
Mixing boxes (field-insulated).
h.
Ducts exposed to weather.
Insulation for rectangular ducts shall be flexible type where concealed,
minimum density 3/4 pcf, and rigid type where exposed, minimum density 3 pcf.
Insulation for both concealed or exposed round/oval ducts shall be flexible
type, minimum density 3/4 pcf or a semi rigid board, minimum density 3 pcf,
formed or fabricated to a tight fit, edges beveled and joints tightly
butted and staggered. Insulation for all exposed ducts shall be provided
with either a white, paint-able, factory-applied Type I jacket or a field
applied vapor retarder/vapor barrier jacket coating finish as specified,
the total field applied dry film thickness shall be approximately 1/16 inch.
Insulation on all concealed duct shall be provided with a factory-applied
Type I or II vapor retarder/vapor barrier jacket. Duct insulation shall be
continuous through sleeves and prepared openings except firewall
penetrations. Duct insulation terminating at fire dampers, shall be
continuous over the damper collar and retaining angle of fire dampers,
which are exposed to unconditioned air and which may be prone to condensate
formation. Duct insulation and vapor retarder/vapor barrier shall cover
the collar, neck, and any un-insulated surfaces of diffusers, registers and
grills. Vapor retarder/vapor barrier materials shall be applied to form a
complete unbroken vapor seal over the insulation. Sheet Metal Duct shall
be sealed in accordance with Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION,
VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEM.
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.2.2.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Installation on Concealed Duct
a. For rectangular, oval or round ducts, flexible insulation shall be
attached by applying adhesive around the entire perimeter of the duct in
6 inch wide strips on 12 inch centers.
b. For rectangular and oval ducts, 24 inches and larger insulation
shall be additionally secured to bottom of ducts by the use of
mechanical fasteners. Fasteners shall be spaced on 16 inch centers and
not more than 16 inches from duct corners.
c. For rectangular, oval and round ducts, mechanical fasteners shall
be provided on sides of duct risers for all duct sizes. Fasteners
shall be spaced on 16 inch centers and not more than 16 inches from
duct corners.
d. Insulation shall be impaled on the mechanical fasteners (self stick
pins) where used and shall be pressed thoroughly into the adhesive.
Care shall be taken to ensure vapor retarder/vapor barrier jacket
joints overlap 2 inches. The insulation shall not be compressed to a
thickness less than that specified. Insulation shall be carried over
standing seams and trapeze-type duct hangers.
e. Where mechanical fasteners are used, self-locking washers shall be
installed and the pin trimmed and bent over.
f. Jacket overlaps shall be secured with staples and tape as necessary
to ensure a secure seal. Staples, tape and seams shall be coated with
a brush coat of vapor retarder coating or PVDC adhesive tape or greater
than 3 ply laminate (minimum 2 mils adhesive, 3 mils embossed) - less
than 0.0000 perm adhesive tape.
g. Breaks in the jacket material shall be covered with patches of the
same material as the vapor retarder jacket. The patches shall extend
not less than 2 inches beyond the break or penetration in all
directions and shall be secured with tape and staples. Staples and
tape joints shall be sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating
or PVDC adhesive tape or greater than 3 ply laminate (minimum 2 mils
adhesive, 3 mils embossed) - less than 0.0000 perm adhesive tape.
h. At jacket penetrations such as hangers, thermometers, and damper
operating rods, voids in the insulation shall be filled and the
penetration sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating or PVDC
adhesive tape greater than 3 ply laminate (minimum 2 mils adhesive, 3
mils embossed) - less than 0.0000 perm adhesive tape.
i. Insulation terminations and pin punctures shall be sealed and
flashed with a reinforced vapor retarder coating finish or tape with a
brush coat of vapor retarder coating.. The coating shall overlap the
adjoining insulation and un-insulated surface 2 inches. Pin puncture
coatings shall extend 2 inches from the puncture in all directions.
j. Where insulation standoff brackets occur, insulation shall be
extended under the bracket and the jacket terminated at the bracket.
3.2.2.2
Installation on Exposed Duct Work
a. For rectangular ducts, rigid insulation shall be secured to the
duct by mechanical fasteners on all four sides of the duct, spaced not
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
more than 12 inches apart and not more than 3 inches from the edges of
the insulation joints. A minimum of two rows of fasteners shall be
provided for each side of duct 12 inches and larger. One row shall be
provided for each side of duct less than 12 inches. Mechanical
fasteners shall be as corrosion resistant as G60 coated galvanized
steel, and shall indefinitely sustain a 50 lb tensile dead load test
perpendicular to the duct wall.
b. Duct insulation shall be formed with minimum paintable jacket.
Each piece of rigid insulation shall be fastened to the duct using
mechanical fasteners. When the height of projections is less than the
insulation thickness, insulation shall be brought up to standing seams,
reinforcing, and other vertical projections and shall not be carried
over. Vapor retarder/barrier jacket shall be continuous across seams,
reinforcing, and projections. When height of projections is greater
than the insulation thickness, insulation and jacket shall be carried
over. Apply insulation with joints tightly butted. Neatly bevel
insulation around name plates and access plates and doors.
c. Insulation shall be impaled on the fasteners; self-locking washers
shall be installed and the pin trimmed and bent over.
d. Joints in the insulation jacket shall be sealed with a 4 inch wide
strip of tape. Tape seams shall be sealed with a brush coat of vapor
retarder coating.
e. Breaks and ribs or standing seam penetrations in the jacket
material shall be covered with a patch of the same material as the
jacket. Patches shall extend not less than 2 inches beyond the break
or penetration and shall be secured with tape and stapled. Staples and
joints shall be sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating.
f. At jacket penetrations such as hangers, thermometers, and damper
operating rods, the voids in the insulation shall be filled and the
penetrations sealed with a brush coat of vapor retarder coating.
g. Insulation terminations and pin punctures shall be sealed and
flashed with a reinforced vapor retarder coating finish. The coating
shall overlap the adjoining insulation and un-insulated surface 2 inches.
Pin puncture coatings shall extend 2 inches from the puncture in all
directions.
h. Oval and round ducts, flexible type, shall be insulated with
factory Type I jacket insulation with minimum density of 3/4 pcf,
attached as in accordance with MICA standards.
3.2.3
Insulation for Warm Air Duct
Insulation and vapor barrier shall be provided for the following warm air
ducts and associated equipment:.
a.
Supply ducts.
b.
Return air ducts.
c.
Relief air ducts
d.
Flexible run-outs (field insulated).
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
e.
Plenums.
f.
Coil-headers and return bends.
g.
Fresh air intake ducts.
h.
Filter boxes.
i.
Mixing boxes.
j.
Supply fans.
k.
Ducts exposed to weather.
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Insulation for rectangular ducts shall be flexible type where concealed,
and rigid type where exposed. Insulation on exposed ducts shall be
provided with a white, paint-able, factory-applied Type II jacket, or
finished with adhesive finish. Flexible type insulation shall be used for
round ducts, with a factory-applied Type II jacket. Insulation on
concealed duct shall be provided with a factory-applied Type II jacket.
Adhesive finish where indicated to be used shall be accomplished by
applying two coats of adhesive with a layer of glass cloth embedded between
the coats. The total dry film thickness shall be approximately 1/16 inch.
Duct insulation shall be continuous through sleeves and prepared openings.
Duct insulation shall terminate at fire dampers and flexible connections.
3.2.3.1
Installation on Concealed Duct
a. For rectangular, oval and round ducts, insulation shall be attached
by applying adhesive around the entire perimeter of the duct in 6 inch
wide strips on 12 inch centers.
b. For rectangular and oval ducts 24 inches and larger, insulation
shall be secured to the bottom of ducts by the use of mechanical
fasteners. Fasteners shall be spaced on 18 inch centers and not more
than 18 inches from duct corner.
c. For rectangular, oval and round ducts, mechanical fasteners shall
be provided on sides of duct risers for all duct sizes. Fasteners
shall be spaced on 18 inch centers and not more than 18 inches from
duct corners.
d. The insulation shall be impaled on the mechanical fasteners where
used. The insulation shall not be compressed to a thickness less than
that specified. Insulation shall be carried over standing seams and
trapeze-type hangers.
e. Self-locking washers shall be installed where mechanical fasteners
are used and the pin trimmed and bent over.
f. Insulation jacket shall overlap not less than 2 inches at joints
and the lap shall be secured and stapled on 4 inch centers.
3.2.3.2
Installation on Exposed Duct
a. For rectangular ducts, the rigid insulation shall be secured to the
duct by the use of mechanical fasteners on all four sides of the duct,
spaced not more than 16 inches apart and not more than 6 inches from
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
the edges of the insulation joints. A minimum of two rows of fasteners
shall be provided for each side of duct 12 inches and larger and a
minimum of one row for each side of duct less than 12 inches.
b. Duct insulation with factory-applied jacket shall be formed with
minimum jacket seams, and each piece of rigid insulation shall be
fastened to the duct using mechanical fasteners. When the height of
projection is less than the insulation thickness, insulation shall be
brought up to standing seams, reinforcing, and other vertical
projections and shall not be carried over the projection. Jacket shall
be continuous across seams, reinforcing, and projections. Where the
height of projections is greater than the insulation thickness,
insulation and jacket shall be carried over the projection.
c. Insulation shall be impaled on the fasteners; self-locking washers
shall be installed and pin trimmed and bent over.
d. Joints on jacketed insulation shall be sealed with a 4 inch wide
strip of tape and brushed with vapor retarder coating.
e. Breaks and penetrations in the jacket material shall be covered
with a patch of the same material as the jacket. Patches shall extend
not less than 2 inches beyond the break or penetration and shall be
secured with adhesive and stapled.
f. Insulation terminations and pin punctures shall be sealed with tape
and brushed with vapor retarder coating.
g. Oval and round ducts, flexible type, shall be insulated with
factory Type I jacket insulation, minimum density of 3/4 pcf attached
by staples spaced not more than 16 inches and not more than 6 inches
from the degrees of joints. Joints shall be sealed in accordance with
item "d." above.
3.2.4
Ducts Handling Air for Dual Purpose
For air handling ducts for dual purpose below and above 60 degrees F, ducts
shall be insulated as specified for cold air duct.
3.2.5
Duct Test Holes
After duct systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced, breaks in the
insulation and jacket shall be repaired in accordance with the applicable
section of this specification for the type of duct insulation to be
repaired.
3.2.6
3.2.6.1
Duct Exposed to Weather
Installation
Ducts exposed to weather shall be insulated and finished as specified for
the applicable service for exposed duct inside the building. After the
above is accomplished, the insulation shall then be further finished as
detailed in the following subparagraphs.
3.2.6.2
Round Duct
Laminated self-adhesive (minimum 2 mils adhesive, 3 mils embossed) vapor
barrier/weatherproofing jacket - Less than 0.0000 permeability, (greater
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
than 3 ply, standard grade, silver, white, black and embossed or greater
than 8 ply, heavy duty, white and natural) membrane shall be applied
overlapping material by 3 inches no bands or caulking needed - see
manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. Aluminum jacket with
factory applied moisture retarder shall be applied with the joints lapped
not less than 3 inches and secured with bands located at circumferential
laps and at not more than 12 inch intervals throughout. Horizontal joints
shall lap down to shed water and located at 4 or 8 o'clock position.
Joints shall be sealed with caulking to prevent moisture penetration.
Where jacketing abuts an un-insulated surface, joints shall be sealed with
caulking.
3.2.6.3
Fittings
Fittings and other irregular shapes shall be finished as specified for
rectangular ducts.
3.2.6.4
Rectangular Ducts
Two coats of weather barrier mastic reinforced with fabric or mesh for
outdoor application shall be applied to the entire surface. Each coat of
weatherproof mastic shall be 1/16 inch minimum thickness. The exterior
shall be a metal jacketing applied for mechanical abuse and weather
protection, and secured with screws.
3.3
EQUIPMENT INSULATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION
Install equipment insulation systems in accordance with the approved
MICA Insulation Stds plates as supplemented by the manufacturer's published
installation instructions.
3.3.1
General
Removable insulation sections shall be provided to cover parts of equipment
that must be opened periodically for maintenance including vessel covers,
fasteners, flanges and accessories. Equipment insulation shall be omitted
on the following:
a.
Hand-holes.
b.
Boiler manholes.
c.
Cleanouts.
d.
ASME stamps.
e.
Manufacturer's nameplates.
f.
Duct Test/Balance Test Holes.
3.3.2
Insulation for Cold Equipment
Cold equipment below 60 degrees F: Insulation shall be furnished on
equipment handling media below 60 degrees F including the following:
a.
Refrigeration equipment parts that are not factory insulated.
b.
Drip pans under chilled equipment.
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
c.
Duct mounted coils.
d.
Air handling equipment parts that are not factory insulated.
e.
Expansion and air separation tanks.
3.3.2.1
Insulation Type
Insulation shall be suitable for the temperature encountered.
thicknesses shall be as shown in Table 5:
Material and
Legend
RMF:
FMF:
CS:
PL:
CG:
FC:
PF:
PC:
PE:
Rigid Mineral Fiber
Flexible Mineral Fiber
Calcium Silicate
Perlite
Cellular Glass
Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Phenolic Foam
Polyisocyanurate Foam
Polyolefin closed cell
TABLE 5
Insulation Thickness for Cold Equipment (Inches and °F)
Equipment handling media
Material
Thickness
at indicated temperature:
_________________________________________________________________________
35 to 60
degrees F
CG
PF
FC
PC
PE
2.0
1.5
1.0
1.0
1.0
inches
inches
inches
inches
inches
__
3.3.2.2
Other Equipment
a. Insulation shall be formed or fabricated to fit the equipment.
ensure a tight fit on round equipment, edges shall be beveled and
joints shall be tightly butted and staggered.
To
b. Insulation shall be secured in place with bands or wires at
intervals as recommended by the manufacturer but not more than 12 inch
centers except flexible elastomeric cellular which shall be adhered
with contact adhesive. Insulation corners shall be protected under
wires and bands with suitable corner angles.
c. Phenolic foam insulation shall be set in a coating of bedding
compound and joints shall be sealed with bedding compound as
recommended by the manufacturer. Cellular glass shall be installed in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Joints and ends shall be
sealed with joint sealant, and sealed with a vapor retarder coating.
d. Insulation on heads of heat exchangers shall be removable.
Removable section joints shall be fabricated using a male-female
shiplap type joint. The entire surface of the removable section shall
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 15
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
be finished by applying two coats of vapor retarder coating with a
layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats. The total dry
thickness of the finish shall be 1/16 inch.
e.
Exposed insulation corners shall be protected with corner angles.
f. Insulation on equipment with ribs shall be applied over 6 by 6
inches by 12 gauge welded wire fabric which has been cinched in place,
or if approved by the Contracting Officer, spot welded to the equipment
over the ribs. Insulation shall be secured to the fabric with J-hooks
and 2 by 2 inches washers or shall be securely banded or wired in place
on 12 inch centers.
3.3.2.3
Vapor Retarder/Vapor Barrier
Upon completion of installation of insulation, penetrations shall be
caulked. Two coats of vapor retarder coating or vapor barrier jacket shall
be applied over insulation, including removable sections, with a layer of
open mesh synthetic fabric embedded between the coats. The total dry
thickness of the finish shall be 1/16 inch. Caulking or vapor barrier tape
shall be applied to parting line between equipment and removable section
insulation.
3.3.3
Insulation for Hot Equipment
Insulation shall be furnished on equipment handling media above 60 degrees F
including the following:
a.
Pumps handling media above 130 degrees F.
b.
Air separation tanks.
3.3.3.1
Insulation
Insulation shall be suitable for the temperature encountered. Shell and
tube-type heat exchangers shall be insulated for the temperature of the
shell medium.
Insulation thickness for hot equipment shall be determined using Table 6:
Legend
RMF:
FMF:
CS:
PL:
CG:
FC:
PF:
PC:
Rigid Mineral Fiber
Flexible Mineral Fiber
Calcium Silicate
Perlite
Cellular Glass
Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Phenolic Foam
Polyisocyanurate Foam
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 16
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
TABLE 6
Insulation Thickness for Hot Equipment (Inches and °F)
Equipment handling steam
Material
Thickness
or media to indicated pressure
or temperature limit:
_________________________________________________________________________
15 psig
or
250 F
RMF
2.0 inches
FC (<200F)
1.0 inches
__
200 psig
or
400 F
RMF
3.0 inches
FMF
3.0 inches
CS/PL
4.0 inches
CG
4.0 inches
_________________________________________________________________________
600 F
RMF
5.0 inches
FMF
6.0 inches
CS/PL
6.0 inches
CG
6.0 inches
_________________________________________________________________________
>600 F: Thickness necessary to limit the external temperature of the
insulation to 120F. Heat transfer calculations shall be submitted to
substantiate insulation and thickness selection.
3.3.3.2
Insulation of Pumps
Insulate pumps by forming a stainless steel box around the pump housing.
The box shall be constructed by forming the bottom and sides using joints
that do not leave raw ends of insulation exposed. Bottom and sides shall
be banded to form a rigid housing that does not rest on the pump. Joints
between top cover and sides shall fit tightly. The top cover shall have a
joint forming a female shiplap joint on the side pieces and a male joint on
the top cover, making the top cover removable. Two coats of Class I
adhesive shall be applied over insulation, including removable sections,
with a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats. A parting line
shall be provided between the box and the removable sections allowing the
removable sections to be removed without disturbing the insulation
coating. The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1/16 inch.
Caulking shall be applied to parting line of the removable sections and
penetrations.
3.3.3.3
Other Equipment
a. Insulation shall be formed or fabricated to fit the equipment.
ensure a tight fit on round equipment, edges shall be beveled and
joints shall be tightly butted and staggered.
To
b. Insulation shall be secured in place with bands or wires at
intervals as recommended by the manufacturer but not greater than 12
inch centers except flexible elastomeric cellular which shall be
adhered. Insulation corners shall be protected under wires and bands
with suitable corner angles.
c. On high vibration equipment, cellular glass insulation shall be set
in a coating of bedding compound as recommended by the manufacturer,
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 17
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
and joints shall be sealed with bedding compound.
shall be filled with finishing cement.
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Mineral fiber joints
d. Insulation on heads of heat exchangers shall be removable. The
removable section joint shall be fabricated using a male-female shiplap
type joint. Entire surface of the removable section shall be finished
as specified.
e.
Exposed insulation corners shall be protected with corner angles.
f. On equipment with ribs, such as boiler flue gas connection, draft
fans, and fly ash or soot collectors, insulation shall be applied over
6 by 6 inch by 12 gauge welded wire fabric which has been cinched in
place, or if approved by the Contracting Officer, spot welded to the
equipment over the ribs. Insulation shall be secured to the fabric
with J-hooks and 2 by 2 inch washers or shall be securely banded or
wired in place on 12 inch (maximum) centers.
g. On equipment handling media above 600 degrees F, insulation shall
be applied in two or more layers with joints staggered.
h. Upon completion of installation of insulation, penetrations shall
be caulked. Two coats of adhesive shall be applied over insulation,
including removable sections, with a layer of glass cloth embedded
between the coats. The total dry thickness of the finish shall be 1/16
inch. Caulking shall be applied to parting line between equipment and
removable section insulation.
3.3.4
Equipment Handling Dual Temperature Media
Below and above 60 degrees F: equipment handling dual temperature media
shall be insulated as specified for cold equipment.
3.3.5
3.3.5.1
Equipment Exposed to Weather
Installation
Equipment exposed to weather shall be insulated and finished in accordance
with the requirements for ducts exposed to weather in paragraph DUCT
INSULATION INSTALLATION.
3.3.5.2
Optional Panels
At the option of the Contractor, prefabricated metal insulation panels may
be used in lieu of the insulation and finish previously specified. Thermal
performance shall be equal to or better than that specified for field
applied insulation. Panels shall be the standard catalog product of a
manufacturer of metal insulation panels. Fastenings, flashing, and support
system shall conform to published recommendations of the manufacturer for
weatherproof installation and shall prevent moisture from entering the
insulation. Panels shall be designed to accommodate thermal expansion and
to support a 250 pound walking load without permanent deformation or
permanent damage to the insulation. Exterior metal cover sheet shall be
aluminum and exposed fastenings shall be stainless steel or aluminum.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 07 00
Page 18
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC SYSTEMS
01/08
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL (AABC)
ACG Commissioning Guideline
(2005) Commissioning Guideline
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB)
NEBB Commissioning Standard
(2009) Procedural Standards for Whole
Building Systems Commissioning of New
Construction; 3rd Edition
SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(SMACNA)
SMACNA 1429
(1994) HVAC Systems Commissioning Manual,
1st Edition
U.S. GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL (USGBC)
LEED
1.2
(2002; R 2005) Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design(tm) Green Building
Rating System for New Construction
(LEED-NC)
DEFINITIONS
In some instances, terminology differs between the Contract and the
Commissioning Standard primarily because the intent of this Section is to
use the industry standards specified, along with additional requirements
listed herein to produce optimal results. The following table of similar
terms is provided for clarification only. Contract requirements take
precedent over the corresponding ACG, NEBB, or TABB requirements where
differences exist.
SIMILAR TERMS
Contract Term
ACG
NEBB
TABB
Commissioning
Standard
ACG Commissioning
Guideline
Procedural
Standards for
Building Systems
Commissioning
SMACNA HVAC
Commissioning
Guidelines
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SIMILAR TERMS
Contract Term
ACG
NEBB
TABB
Commissioning
Specialist
ACG Certified
Commissioning
Agent
NEBB Qualified
Commissioning
Administrator
TABB Certified
Commissioning
Supervisor
1.3
1.3.1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
General
Perform Commissioning in accordance with the requirements of the standard
under which the Commissioning Firm's qualifications are approved, i.e.,
ACG Commissioning Guideline, NEBB Commissioning Standard, or SMACNA 1429
unless otherwise stated herein. Consider mandatory all recommendations and
suggested practices contained in the Commissioning Standard. Use the
Commissioning Standard for all aspects of Commissioning, including
qualifications for the Commissioning Firm and Specialist and calibration of
Commissioning instruments. Where the instrument manufacturer calibration
recommendations are more stringent than those listed in the Commissioning
Standard, the manufacturer's recommendations shall be adhered to. All
quality assurance provisions of the Commissioning Standard such as
performance guarantees shall be part of this contract. For systems or
system components not covered in the Commissioning Standard, Commissioning
procedures shall be developed by the Commissioning Specialist. Where new
procedures, requirements, etc., applicable to the Contract requirements
have been published or adopted by the body responsible for the
Commissioning Standard used (ACG, NEBB, or TABB), the requirements and
recommendations contained in these procedures and requirements shall be
considered mandatory.
1.3.2
Energy
Formal LEED certification is not required; however, the Contractor is
required to provide documentation that meets the LEED Energy & Atmosphere
(EA) Prerequisite 1, Fundamental Commissioning. For New Construction and
Major Revisions provide, also, documentation that meets EA Credit 3;
Enhanced Commissioning. Provide documentation for as many LEED credits as
possible to support LEED Silver certification of the project.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in
accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Commissioning Plan;G, AE
Commissioning Plan prepared in accordance with Commissioning
Standard, no later than 28 days after the approval of the
Commissioning Specialist.
SD-03 Product Data
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklists;G, AE
At least 28 days prior to the start of Pre-Functional Performance
Test Checks. Submit the schedule for the test checks at least 14
days prior to the start of Pre-Functional Performance Test Checks
Functional Performance Tests; AE
Test procedures at least 28 days prior to the start of Functional
Performance Tests. The schedule for the tests at least 14 days
prior to the start of Functional Performance Tests.
SD-06 Test Reports
Commissioning Report; G, AE
No later than 14 days afer completion of Functional Performance
Tests.
SD-07 Certificates
Commissioning Firm; G, AE
Certification of the proposed Commissioning Firm's qualifications
by one of the following AEE, ACG, NEBB, or TABB to perform the
duties specified herein and in other related Sections, no later
than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed. Include in the
documentation the date that the Certification was initially
granted and the date when the current Certification expires. Any
lapses in Certification of the proposed Commissioning Firm or
disciplinary action taken by ACG, NEBB, or TABB against the
proposed Commissioning Fire shalll be described in detail.
Commissioning Specialist; G, AE
Certification of the proposed Commissioning Specialtist's
qualification by one of the following AEE, ACG, NEBB, or TABB to
perform the duties specified herein and in other related sections,
no later than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed. The
documentation shall include the date that the Certification
expires. Any lapses in Certification of the proposed
Commissioning Specialtist or disciplinary action taken by ACG,
NEBB, or TABB against the proposed Commissioning Specialis shall
be described in detail.
1.5
1.5.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Commissioning Firm
Submit certification of the proposed Commissioning Firm's qualifications to
perform the duties specified herein and in other related Sections, no later
than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed. Include in the documentation the
date that the Certification was initially granted and the date when the
current Certification expires. The firm is either a member of AEE, ACG or
certified by the NEBB or the TABB and certified in all categories and
functions where measurements or performance are specified on the plans and
specifications. Any lapses in Certification of the proposed Commissioning
Firm or disciplinary action taken by ACG, NEBB, or TABB against the
proposed Commissioning Firm shall be described in detail. The
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
certification shall be maintained for the entire duration of duties
specified herein. If, for any reason, the firm loses subject certification
during this period, immediately notify the Contracting Officer and submit
another Commissioning Firm for approval. Any firm that has been the
subject of disciplinary action by the ACG, the NEBB, or the TABB within the
five years preceding Contract Award is not eligible to perform any duties
related to the HVAC systems, including Commissioning. All work specified
in this Section and in other related Sections to be performed by the
Commissioning Firm shall be considered invalid if the Commissioning Firm
loses its certification prior to Contract completion and must be performed
by an approved successor. These Commissioning services are to assist the
prime Contractor in performing the quality oversight for which it is
responsible. The Commissioning Firm shall be a subcontractor of the prime
Contractor and shall be financially and corporately independent of all
other subContractors. The Commissioning Firm shall report to and be paid
by the prime Contractor.
1.5.2
Commissioning Specialist
1.5.2.1
General
Submit certification of the proposed Commissioning Specialist's
qualifications to perform the duties specified herein and in other related
Sections, no later than 21 days after the Notice to Proceed. The
documentation shall include the date that the Certification was initially
granted and the date when the current Certification expires. The
Commissioning Specialist shall be an AAEE Certified Building Commissioning
Agent, CG Certified Commissioning Agent, a NEBB Qualified Commissioning
Administrator, or a TABB Certified Commissioning Supervisor and shall be an
employee of the approved Commissioning Firm. Any lapses in Certification
of the proposed Commissioning Specialist or disciplinary action taken by
ACG, NEBB, or TABB against the proposed Commissioning Specialist shall be
described in detail. The certification shall be maintained for the entire
duration of duties specified herein. If, for any reason, the Commissioning
Specialist loses subject certification during this period, immediately
notify the Contracting Officer and submit another Commissioning Specialist
for approval. Any individual that has been the subject of disciplinary
action by the ACG, the NEBB, or the TABB within the five years preceding
Contract Award is not eligible to perform any duties related to the HVAC
systems, including Commissioning. All work specified in this Section and
in other related Sections performed by the Commissioning Specialist shall
be considered invalid if the Commissioning Specialist loses certification
prior to Contract completion and must be performed by the approved
successor.
1.5.2.2
Responsibilities
Perform all Commissioning work specified herein and in related sections
under the direct guidance of the Commissioning Specialist. The
Commissioning Specialist shall prepare, no later than 28 days after the
approval of the Commissioning Specialist, the Commissioning Plan which will
be a comprehensive schedule and will include all submittal requirements for
procedures, notifications, reports and the Commissioning Report. After
approval of the Commissioning Plan, revise the Contract NAS schedule to
reflect the schedule requirements in the Commissioning Plan.
1.6
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
Begin the work described in this Section only after all work required in
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
related Sections has been successfully completed, and all test and
inspection reports and operation and maintenance manuals required in these
Sections have been submitted and approved. Pre-Functional Performance Test
Checklists shall be performed at appropriate times during the construction
phase of the Contract.
PART 2
PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
COMMISSIONING TEAM AND TEST FORMS AND CHECKLISTS
Designate Contractor team members to participate in the Pre- Functional
Performance Test Checklists and the Functional Performance Tests specified
herein. In addition, the Government team members will include a
representative of the Contracting Officer, the Design Agent's
Representative, and the Using Agency's Representative. The team members
shall be as follows:
Designation
Function
A
Contractor's Commissioning Specialist
M
Contractor's Mechanical Representative
E
Contractor's Electrical Representative
T
C
Contractor's Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
(TAB) Specialist
Contractor's Controls Representative
O
Contracting Officer's Representative
Appendices A and B shall be completed by the commissioning team.
Acceptance by each commissioning team member of each Pre- Functional
Performance Test Checklist item shall be indicated by initials and date
unless an "X" is shown indicating that participation by that individual is
not required. Acceptance by each commissioning team member of each
functional performance test item shall be indicated by signature and date.
3.2
TESTS
Perform the pre-functional performance test checklists and functional
performance tests in a manner that essentially duplicates the checking,
testing, and inspection methods established in the related Sections. Where
checking, testing, and inspection methods are not specified in other
Sections, establish methods which will provide the information required.
Testing and verification required by this section shall be performed during
the Commissioning phase. Requirements in related Sections are independent
from the requirements of this Section and shall not be used to satisfy any
of the requirements specified in this Section. Provide all materials,
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
services, and labor required to perform the pre- functional performance
tests checks and functional performance tests. A functional performance
test shall be aborted if any system deficiency prevents the successful
completion of the test or if any participating non-Government commissioning
team member of which participation is specified is not present for the test.
3.2.1
Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklists
Perform Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklists, for the items indicated
in Appendix A, at least 28 days prior to the start of Pre-Functional
Performance Test Checks.. Correct and re-inspect deficiencies discovered
during these checks in accordance with the applicable contract
requirements. Submit the schedule for the test checks at least 14 days
prior to the start of Pre-Functional Performance Test Checks.
3.2.2
Functional Performance Tests
Submit test procedures at least 28 days prior to the start of Functional
Performance Tests. Submit the schedule for the tests at least 14 days
prior to the start of Functional Performance Tests. Perform Functional
Performance Tests for the items indicated in Appendix B. Begin Functional
Performance Tests only after all Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklists
have been successfully completed. Tests shall prove all modes of the
sequences of operation, and shall verify all other relevant contract
requirements. Begin Tests with equipment or components and progress
through subsystems to complete systems. Upon failure of any Functional
Performance Test item, correct all deficiencies in accordance with the
applicable contract requirements. The item shall then be retested until it
has been completed with no errors.
3.3
COMMISSIONING REPORT
Submit the Commissioning Report, no later than 14 days after completion of
Functional Performance Tests, consisting of completed Pre- Functional
Performance Test Checklists and completed Functional Performance Tests
organized by system and by subsystem and submitted as one package. The
Commissioning Report shall also include all HVAC systems test reports,
inspection reports (Preparatory, Initial and Follow-up inspections),
start-up reports, TAB report, TAB verification report, Controls start-up
test reports and Controls Performance Verification Test (PVT) report. The
results of failed tests shall be included along with a description of the
corrective action taken.
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
APPENDIX A
PRE-FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST CHECKLISTS
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklist - Variable Volume Air Handling
Roof Top Unit
For Air Handling Units:
RTU-11, RTU-12, and RTU-13
Checklist Item
A
M
E
T
C
O
___ ___
X
___
X
___
Condensate drainage is unobstructed.
(Visually verify drainage by pouring a
cup of water into drain pan.)
___ ___
X
X
X
___
Fan belt adjusted.
___ ___
X
___
X
___
Installation
a. Inspection and access doors are operable
and sealed.
b.
c.
Electrical
A
M
E
T
C
O
a.
Power available to unit disconnect.
___
X
___
X
X
___
b.
Power available to unit control panel.
___
X
___
X
X
___
c.
Proper motor rotation verified.
___
X
___ ___
X
___
d.
Verify that power disconnect is located
within sight of the unit it controls.
___
X
___
X
X
___
X
___
X
X
___
A
M
E
T
C
e. Power available to gas combustion fan.
Coils
a.
Refrigerant piping properly connected.
b.
Manual gas piping properly connected.
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
___
___ ___
___ ___
X
X
X
X
X
X
O
___
___
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklist - Variable Volume Air Handling
Unit
Controls
A
M
E
T
C
O
a.
Dampers/actuators properly installed.
___
X
X
X
___ ___
b.
Dampers/actuators operable.
___
X
X
X
___ ___
c.
Verify proper location, installation and
calibration of duct static pressure
sensor.
___
X
X
X
___ ___
d.
Fan air volume controller operable.
___
X
X
X
___ ___
e.
Air handler controls system operational.
___
X
X
X
___ ___
A
M
E
T
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB)
a.
b.
C
O
Construction filters removed and
replaced.
___ ___
X
___ ___ ___
TAB report approved.
___
X
___
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
X
X
___
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 15
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 16
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 17
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 18
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 19
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 20
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 21
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 22
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 23
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklist - HVAC System Controls
For HVAC System:
Checklist Item
Installation
A
M
E
T
C
O
a.
Layout of control panel matches drawings.
___ ___
X
X
___ ___
b.
Framed instructions mounted in or near
control panel.
___ ___
X
X
___ ___
Components properly labeled (on inside and
outside of panel).
___ ___
X
X
___ ___
Control components piped and/or wired to
each labeled terminal strip.
___ ___
X
X
___ ___
EMCS connection made to each labeled
terminal strip as shown.
___ ___
X
X
___ ___
Control wiring and tubing labeled at all
terminations, splices, and junctions.
___ ___
X
X
___ ___
c.
d.
e.
f.
Main Power and Control Air
a.
120 volt AC power available to panel.
___ ___ ___
X
___ ___
b.
20 psig
compressed air available to panel.
___ ___
X
___ ___
Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (TAB)
a.
TAB Report submitted.
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
A
M
___ ___
X
E
T
C
O
X
___
X
___
Page 24
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 25
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Pre-Functional Performance Test Checklist - Energy Recovery System
For Energy Recovery System:
RTU-11, RTU-12, and RTU-13
Checklist Item
Installation
a.
Recovery system ductwork installed.
b.
Recovery wheel installed
Startup
a.
Startup and checkout complete.
Controls
a.
b.
Control actuators properly
installed.
Control actuators operable.
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
A
M
E
___ ___
___ ___
A
M
___ ___
A
M
___ ___
___ ___
X
T
C
O
X
___
X
___
___
___
___
E
T
C
O
X
X
X
___
E
T
C
O
X
___ ___ ___
___ ___ ___
Page 26
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
- End of Appendix A -
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 27
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
APPENDIX B
FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS CHECKLISTS
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 28
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 29
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 30
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 31
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 32
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 33
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 34
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 35
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 36
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 37
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Functional Performance Test Checklist - Constant Volume Air Handling Unit
For Air Handling Units:
RTU-11, RTU-12 and RTU-13
1.
Functional Performance Test: Contractor shall verify operation of air
handling unit in accordance with specification including the following:
a. The following shall be verified supply and exhaust fans operating
mode is initiated:
(1) All dampers in normal position prior to fan start___________.
(2) All valves in normal position prior to fan start____________.
(3) System safeties allow start if safety conditions are met.____
(4) Supply and exhaust fans controller shall "soft-start" fans.
__________________
c.
Occupied mode of operation
(1) Outside air damper at minimum position. _____________________
d.
Occupied mode of operation
(1) Outside air damper modulated to maintain space temperature
set point. Setpoint _______deg F, Actual _____deg F, Outside air damper
position ________%.
(2) Internal DX Control modulate to maintain leaving air
temperature set point. Setpoint _______deg F Actual _____deg F
(3) Natural Gas control valve modulating to maintain leaving air
temperature set point. Setpoint _______deg F Actual _____deg F
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 38
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Functional Performance Test Checklist (cont) - Variable Volume Air Handling
Unit
e. Unoccupied mode of operation
(1)
Observe fan starts when space temperature calls for heating and/or
cooling. _________
(2)
All dampers in normal position. _____________________________
(3)
Verify space temperature is maintained as specified in sequence of
operation. _______________
f. The following shall be verified when the supply and exhaust fans
off mode is initiated:
(1) Outside damper in normal position.
_____________________________
(2) Natural gas valves in normal position.
______________________________
(3) Fans de-energize. ___________________________________________
g. Verify cooling coil and heating coil operation by varying
thermostat set point from cooling set point to heating set point and
returning to cooling set point. ______.
h.
Verify safety shut down initiated by low temperature
protection thermostat. _________
i.
Verify occupancy schedule is programmed into time
clock/UMCS________.
j.
Verify safety shutdown initiated by smoke detector_________.
k.
Humidity Control
(1)
_______%
Inside space relative humidity set point ______%, actual
(2)
Compressor(s) start.
actual ______ deg (F)
Supply temp set point _____deg (F),
2. Certification: We the undersigned have witnessed the above
functional performance tests and certify that the item tested has met the
performance requirements in this section of the specifications.
Signature and Date
Contractor's Commissioning Specialist
_____________________________
Contractor's Mechanical Representative
_____________________________
Contractor's Electrical Representative
_____________________________
Contractor's TAB Representative
_____________________________
Contractor's Controls Representative
_____________________________
Contracting Officer's Representative
_____________________________
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 39
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 40
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 41
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 42
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 43
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 44
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 45
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 46
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 47
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 48
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 49
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 50
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 51
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 52
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 53
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 54
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 55
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Page 56
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Functional Performance Test Checklist - HVAC Controls
For HVAC System:
The Contracting Officer will select HVAC control systems to undergo
functional performance testing. The number of systems shall not exceed 10
percent. Perform this test simultaneously with FPT for AHU or other
controlled equipment.
1.
Functional Performance Test: Contractor shall verify operation of
HVAC controls by performing the Performance Verification Test {PVT} test
for that system. Contractor to provide blank PVT test procedures previously
done by the controls Contractor.
2.
Verify interlock with UMCS system______.
3.
Verify all required I/O points function from the UMCS system_____.
4.
Certification: We the undersigned have witnessed the Performance
Verification Test and certify that the item tested has met the performance
requirements in this section of the specifications.
Signature and Date
Contractor's Commissioning Specialist
_________________________
Contractor's Mechanical Representative
___________________________
Contractor's Electrical Representative
___________________________
Contractor's TAB Representative
___________________________
Contractor's Controls Representative
___________________________
Contractor's Officer's Representative
___________________________
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 57
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Functional Performance Test Checklist - Energy Recovery System
For Energy Recovery Systems:
RTU-11, RTU-12 and RTU-13
1. Functional Performance Test: Contractor shall demonstrate operation
of energy recovery system in accordance with specifications including the
following: Start equipment to provide energy source for recovery system.
a.
Verify energy source is providing recoverable energy.____________
b.
Verify recovery system senses available energy and activates.____
2. Verify recovery system inlet/outlet readings, compare to design
conditions and manufacturer's performance data.
Design
Actual
Exhaust air inlet temp (degrees F)
__________
__________
Outside air inlet outlet temp (degrees F)
__________
__________
Recovery wheel leaving air temp (degrees F)
__________
__________
3. Check and report unusual vibration, noise, etc.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
4. Certification: We the undersigned have witnessed the above
functional performance tests and certify that the item tested has met the
performance requirements in this section of the specifications.
Signature and Date
Contractor's Commissioning Specialist
__________________________
Contractor's Mechanical Representative
___________________________
Contractor's Electrical Representative
___________________________
Contractor's TAB Representative
___________________________
Contractor's Controls Representative
___________________________
Design Agency Representative
__________________________
Contractor's Officer's Representative
___________________________
Using Agency's Representative
___________________________
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 58
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
- End of Appendix B -
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 59
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
-End of document
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 08 00.00 10
Page 60
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
BACnet DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR HVAC
08/09
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION INTERNATIONAL (AMCA)
AMCA 500-D
(2007) Laboratory Methods of Testing
Dampers for Rating
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 135
(2008; Addenda q 2009; Errata 2009; INT
1-2 2009; Addenda j, l, o, r, s, v 2009;
Addenda h, k, n, t, u, w, x, y, z 2010;
Errata 2010; INT 3-12 2010 ) BACnet—A Data
Communication Protocol for Building
Automation and Control Networks
ARCNET TRADE ASSOCIATION (ATA)
ATA 878.1
(1999) Local Area Network: Token Bus
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B31.1
(2007; Addenda a 2008; Addenda b 2009)
Power Piping
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM B 117
(2009) Standing Practice for Operating
Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE C57.13
(2008) Standard Requirements for
Instrument Transformers
IEEE C62.41.1
(2002; R 2008) Guide on the Surges
Environment in Low-Voltage (1000 V and
Less) AC Power Circuits
IEEE C62.41.2
(2002) Recommended Practice on
Characterization of Surges in Low-Voltage
(1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits
IEEE C62.45
(2002; R 2008) Recommended Practice on
Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Low-Voltage (1000v and less)AC Power
Circuits
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 8802-3
(2000) Information Technology Telecommunications and Information
Exchange Between Systems - Local and
Metropolitan Area Networks - Specific
Requirements - Part 3: Carrier Sense
Multiple Access with Collision Detection
(CSMA/CD)Access Method and Physical Layer
Specifications
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA/ANSI C12.10
(2004) Physical Aspects of Watthour Meters
- Safety Standards
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70
(2011) National Electrical Code
NFPA 72
(2010; TIA 10-4) National Fire Alarm and
Signaling Code
NFPA 90A
(2009; Errata 09-1) Standard for the
Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems
SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(SMACNA)
SMACNA 1966
(2005) HVAC Duct Construction Standards
Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edition
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 1449
(2006; Reprint Oct 2010) Surge Protective
Devices
UL 506
(2008; Reprint Mar 2010) Specialty
Transformers
UL 508A
(2001; Reprint Feb 2010) Industrial
Control Panels
UL 916
(2007; Reprint Jun 2010) Standard for
Energy Management Equipment
1.2
1.2.1
DEFINITIONS
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135: BACnet - A Data Communication Protocol for
Building Automation and Control Networks, referred to as "BACnet". ASHRAE
developed BACnet to provide a method for diverse building automation
devices to communicate and share data over a network.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.2.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
ARCNET
ATA 878.1 - Attached Resource Computer Network. ARCNET is a deterministic
LAN technology; meaning it's possible to determine the maximum delay before
a device is able to transmit a message.
1.2.3
BACnet
Building Automation and Control Network; the common name for the
communication standard ASHRAE 135. The standard defines methods and
protocol for cooperating building automation devices to communicate over a
variety of LAN technologies.
1.2.4
BACnet/IP
An extension of BACnet, Annex J, defines this mechanism using a reserved
UDP socket to transmit BACnet messages over IP networks. A BACnet/IP
network is a collection of one or more IP subnetworks that share the same
BACnet network number. See also "BACnet Broadcast Management Device".
1.2.5
BACnet Internetwork
Two or more BACnet networks, possibly using different LAN technologies,
connected with routers. In a BACnet internetwork, there exists only one
message path between devices.
1.2.6
BACnet Network
One or more BACnet segments that have the same network address and are
interconnected by bridges at the physical and data link layers.
1.2.7
BACnet Segment
One or more physical segments of BACnet devices on a BACnet network,
connected at the physical layer by repeaters.
1.2.8
BBMD
BACnet Broadcast Management Device (BBMD). A communications device,
typically combined with a BACnet router. A BBMD forwards BACnet broadcast
messages to BACnet/IP devices and other BBMDs connected to the same
BACnet/IP network. Every IP subnetwork that is part of a BACnet/IP network
must have only one BBMD. See also "BACnet/IP".
1.2.9
BAS
Building Automation Systems, including DDC (Direct Digital Controls) used
for facility automation and energy management.
1.2.10
BAS Owner
The regional or local user responsible for managing all aspects of the BAS
operation, including: network connections, workstation management,
submittal review, technical support, control parameters, and daily
operation. The BAS Owner for this project is NAVFAC.
1.2.11
BIBBs
BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
A collection of BACnet services
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
used to describe supported tasks. BIBBs are often described in terms of
"A" (client) and "B" (server) devices. The “A” device uses data provided
by the "B" device, or requests an action from the “B” device.
1.2.12
BI
BACnet International, formerly two organizations: the BACnet Manufacturers
Association (BMA) and the BACnet Interest Group - North America (BIG-NA).
1.2.13
BI/BTL
BACnet International/BACnet Testing Laboratories (Formerly BMA/BTL). The
organization responsible for testing products for compliance with the
BACnet standard, operated under the direction of BACnet International.
1.2.14
Bridge
Network hardware that connects two or more network (or BACnet internetwork)
segments at the physical and data link layers. A bridge may also filter
messages.
1.2.15
Broadcast
A message sent to all devices on a network segment.
1.2.16
Device
Any control system component, usually a digital controller, that contains a
BACnet Device Object and uses BACnet to communicate with other devices.
See also "Digital Controller".
1.2.17
Device Object
Every BACnet device requires one Device Object, whose properties represent
the network visible properties of that device. Every Device Object
requires a unique Object Identifier number on the BACnet internetwork.
This number is often referred to as the device instance.
1.2.18
Device Profile
A collection of BIBBs determining minimum BACnet capabilities of a device,
defined in ASHRAE Standard 135-2004, Annex L. Standard device profiles
include BACnet Operator Workstations (B-OWS), BACnet Building Controllers
(B-BC), BACnet Advanced Application Controllers (B-AAC), BACnet Application
Specific Controllers (B-ASC), BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA), and
BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS). Each device used in new construction is
required to have a PICS statement listing BIBBs supported.
1.2.19
Digital Controller
An electronic controller, usually with internal programming logic and
digital and analog input/output capability, which performs control
functions. In most cases, synonymous with a BACnet device described in
this specification. See also "Device".
1.2.20
Direct Digital Control (DDC)
Digital controllers performing control logic. Usually the controller
directly senses physical values, makes control decisions with internal
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
programs, and outputs control signals to directly operate switches, valves,
dampers, and motor controllers.
1.2.21
DDC System
A network of digital controllers, communication architecture, and user
interfaces. A DDC system may include programming, sensors, actuators,
switches, relays, factory controls, operator workstations, and various
other devices, components, and attributes.
1.2.22
Ethernet
A family of local-area-network technologies providing high-speed networking
features over various media.
1.2.23
Firmware
Software programmed into read only memory (ROM), flash memory, electrically
erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), or erasable programmable
read only memory (EPROM) chips.
1.2.24
Gateway
Communication hardware connecting two or more different protocols, similar
to human language translators. The Gateway translates one protocol into
equivalent concepts for the other protocol. In BACnet applications, a
gateway has BACnet on one side and non-BACnet (usually proprietary)
protocols on the other side.
1.2.25
Half Router
A device that participates as one partner in a BACnet point-to-point (PTP)
connection. Two half-routers in an active PTP connection combine to form a
single router.
1.2.26
Hub
A common connection point for devices on a network.
1.2.27
Internet Protocol (IP, TCP/IP, UDP/IP)
A communication method, the most common use is the World Wide Web. At the
lowest level, it is based on Internet Protocol (IP), a method for conveying
and routing packets of information over various LAN media. Two common
protocols using IP are User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP). UDP conveys information to well-known "sockets"
without confirmation of receipt. TCP establishes "sessions", which have
end-to-end confirmation and guaranteed sequence of delivery.
1.2.28
Input/Output (I/O)
Physical inputs and outputs to and from a device, although the term
sometimes describes software, or "virtual" I/O. See also "Points".
1.2.29
I/O Expansion Unit
An I/O expansion unit provides additional point capacity to a digital
controller.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.2.30
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
IP subnet
Internet protocol (IP) identifies individual devices with a 32-bit number
divided into four groups from 0 to 255. Devices are often grouped and
share some portion of this number. For example, one device has IP address
209.185.47.68 and another device has IP address 209.185.47.82. These two
devices share Class C subnet 209.185.47.00
1.2.31
Local-Area Network (LAN)
A communication network that spans a limited geographic area and uses the
same basic communication technology throughout.
1.2.32
LonTalk
ANSI/EIA 709. A communication protocol developed by Echelon Corp.
is an optional physical and data link layer for BACnet.
1.2.33
LonTalk
MAC Address
Media Access Control address. The physical node address that identifies a
device on a Local Area Network.
1.2.34
Master-Slave/Token-Passing (MS/TP)
ISO 8802-3. One of the LAN options for BACnet. MSTP uses twisted-pair
wiring for relatively low speed and low cost communication (up to 4,000 ft
at 76.8K bps).
1.2.35
Native BACnet Device
A device that uses BACnet as its primary, if not only, method of
communication with other BACnet devices without intermediary gateways. A
system that uses native BACnet devices at all levels is a native BACnet
system.
1.2.36
Network
Communication technology for data communications. BACnet approved network
types are BACnet over Internet Protocol (IP), Point to Point (PTP)
Ethernet, ARCNET, MS/TP, and LonTalk®.
1.2.37
Network Number
A site-specific number assigned to each network segment to identify for
routing. This network number must be unique throughout the BACnet
internetwork.
1.2.38
Object
The concept of organizing BACnet information into standard components with
various associated properties. Examples include analog input objects and
binary output objects.
1.2.39
Object Identifier
An object property used to identify the object, including object type and
instance. Object Identifiers must be unique within a device.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.2.40
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Object Properties
Attributes of an object. Examples include present value and high limit
properties of an analog input object. Properties are defined in ASHRAE
135; some are optional and some are required. Objects are controlled by
reading from and writing to object properties.
1.2.41
Peer-to-Peer
Peer-to-peer refers to devices where any device can initiate and respond to
communication with other devices.
1.2.42
Performance Verification Test (PVT)
The procedure for determining if the installed BAS meets design criteria
prior to final acceptance. The PVT is performed after installation,
testing, and balancing of mechanical systems. Typically the PVT is
performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Government.
1.2.43
PID
Proportional, integral, and derivative control; three parameters used to
control modulating equipment to maintain a setpoint. Derivative control is
often not required for HVAC systems (leaving "PI" control).
1.2.44
PICS
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS), describing the BACnet
capabilities of a device. See BACnet, Annex A for the standard format and
content of a PICS statement.
1.2.45
Points
Physical and virtual inputs and outputs.
1.2.46
See also "Input/Output".
PTP
Point-to-Point protocol connects individual BACnet devices or networks
using serial connections like modem-to-modem links.
1.2.47
Repeater
A network component that connects two or more physical segments at the
physical layer.
1.2.48
Router
A BACnet router is a component that joins together two or more networks
using different LAN technologies. Examples include joining a BACnet
Ethernet LAN to a BACnet MS/TP LAN.
1.2.49
Stand-Alone Control
Refers to devices performing equipment-specific and small system control
without communication to other devices or computers for physical I/O,
excluding outside air and other common shared conditions. Devices are
located near controlled equipment, with physical input and output points
limited to 64 or less per device, except for complex individual equipment
or systems. Failure of any single device will not cause other network
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
devices to fail. BACnet "Smart" actuators (B-SA profile) and sensors (B-SS
profile) communicating on a network with a parent device are exempt from
stand-alone requirements.
1.3
BACnet DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR HVAC DESCRIPTION
a.
Provide new BACnetand merge with existing Johnson Control, Inc. Metasys
DDC systems including associated equipment and accessories. All new
devices are accessible using a Web browser interface and communicate
using ASHRAE 135 BACnet communications without the use of gateways,
unless gateways are shown on the design drawings and specifically
requested by the Government. Where gateways are allowed, they must
support ASHRAE 135, including all object properties and read-write
services shown on Government approved interoperability schedules.
Manufacturer's products, including design, materials, fabrication,
assembly, inspection, and testing shall be in accordance with ASHRAE 135,
ASME B31.1, and NFPA 70, except where indicated otherwise.
b.
The existing DDC system is manufactured by Johnson Control, Inc. Metasys.
If installing a system made by the same manufacturer, upgrade or
replace the existing server, operator workstation, and laptop computer
software with the manufacturer's latest software version for all used
applications. Upgrade hardware, memory, and operating systems if
required, provide trend reporting software.
1.3.1
1.3.1.1
Design Requirements
Control System Drawings Title Sheet
Provide a title sheet for the control system drawing set. Include the
project title, project location, contract number, the controls contractor
preparing the drawings, an index of the control drawings in the set, and a
legend of the symbols and abbreviations used throughout the control system
drawings.
1.3.1.2
List of I/O Points
Also known as a Point Schedule, provide for each input and output point
physically connected to a digital controller: point name, point
description, point type (Analog Output (AO), Analog Input (AI), Binary
Output (BO), Binary Input (BI)), point sensor range, point actuator range,
point address, BACnet object, associated BIBBS (where applicable), and
point connection terminal number. Typical schedules for multiple identical
equipment are allowed unless otherwise requested in design or contract
criteria.
1.3.1.3
Control System Components List
Provide a complete list of control system components installed on this
project. Include for each controller and device: control system schematic
name, control system schematic designation, device description,
manufacturer, and manufacturer part number. For sensors, include point
name, sensor range, and operating limits. For valves, include body style,
Cv, design flow rate, pressure drop, valve characteristic (linear or equal
percentage), and pipe connection size. For actuators, include point name,
spring or non-spring return, modulating or two-position action, normal
(power fail) position, nominal control signal operating range (0-10 volts
DC or 4-20 milliamps), and operating limits.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.3.1.4
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Control System Schematics
Provide control system schematics. Typical schematics for multiple
identical equipment are allowed unless otherwise requested in design or
contract criteria. Include the following:
a.
Location of each input and output device
b.
Flow diagram for each piece of HVAC equipment
c.
Name or symbol for each control system component, such as V-1 for a
valve
d.
Setpoints, with differential or proportional band values
e.
Written sequence of operation for the HVAC equipment
f.
Valve and Damper Schedules, with normal (power fail) position
1.3.1.5
HVAC Equipment Electrical Ladder Diagrams
Provide HVAC equipment electrical ladder diagrams. Indicate required
electrical interlocks.
1.3.1.6
Component Wiring Diagrams
Provide a wiring diagram for each type of input device and output device.
Indicate how each device is wired and powered; showing typical connections
at the digital controller and power supply. Show for all field connected
devices such as control relays, motor starters, actuators, sensors, and
transmitters.
1.3.1.7
Terminal Strip Diagrams
Provide a diagram of each terminal strip. Indicate the terminal strip
location, termination numbers, and associated point names.
1.3.1.8
BACnet Communication Architecture Schematic
Provide a schematic showing the project's entire BACnet communication
network, including addressing used for LANs, LAN devices including routers
and bridges, gateways, controllers, workstations, and field interface
devices. If applicable, show connection to existing networks.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
Submit detailed and annotated manufacturer's data, drawings, and
specification sheets for each item listed, that clearly show compliance
with the project specifications.
Submit the following according to 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Include the following in the project's control system drawing set:
Control system drawings title sheet
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
List of I/O Points
Control System Components List
Control system schematics
HVAC Equipment Electrical Ladder diagrams
Component wiring diagrams
Terminal strip diagrams
BACnet communication architecture schematic
Equipment Coordination Compliance: Provide a memo that
demonstrates that all points have been coordinated with manufacturers
providing equipment with DDC controllers.
SD-03 Product Data
Direct Digital Controllers
Include BACnet PICS for each controller/device type, including
smart sensors (B-SS) and smart actuators (B-SA).
BACnet Gateways
Include BACnet and workstation display information; bi-directional
communication ability; compliance with interoperability schedule;
expansion capacity; handling of alarms, events, scheduling and
trend data; and single device capability (not depending on
multiple devices for exchanging information from either side of
the gateway).
BACnet Protocol Analyzer
Include capability to store and report data traffic on BACnet
networks, measure bandwidth usage, filter information, and
identify BACnet devices.
DDC Software
BACnet Operator Workstation
BACnet Operator Workstation DDC Software
Include BACnet PICS for Operator Workstation software.
Notebook Computer
Sensors and Input Hardware
Output Hardware
Surge and transient protection
Indicators
Duct smoke detectors
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SD-05 Design Data
Performance Verification Testing Plan
Pre-Performance Verification Testing Checklist
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Comply with requirements for data packages in Section 01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA, except as supplemented and
modified in this specification.
BACnet Direct Digital Control Systems, Data Package 4
Controls System Operators Manuals, Data Package 4
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Training documentation
1.5
1.5.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Standard Products
Provide material and equipment that are standard manufacturer's products
currently in production and supported by a local service organization.
1.5.2
Delivery, Storage, and Handling
Handle, store, and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before
and during installation according to manufacturer's recommendations, and as
approved by the Contracting Officer. Replace damaged or defective items.
1.5.3
Operating Environment
Protect components from humidity and temperature variation, dust, and
contaminants. If components are stored before installation, keep them
within the manufacturer's limits.
1.5.4
Finish of New Equipment
New equipment finishing shall be factory provided. Manufacturer's standard
factory finishing shall be proven to withstand 125 hours in a salt-spray
fog test. Equipment located outdoors shall be proven to withstand 500
hours in a salt-spray fog test.
Salt-spray fog test shall be according to ASTM B 117, with acceptance
criteria as follows: immediately after completion of the test, the finish
shall show no signs of degradation or loss of adhesion beyond 0.125 inch on
either side of the scratch mark.
1.5.5
Verification of Dimensions
The contractor shall verify all dimensions in the field, and advise the
Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing work.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.5.6
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Contractor's Qualifications
Submit documentation certifying the controls Contractor performing the work
has completed at least three DDC systems installations of a similar design
to this project, and programmed similar sequences of operation for at least
two years.
1.5.7
Modification of References
The advisory provisions in ASME B31.1 and NFPA 70 are mandatory.
Substitute "shall" for "should" wherever it appears and interpret all
references to the "authority having jurisdiction" and "owner" to mean the
Contracting Officer.
1.5.8
Project Sequence
The control system work for this project shall proceed in the following
order:
a.
Submit and receive approval on the Shop Drawings, Product Data, and
Certificates specified under the paragraph entitled "SUBMITTALS."
b.
Perform the control system installation work, including all field
check-outs and tuning.
c.
Provide support to TAB personnel as specified under the paragraph "TEST
AND BALANCE SUPPORT."
d.
Submit and receive approval of the Controls System Operators Manual
specified under the paragraph "CONTROLS SYSTEM OPERATORS MANUALS."
e.
Submit and receive approval of the Performance Verification Testing
Plan and the Pre-PVT Checklist specified under the paragraph
"PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TESTING."
f.
Perform the Performance Verification Testing.
g.
Submit and receive approval on the PVT Report.
h.
Deliver the final Controls System Operators Manuals and VFD Service
Manuals.
i.
Conduct the Phase I Training and VFD on-site/hands-on training.
j.
Conduct the Phase II Training.
k.
Submit and receive approval of Closeout Submittals.
INDENT=-.33>l. The DDC-BAS system shall operate successfully for 45
consecutive days prior to acceptance by the Contracting Officer.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
DDC SYSTEM
a. Provide an operator workstation and add new server if necessary with
complete interface software capable of programming, configuring, and
monitoring the digital controllers. Interface the new DDC system with
the site's existing server and operator workstation and software
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
including graphic creation, scheduling, alarming, and trending.
2.1.1
Direct Digital Controllers
Direct digital controllers shall be UL 916 rated.
2.1.1.1
I/O Point Limitation
The total number of I/O hardware points used by a single stand-alone
digital controller, including I/O expansion units, shall not exceed 64,
except for complex individual equipment or systems. Place I/O expansion
units in the same cabinet as the digital controller.
2.1.1.2
Environmental Limits
Controllers shall be suitable for, or placed in protective enclosures
suitable for the environment (temperature, humidity, dust, and vibration)
where they are located.
2.1.1.3
Stand-Alone Control
Provide stand-alone digital controllers.
2.1.1.4
Internal Clock
Provide internal clocks for all BACnet Building Controllers (B-BC) and
BACnet Advanced Application Controllers (B-AAC) using BACnet time
synchronization services. Automatically synchronize system clocks daily
from an operator-designated controller. The system shall automatically
adjust for daylight saving time.
2.1.1.5
Memory
Provide sufficient memory for each controller to support the required
control, communication, trends, alarms, and messages. Protect programs
residing in memory with EEPROM, flash memory, or by an uninterruptible
power source (battery or uninterruptible power supply). The backup power
source shall have capacity to maintain the memory during a 72-hour
continuous power outage. Rechargeable power sources shall be constantly
charged while the controller is operating under normal line power.
Batteries shall be replaceable without soldering. Trend and alarm history
collected during normal operation shall not be lost during power outages
less than 72 hours long.
2.1.1.6
Immunity to Power Fluctuations
Controllers shall operate at 90 percent to 110 percent nominal voltage
rating.
2.1.1.7
Transformer
The controller power supply shall be fused or current limiting and rated at
125 percent power consumption.
2.1.1.8
Wiring Terminations
Use screw terminal wiring terminations for all field-installed
controllers. Provide field-removable modular terminal strip or a
termination card connected by a ribbon cable for all controllers other than
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
terminal units.
2.1.1.9
Input and Output Interface
Provide hard-wired input and output interface for all controllers as
follows:
a.
Protection: Shorting an input or output point to itself, to another
point, or to ground shall cause no controller damage. Input or output
point contact with sources up to 24 volts AC or DC for any duration
shall cause no controller damage.
b.
Binary Inputs: Binary inputs shall have a toggle switch and monitor on
and off contacts from a "dry" remote device without external power, and
external 5-24 VDC voltage inputs.
c.
Pulse Accumulation Inputs: Pulse accumulation inputs shall conform to
binary input requirements and accumulate pulses at a resolution
suitable to the application.
d.
Analog Inputs: Analog inputs shall monitor low-voltage (0-10 VDC),
current (4-20 mA), or resistance (thermistor or RTD) signals.
e.
Binary Outputs: Binary outputs shall have a toggle switch and send a
pulsed 24 VDC low-voltage signal for modulation control, or provide a
maintained open-closed position for on-off control. For HVAC equipment
and plant controllers, provide for manual overrides, either with
three-position (on-off-auto) override switches and status lights, or
with an adjacent operator display and interface. Where appropriate,
provide a method to select normally open or normally closed operation.
f.
Analog Outputs: Analog outputs shall send modulating 0-10 VDC or 4-20
mA signals to control output devices.
g.
Tri-State Outputs: Tri-State outputs shall provide three-point
floating control of terminal unit electronic actuators.
2.1.1.10
Digital Controller BACnet Internetwork
Provide a BACnet internetwork with control products, communication media,
connectors, repeaters, hubs, and routers. Provide intermediate gateways,
only when requested by the Government and shown on the contract drawings,
to connect existing non-BACnet devices to the BACnet internetwork.
Controller and operator interface communication shall conform to ASHRAE 135,
BACnet. Coordinate connections to existing base Ethernet backbones with
the BAS Owner and LAN administrator. If a controller becomes
non-responsive, the remaining controllers shall continue operating and not
be affected by the failed controller.
2.1.1.11
a.
Communications Ports
Direct-Connect Interface Ports: Provide at least one extra
communication port at each local BACnet network for direct connecting a
notebook computer or BACnet hand-held terminal so all network BACnet
objects and properties may be viewed and edited by the operator.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
b.
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Telecommunications Interface Port: Provide one telecommunication port
per building, permitting remote communication via point-to-point (PTP)
protocol over telephone lines.
2.1.1.12
Modems
Provide DSL modems where required for communication between the BACnet
Operator Workstation (B-OWS) and the DDC system.
2.1.1.13
BACnet Gateways
Provide BACnet communication ports, whenever available as a plant equipment
OEM standard option, for DDC integration via a single communication cable.
Typical BACnet controlled plant equipment includes, but is not limited to,
boilers, chillers, and variable frequency motor drives.
Provide gateways to connect BACnet to legacy systems, existing non-BACnet
devices, and existing non-BACnet DDC controlled plant equipment, only when
specifically requested and approved by the Government, and shown on the
Government approved BACnet Communication Architecture Schematic. Provide
with each gateway an interoperability schedule, showing each point or event
on the legacy side that the BACnet "client" will read, and each parameter
that the BACnet network will write to. Describe this interoperability in
terms of BACnet services, or Interoperability Building Blocks (BIBBS),
defined in ASHRAE 135 Annex K. Provide two-year minimum warranty for each
gateway, including parts and labor.
The following minimum capabilities are required:
a.
Gateways shall be able to read and view all readable object properties
listed in the interoperability schedule on the non-BACnet network to
the BACnet network and vice versa where applicable.
b.
Gateways shall be able to write to all writeable object properties
listed in the interoperability schedule on the non-BACnet network from
the BACnet network and vice versa where applicable.
c.
Gateways shall provide single-pass (only one protocol to BACnet without
intermediary protocols) translation from the non-BACnet protocol to
BACnet and vice versa.
d.
Gateways shall meet the requirements of Data Sharing Read Property
(DS-RP-B), Data Sharing Write Property (DS-WP-B), Device Management
Dynamic Device Binding-B (DM-DDB-B), and Device Management
Communication Control (DM-DCC-B) BIBBs, in accordance with ASHRAE 135.
e.
Gateways shall include all hardware, software, software licenses, and
configuration tools for operator-to-gateway communications. Provide
backup programming and parameters on CD media and the ability to
modify, download, backup, and restore gateway configuration.
2.1.1.14
Digital Controller Cabinet
Provide each digital controller in a factory fabricated cabinet enclosure.
Cabinets located indoors shall protect against dust and have a minimum NEMA
1 rating, except where indicated otherwise. Cabinets located outdoors or
in damp environments shall protect against all outdoor conditions and have
a minimum NEMA 4 rating. Outdoor control panels and controllers must be
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 15
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
able to withstand extreme ambient conditions, without malfunction or
failure, whether or not the controlled equipment is running. If necessary,
provide a thermostatically controlled panel heater in freezing locations,
and an internal ventilating fan in locations exposed to direct sunlight.
Cabinets shall have a hinged lockable door and an offset removable metal
back plate, except controllers integral with terminal units, like those
mounted on VAV boxes. Provide like-keyed locks for all hinged panels
provided and a set of two keys at each panel, with one key inserted in the
lock.
2.1.1.15
Main Power Switch and Receptacle
Provide each control cabinet with a main external power on/off switch
located inside the cabinet. Also provide each cabinet with a separate 120
VAC duplex receptacle.
2.1.2
DDC Software
2.1.2.1
Programming
Provide programming to execute the sequence of operation indicated.
Provide all programming and tools to configure and program all
controllers. Provide programming routines in simple, easy-to-follow logic
with detailed text comments describing what the logic does and how it
corresponds to the project's written sequence of operation.
a.
Graphic-based programming shall use a library of function blocks made
from pre-programmed code designed for BAS control. Function blocks
shall be assembled with interconnecting lines, depicting the control
sequence in a flowchart. If providing a computer with device
programming tools as part of the project, graphic programs shall be
viewable in real time showing present values and logical results from
each function block.
b.
Menu-based programming shall be done by entering parameters,
definitions, conditions, requirements, and constraints.
c.
For line-by-line and text-based programming, declare variable types
(local, global, real, integer, etc.) at the beginning of the program.
Use descriptive comments frequently to describe the programming.
d.
If providing a computer with device programming tools as part of the
project, provide a means for detecting program errors and testing
software strategies with a simulation tool. Simulation may be inherent
within the programming software suite, or provided by physical
controllers mounted in a NEMA 1 test enclosure. The test enclosure
shall contain one dedicated controller of each type provided under this
contract, complete with power supply and relevant accessories.
2.1.2.2
Parameter Modification
All writeable object properties, and all other programming parameters
needed to comply with the project specification shall be adjustable for
devices at any network level, including those accessible with web-browser
communication, and regardless of programming methods used to create the
applications.
2.1.2.3
Short Cycling Prevention
Provide setpoint differentials and minimum on/off times to prevent
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 16
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
equipment short cycling.
2.1.2.4
Equipment Status Delay
Provide an adjustable delay from when equipment is commanded on or off and
when the control program looks to the status input for confirmation.
2.1.2.5
Run Time Accumulation
Use the Elapsed Time Property to provide re-settable run time accumulation
for each Binary Output Object connected to mechanical loads greater than 1
HP, electrical loads greater than 10 KW, or wherever else specified.
2.1.2.6
Timed Local Override
Provide an adjustable override time for each push of a timed local override
button.
2.1.2.7
Time Synchronization
Provide time synchronization, including adjustments for leap years,
daylight saving time, and operator time adjustments.
2.1.2.8
Scheduling
Provide operating schedules as indicated, with equipment assigned to
groups. Changing the schedule of a group shall change the operating
schedule of all equipment in the group. Groups shall be capable of
operator creation, modification, and deletion. Provide capability to view
and modify schedules in a seven-day week format. Provide capability to
enter holiday and override schedules one full year at a time.
2.1.2.9
Object Property Override
Allow writeable object property values to accept overrides to any valid
value. Where specified or required for the sequence of control, the
Out-Of-Service property of Objects shall be modifiable using BACnet's write
property service. When documented, exceptions to these requirement are
allowed for life, machine, and process safeties.
2.1.2.10
Alarms and Events
Alarms and events shall be capable of having programmed time delays and
high-low limits. When a computer workstation or web server is connected to
the BACnet internetwork, alarms/events shall report to the computer,
printer, as defined by an authorized operator. Otherwise alarms/events
shall be stored within a device on the BACnet network until connected to a
user interface device and retrieved. Provide alarms/events in agreement
with the point schedule, sequence of operation, and the BAS Owner. At a
minimum, provide programming to initiate alarms/events any time a piece of
equipment fails to operate, a control point is outside normal range or
condition shown on schedules, communication to a device is lost, a device
has failed, or a controller has lost its memory.
2.1.2.11
Trending
Provide BACnet trend services capable of trending all object present values
set points, and other parameters indicated for trending on project
schedules. Trends may be associated into groups, and a trend report may be
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 17
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
set up for each group. Trends are stored within a device on the BACnet
network, with operator selectable trend intervals from 10 seconds up to 60
minutes. The minimum number of consecutive trend values stored at one time
shall be 100 per variable. When trend memory is full, the most recent data
shall overwrite the oldest data.
The operator workstation shall upload trends automatically upon reaching
3/4 of the device buffer limit (via Notification_Threshold property), by
operator request, or by time schedule for archiving. Archived and
real-time trend data shall be available for viewing numerically and
graphically for at the workstation and connected notebook computers.
2.1.2.12
Device Diagnostics
Each controller shall have diagnostic LEDs for power, communication, and
device fault condition. The DDC system shall recognize and report a
non-responsive controller.
2.1.2.13
Power Loss
Upon restoration of power, the DDC system shall perform an orderly restart
and restoration of control.
2.1.3
BACnet Operator Workstation
The workstation shall be capable of accessing all DDC system devices and
communicate using the BACnet protocol. The workstation shall be capable of
displaying, modifying, creating, archiving, and deleting (as applicable):
all points, objects, object properties, programming, alarms, trends,
messages, schedules, and reports.
2.1.3.1
BACnet Operator Workstation Hardware
Configure according to system manufacturer's specifications and conforming
to BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS) device standards found in ASHRAE 135,
Annex L. Install to permit complete monitoring and troubleshooting of the
DDC system.
At a minimum the workstation hardware shall include: a desktop personal
computer with Microsoft Windows XP or VISTA Professional operating system
or equal, processor and RAM exceeding capability and speed required by
operating system and application software, hard drive capacity exceeding
software and yearly archive requirements, 16X internal DVD+/-R/RW/CD-RW
drive with archive creator software, external 200 GB USB 2.0 hard drive and
cable, 4 USB 2.0 ports, 10/100 network interface card, MS/TP card, 19-inch
LCD monitor, internal V.92 modem, sound card with speakers, 101 character
keyboard, optical mouse, USB Hub with four USB 2.0 ports and connecting
cable, ink jet printer with USB port and cable, 3 matching color and black
ink cartridges, 120-volt 800 VA uninterruptible power supply with automatic
voltage regulation and 4 minimum battery back-up outlets and 2 surge
protected outlets, Microsoft Office bundled software, Adobe Acrobat Writer,
and Symantec Ghost disk imaging software or equal. Provide all original
licenses, installation media, documentation, and recovery CDs capable of
restoring the original configuration. Provide a manufacturer's 3-year next
business day on-site warranty with the Government listed as the warranty
owner.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 18
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.1.3.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Password Protection
Provide at least five levels of password protection for operator
interfaces. The lowest level only allow viewing graphics. The second
level allows viewing graphics and changing space temperature setpoints.
The third level allows the previous level's capability, plus changing
operating schedules. The fourth level allows access to all functions
except passwords. The highest level provides all administrator rights and
allows full access to all programming, including setting new passwords and
access levels. Provide the BAS Owner with the highest level password
access. Provide automatic log out if no keyboard or mouse activity is
detected after a user-defined time delay.
2.1.3.3
BACnet Operator Workstation DDC Software
Provide the workstation software with the manufacturer's installation CDs
and licenses. Configure the software according to the DDC system
manufacturer's specifications and in agreement with BACnet Operator
Workstation (B-OWS) device standards found in ASHRAE 135, Annex L.
The workstation software shall permit complete monitoring, modification,
and troubleshooting interface with the DDC system. The operator interface
with the software shall be menu-driven with appropriate displays and menu
commands to manipulate the DDC system's objects, point data, operating
schedules, control routines, system configuration, trends, alarms,
messages, graphics, and reports. Trends shall be capable of graphic
display in real time, with variables plotted as functions of time. Each
alarmed point shall be capable of displaying its alarm history, showing
when it went into alarm, if and when it was acknowledged, and when it went
out of alarm. The modification of DDC system parameters and object
properties shall be accomplished with "fill in the blank" and/or "point and
drag" methods. Modifications shall download to the appropriate controllers
at the operator's request.
2.1.3.4
Graphics Software
Provide web-based system graphics viewable on browsers compatible with MS
Internet Explorer 6.X or greater using an industry-standard file format
such as HTML, BMP, JPEG, or GIF.
Graphic displays shall have full-screen resolution when viewed on the
workstation and notebook computers. Dynamic data on graphics pages shall
refresh within 10 seconds using an Internet connection, or 30 seconds using
a dial-up modem connection. Graphics viewing shall not require additional
"plug-in" software like Java, Shockwave and Flash applications unless the
software is readily available for free over the Internet, and certified for
use with Navy Marine Corps Internet (NMCI) personal computers.
The graphics shall show the present value and object name for each of the
project's I/O points on at least one graphic page. Arrange point values
and names on the graphic displays in their appropriate physical locations
with respect to the floor plan or equipment graphic displayed. Graphics
shall allow the operator to monitor current status, view zone and equipment
summaries, use point-and-click navigation between graphic pages, and edit
setpoints and parameters directly from the screens. Items in alarm shall
be displayed using a different color or other obvious visual indicator.
Provide graphics with the following:
a.
Graphic Types:
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Provide at least one graphic display for each piece of
Page 19
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
HVAC equipment, building floor, and controlled zone. Indicate dynamic
point values, operating statuses, alarm conditions, and control
setpoints on each display. Provide summary pages where appropriate.
(1)
Building Elevation: For buildings more than one story, provide
an elevation view of the building with links to each of the
building's floor plans. Simulate the building's architecture and
include the building number and floor numbers. If possible, use
an actual photograph of the building.
(2)
Building Floor Plans: Provide a floor plan graphic for each of
the building's floors and roof with dynamic display of space
temperature and other important data. If used, indicate and
provide links to sub-plan areas. If possible, use the project's
electronic drawing files for the graphic backgrounds. Provide
clear names for important areas, such as "Main Conference Room."
Include room names and numbers where applicable. Include features
such as stairwells, elevators, and main entrances. Where
applicable, include the mechanical room, HVAC equipment, and
control component locations, with corresponding links to the
equipment graphics.
(3)
Sub-plan Areas: Where a building's floor plan is too large to
adequately display on the screen, sub-divide the plan into
distinct areas, and provide a separate graphic display for each
area. Provide same level of detail requested in building floor
plan section above.
(4)
HVAC Equipment: Provide a graphic display for each piece of HVAC
equipment, such as a fan coil unit, VAV terminal, or air handling
unit. Equipment shall be represented by a two or
three-dimensional drawing. Where multiple pieces of equipment
combine to form a system, such as a central chiller plant or
central heating plant, provide one graphic to depict the entire
plant. Indicate the equipment, piping, ductwork, dampers, and
control valves in the installed location. Include labels for
equipment, piping, ductwork, dampers, and control valves. Show
the direction of air and water flow. Include dynamic display of
applicable object data with clear names in appropriate locations.
(5)
Sequence of Operation: Provide a graphic screen displaying the
written out full sequence of operation for each piece of HVAC
equipment. Provide a link to the sequence of operation displays
on their respective equipment graphics.
b.
Graphic Title:
page.
c.
Dynamic Update: When the workstation is on-line, all graphic I/O
object values shall update with change-of-value services, or by
operator selected discrete intervals.
d.
Graphic Linking: Provide forward and backward linking between floor
plans, sub-plans, and equipment.
e.
Graphic Editing: Provide installed software to create, modify, and
delete the DDC graphics. Include the ability to store graphic symbols
in a symbol directory and import these symbols into the graphics.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Provide a prominent, descriptive title on each graphic
Page 20
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
f.
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Dynamic Point Editing: Provide full editing capability for deleting,
adding, and modifying dynamic points on the graphics.
2.1.4
Notebook Computer
Provide a notebook computer, complete with the project's installed DDC
software, applications database, and graphics to fully troubleshoot and
program the project's devices. Notebook computers for web-based systems do
not require this installed software if they have the ability to connect
locally in real time, view all graphics, and fully troubleshoot, modify,
and program all project devices. Provide the notebook computer with
ballistic nylon carrying case with shoulder strap with all necessary cables
and interface hardware needed for setup and communication with the
controllers and control system components.
At a minimum the notebook computer shall include: a Microsoft XP
Professional operating system, processor with capability and speed required
by application software, 40 giga-byte hard drive, 512 mega-byte RAM, 2 USB
2.0 ports, 10/100 network interface card, internal V.92 modem, 15-inch
display, keyboard, 3-hour battery with charger, 52X internal CD-RW drive
with CD creator software, and Microsoft Office bundled software. Provide
all original licenses, installation media, documentation, and recovery CDs
capable of restoring the original configuration. Provide the
manufacturer's 3-year next business day on-site warranty with the
Government listed as the warranty owner.
2.1.5
BACnet Protocol Analyzer
Provide a BACnet protocol analyzer and required cables and fittings for
connection to the BACnet network. The analyzer shall include the following
minimum capabilities:
a.
Capture and store to a file data traffic on all network levels.
b.
Measure bandwidth usage.
c.
Filtering options with ability to ignore select traffic.
2.2
SENSORS AND INPUT HARDWARE
Coordinate sensor types with the BAS Owner to keep them consistent with
existing installations.
2.2.1
Field-Installed Temperature Sensors
Where feasible, provide the same sensor type throughout the project.
using transmitters unless absolutely necessary.
2.2.1.1
Avoid
Thermistors
Precision thermistors may be used in applications below 200 degrees F.
Sensor accuracy over the application range shall be 0.36 degree F or less
between 32 to 150 degrees F. Stability error of the thermistor over five
years shall not exceed 0.25 degrees F cumulative. A/D conversion
resolution error shall be kept to 0.1 degrees F. Total error for a
thermistor circuit shall not exceed 0.5 degrees F.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 21
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.1.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs)
Provide RTD sensors with platinum elements compatible with the digital
controllers. Encapsulate sensors in epoxy, series 300 stainless steel,
anodized aluminum, or copper. Temperature sensor accuracy shall be 0.1
percent (1 ohm) of expected ohms (1000 ohms) at 32 degrees F. Temperature
sensor stability error over five years shall not exceed 0.25 degrees F
cumulative. Direct connection of RTDs to digital controllers without
transmitters is preferred. When RTDs are connected directly, lead
resistance error shall be less than 0.25 degrees F. The total error for a
RTD circuit shall not exceed 0.5 degrees F.
2.2.1.3
Temperature Sensor Details
a.
Room Type: Provide the sensing element components within a decorative
protective cover suitable for surrounding decor. Provide room
temperature sensors with timed override button, setpoint adjustment
lever, digital temperature display. Provide a communication port or
802.11x wireless support for a portable operator interface like a
notebook computer or PDA.
b.
Duct Probe Type: Ensure the probe is long enough to properly sense the
air stream temperature.
c.
Outside Air Type: Provide the sensing element on the building's north
side with a protective weather shade that positions the sensor
approximately 3 inches off the wall surface, does not inhibit free air
flow across the sensing element, and protects the sensor from snow,
ice, and rain.
2.2.2
Transmitters
Provide transmitters with 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC linear output scaled to
the sensed input. Transmitters shall be matched to the respective sensor,
factory calibrated, and sealed. Size transmitters for an output near 50
percent of its full-scale range at normal operating conditions. The total
transmitter error shall not exceed 0.1 percent at any point across the
measured span. Supply voltage shall be 12 to 24 volts AC or DC.
Transmitters shall have non-interactive offset and span adjustments. For
temperature sensing, transmitter drift shall not exceed 0.03 degrees F a
year.
2.2.2.1
Relative Humidity Transmitters
Provide transmitters with an accuracy equal to plus or minus 3 percent from
0 to 90 percent scale, and less than one percent drift per year. Sensing
elements shall be the polymer type.
2.2.2.2
Pressure Transmitters
Provide transmitters integral with the pressure transducer.
2.2.3
Current Transducers
Provide current transducers to monitor motor amperage, unless current
switches are shown on design drawings or point tables.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 22
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.4
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Input Switches
2.2.4.1
Timed Local Overrides
Provide buttons or switches to override the DDC occupancy schedule
programming for each major building zone during unoccupied periods, and to
return HVAC equipment to the occupied mode. This requirement is waived for
zones clearly intended for 24 hour continuous operation.
2.2.5
Freeze Protection Thermostats
Provide special purpose thermostats with flexible capillary elements 20
feet minimum length for coil face areas up to 40 square feet. Provide
longer elements for larger coils at 1-foot of element for every 4 square
feet of coil face area, or provide additional thermostats. Provide switch
contacts rated for the respective motor starter's control circuit voltage.
Include auxiliary contacts for the switch's status condition. A freezing
condition at any 18-inch increment along the sensing element's length shall
activate the switch. The thermostat shall be equipped with a manual
push-button reset switch so that when tripped, the thermostat requires
manual resetting before the HVAC equipment can restart.
2.2.6
Energy Metering
2.2.6.1
Electric Meters
Provide kilowatt-hour (kWh) meter(s) shown in accordance with
NEMA/ANSI C12.10, suitable for the intended voltage, phases, and wye/delta
configuration, with three current transformers and an output signal
compatible with the DDC system. The meter shall have a box-mounted socket
and an automatic circuit-closing bypass. Provide the meter with at least
four pointer-type kWh registers, provisions for pulse initiation, and
universal Class 2 indicating maximum kW demand register, sweep pointer
indicating type, and a 15 minute interval. The meter accuracy shall be
within plus or minus one percent of the actual kWh. Provide the correct
multiplier on the meter face. Provide the current transformers in
accordance with IEEE C57.13, with 600-volt insulation, and rated for
metering with voltage, IL, momentary, and burden ratings coordinated with
the ratings of corresponding meters. Provide butyl-molded donut or window
type transformers mounted on a bracket to allow secondary cables to connect
to the transformer bushings. Provide wiring identification of the current
transformer secondary feeders to permit field measurements to be taken with
hook-on ammeters.
2.3
2.3.1
OUTPUT HARDWARE
Control Dampers
Provide factory manufactured galvanized steel dampers where
indicated. Control dampers shall comply with SMACNA 1966 except as modified
or supplemented by this specification. Published damper leakage rates and
respective pressure drops shall have been verified by tests in compliance
with AMCA 500-D requirements.
Provide damper assembly frames constructed of 0.064 inch minimum
thickness galvanized steel channels with mitered and welded corners. Damper
axles shall be 0.5 inches minimum diameter plated steel rods supported in
the damper frame by stainless steel or bronze bearings. Blades mounted
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 23
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
vertically shall be supported by thrust bearings.
Dampers shall be rated for not less than 2000 fpm air velocity. The
pressure drop through each damper when full-open shall not exceed 0.04
inches water gage at 1000 fpm face velocity. Damper assemblies in ductwork
subject to above 3-inch water gauge static air pressure shall be
constructed to meet SMACNA Seal Class "A" construction requirements.
Provide the damper operating linkages outside of the air stream, including
crank arms, connecting rods, and other hardware that transmits motion from
the damper actuators to the dampers, shall be adjustable. Additionally,
operating linkages shall be designed and constructed to have a 2 to 1
safety factor when loaded with the maximum required damper operating force.
Linkages shall be brass, bronze, galvanized steel, or stainless steel.
Provide access doors or panels in hard ceilings and walls for access to all
concealed damper operators and damper locking setscrews.
For field-installed control dampers, a single damper section shall have
blades no longer than 48 inches and no higher than 72 inches. The maximum
damper blade width shall be 12 inches. Larger sized dampers shall be built
using a combination of sections.
Frames shall be at least 2 inches wide. Flat blades shall have edges folded
for rigidity. Blades shall be provided with compressible gasket seals along
the full length of the blades to prevent air leakage when closed.
The damper frames shall be provided with jamb seals to minimize air
leakage. Seals shall be suitable for an operating temperature range of
minus 40 degrees F to 200 degrees F.
2.3.2
Actuators
Provide direct-drive electric actuators for all control applications,
except where indicated otherwise.
2.3.2.1
Electric Actuators
Each actuator shall deliver the torque required for continuous uniform
motion and shall have internal end switches to limit the travel, or be
capable of withstanding continuous stalling without damage. Actuators
shall function properly within 85 to 110 percent of rated line voltage.
Provide actuators with hardened steel running shafts and gears of steel or
copper alloy. Fiber or reinforced nylon gears may be used for torques less
than 16 inch-pounds. Provide two-position actuators of single direction,
spring return, or reversing type. Provide modulating actuators capable of
stopping at any point in the cycle, and starting in either direction from
any point. Actuators shall be equipped with a switch for reversing
direction, and a button to disengage the clutch to allow manual
adjustments. Provide the actuator with a hand crank for manual
adjustments, as applicable. Thermal type actuators may only be used on
terminal fan coil units, terminal VAV units, convectors, and unit heaters.
Spring return actuators shall be provided on all control dampers and all
control valves except terminal fan coil units, terminal VAV units,
convectors, and unit heaters; unless indicated otherwise. Each actuator
shall have distinct markings indicating the full-open and full-closed
position, and the points in-between.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 24
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.3.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Output Switches
2.3.3.1
Control Relays
Field installed and DDC panel relays shall be double pole, double throw, UL
listed, with contacts rated for the intended application, indicator light,
and dust proof enclosure. The indicator light shall be lit when the coil
is energized and off when coil is not energized. Relays shall be the
socket type, plug into a fixed base, and replaceable without tools or
removing wiring. Encapsulated "PAM" type relays may be used for terminal
control applications.
2.4
ELECTRICAL POWER AND DISTRIBUTION
2.4.1
Transformers
Transformers shall conform to UL 506. For control power other than
terminal level equipment, provide a fuse or circuit breaker on the
secondary side of each transformer.
2.4.2
Surge and Transient Protection
Provide each digital controller with surge and transient power protection.
Surge and transient protection shall consist of the following devices,
installed externally to the controllers.
2.4.2.1
Power Line Surge Protection
Provide surge suppressors on the incoming power at each controller or
grouped terminal controllers. Surge suppressors shall be rated in
accordance with UL 1449, have a fault indicating light, and conform to the
following:
a.
The device shall be a transient voltage surge suppressor, hard-wire
type individual equipment protector for 120 VAC/1 phase/2 wire plus
ground.
b.
The device shall react within 5 nanoseconds and automatically reset.
c.
The voltage protection threshold, line to neutral, shall be no more
than 211 volts.
d.
The device shall have an independent secondary stage equal to or
greater than the primary stage joule rating.
e.
The primary suppression system components shall be pure silicon
avalanche diodes.
f.
The secondary suppression system components shall be silicon avalanche
diodes or metal oxide varistors.
g.
The device shall have an indication light to indicate the protection
components are functioning.
h.
All system functions of the transient suppression system shall be
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 25
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
individually fused and not short circuit the AC power line at any time.
i.
The device shall have an EMI/RFI noise filter with a minimum
attenuation of 13 dB at 10 kHz to 300 MHz.
j.
The device shall comply with IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2, Class "B"
requirements and be tested according to IEEE C62.45.
k.
The device shall be capable of operating between
and plus 122 degrees F.
2.4.2.2
minus 20 degrees F
Telephone and Communication Line Surge Protection
Provide surge and transient protection for DDC controllers and DDC network
related devices connected to phone and network communication lines, in
accordance with the following:
a.
The device shall provide continuous, non-interrupting protection, and
shall automatically reset after safely eliminating transient surges.
b.
The protection shall react within 5 nanoseconds using only solid-state
silicon avalanche technology.
c.
The device shall be installed at the distance recommended by its
manufacturer.
2.4.2.3
Controller Input/Output Protection
Provide controller inputs and outputs with surge protection via optical
isolation, metal oxide varistors (MOV), or silicon avalanche devices.
Fuses are not permitted for surge protection.
2.4.3
Wiring
Provide complete electrical wiring for the DDC System, including wiring to
transformer primaries and power for all actuators. Unless indicated
otherwise, provide all normally visible or otherwise exposed wiring in
conduit. Where conduit is required, control circuit wiring shall not run in
the same conduit as power wiring over 100 volts. Run all circuits over 100
volts in conduit, metallic tubing, covered metal raceways, or armored
cable.
Use plenum-rated cable for circuits under 100 volts in enclosed
spaces. Examples of these spaces include HVAC plenums, within walls, above
suspended ceilings, in attics, and within ductwork.
2.4.3.1
Power Wiring
The following requirements are for field-installed wiring:
a.
Wiring for 24 V circuits shall be insulated copper 18 AWG minimum and
rated for 300 VAC service.
b.
Wiring for 120 V circuits shall be insulated copper 14 AWG minimum and
rated for 600 VAC service.
2.4.3.2
Analog Signal Wiring
Field-installed analog signal wiring shall be 18 AWG single or multiple
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 26
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
twisted pair. Each cable shall be 100 percent shielded and have a 20 AWG
drain wire. Each wire shall have insulation rated for 300 VAC service.
Cables shall have an overall aluminum-polyester or tinned-copper
cable-shield tape.
2.5
2.5.1
FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES
Duct Smoke Detectors
Provide duct smoke detectors in HVAC ducts in accordance with NFPA 72 and
NFPA 90A, except as indicated otherwise. Provide UL listed or FM approved
detectors, designed specifically for duct installation.
Furnish detectors under Section 28 31 74.00 20 INTERIOR FIRE DETECTION AND
ALARM SYSTEM and install under this section. Connect new detectors to the
building fire alarm panel.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Perform the installation under the supervision of competent technicians
regularly employed in the installation of DDC systems.
3.1.1
BACnet Naming and Addressing
Coordinate with the BAS Owner and provide unique naming and addressing for
BACnet networks and devices.
a.
MAC Address
Every BACnet device shall have an assigned and documented MAC Address
unique to its network. For Ethernet networks, document the MAC Address
assigned at its creation. For ARCNET or MS/TP, assign from 00 to 64.
b.
Network Numbering
Assign unique numbers to each new network installed on the BACnet
internetwork. Provide ability for changing the network number; either
by device switches, network computer, or field operator interface. The
BACnet internetwork (all possible connected networks) can contain up to
65,534 possible unique networks.
c.
Device Object Identifier Property Number
Assign unique Device "Object_Identifier" property numbers or device
instances for each device on the BACnet internetwork. Provide for
future modification of the device instance number; either by device
switches, network computer, or field interface. BACnet allows up to
4,194,302 possible unique devices per internetwork.
d.
Device Object Name Property Text
The Device Object Name property field shall support 32 minimum
printable characters. Assign unique Device "Object_Name" property
names with plain-English descriptive names for each device
For example, the Device Object Name that for the device controlling the
chiller plant at Building 3408 would be:
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 27
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Device Object_Name = CW System B3408
A Device Object Name for a VAV box controller might be:
Device Object_Name = VAV BOX25
e.
Object Name Property Text (Other than Device Objects)
The Object Name property field shall support 32 minimum printable
characters. Assign Object Name properties with plain-English names
descriptive of the application. Examples include "Zone 1 Temperature"
and "Fan Start/Stop".
f.
Object Identifier Property Number (Other than Device Objects)
Assign Object Identifier property numbers according to design drawings
or tables if provided. If not provided, Object Identifier property
numbers may be assigned at the Contractor's discretion but must be
approved by the Government. In this case they must be documented and
unique for like object types within the device.
3.1.2
a.
Minimum BACnet Object Requirements
Use of Standard BACnet Objects
For the following points and parameters, use standard BACnet objects,
where all relevant object properties can be read using BACnet's Read
Property Service, and all relevant object properties can be modified
using BACnet's Write Property Service:
all device physical inputs and outputs, all set points, all PID tuning
parameters, all calculated pressures, flow rates, and consumption
values, all alarms, all trends, all schedules, and all equipment and
lighting circuit operating status.
b.
BACnet Object Description Property
The Object Description property shall support 32 minimum printable
characters. For each object, complete the description property field
using a brief, narrative, plain English description specific to the
object and project application. For example: "HW Pump 1 Proof."
Document compliance, length restrictions, and whether the description
is writeable in the device PICS.
c.
Analog Input, Output, and Value Objects
Support and provide Description and/or Device_Type text strings
matching signal type and engineering units shown on the points list.
d.
Binary Input, Output, and Value Objects
Support and provide Inactive_Text and Active_Text property descriptions
matching conditions shown on the points list.
e.
Calendar Object
For devices with scheduling capability, provide at least one Calendar
Object with ten-entry capacity. All operators may view Calendar
Objects; authorized operators may make modifications from a
workstation. Enable the writeable Date List property and support all
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 28
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
calendar entry data types.
f.
Schedule Object
Use Schedule Objects for all building system scheduling. All operators
may view schedule entries; authorized operators may modify schedules
from a workstation.
g.
Loop Object or Equal
Use Loop Objects or equivalent BACnet objects in each applicable field
device for PID control. Regardless of program method or object used,
allow authorized operators to adjust the Update Interval, Setpoint,
Proportional Constant, Integral Constant, and Derivative Constant using
BACnet read/write services.
3.1.3
a.
Minimum BACnet Service Requirements
Command Priorities
Use commandable BACnet objects to control machinery and systems,
providing the priority levels listed below. If the sequence of
operation requires a different priority, obtain approval from the
Contracting Officer.
Priority Level
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
b.
Application
Manual-Life Safety
Automatic-Life Safety
(User Defined)
(User Defined)
Critical Equipment Control
Minimum On/Off
(User Defined)
Manual Operator
(User Defined)
(User Defined)
Load Shedding
(User Defined)
(User Defined)
(User Defined)
(User Defined)
(User Defined)
Alarming
(1) Alarm Priorities - Coordinate alarm and event notification with
the BAS Owner.
(2) Notification Class Enable writeable Priority, Ack Required,
and Recipient List properties of Notification Class objects.
(3) Event Notification Message Texts - Use condition specific
narrative text and numerical references for alarm and event
notification.
c.
Updating Displayed Property Values
Allow workstations to display property values at discrete polled
intervals, or based on receipt of confirmed and unconfirmed Change of
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 29
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Value notifications. The COV increment shall be adjustable by an
operator using BACnet services, and polled intervals shall be
adjustable at the operator workstation.
3.1.4
Local Area Networks
Obtain Government approval before connecting new networks with existing
networks. Network numbers and device instance numbers shall remain unique
when joining networks. Do not change existing network addressing without
Government approval. See also "BACnet Naming and Addressing".
3.1.5
BACnet Routers, Bridges, and Switches
Provide the quantity of BACnet routers, bridges, and switches necessary for
communications shown on the BACnet Communication Architecture schematic.
Provide BACnet routers with BACnet Broadcast Message Device (BBMD)
capability on each BACnet internetwork communicating across an IP network.
Configure each BACnet device and bridge, router, or switch to communicate
on its network segment.
3.1.6
Wiring Criteria
a.
Run circuits operating at more than 100 volts in rigid or flexible
conduit, metallic tubing, covered metal raceways, or armored cable.
b.
Do not run binary control circuit wiring in the same conduit as power
wiring over 100 volts. Where analog signal wiring requires conduit, do
not run in the same conduit with AC power circuits or control circuits
operating at more than 100 volts.
c.
Provide circuit and wiring protection required by NFPA 70.
d.
Run all wiring located inside mechanical rooms in conduit.
e.
Do not bury aluminum-sheathed cable or aluminum conduit in concrete.
f.
Input/output identification: Permanently label each field-installed
wire, cable, and pneumatic tube at each end with descriptive text using
a commercial wire marking system that fully encircles the wire, cable,
or tube. Locate the markers within 2 inches of each termination.
Match the names and I/O number to the project's point list. Similarly
label all power wiring serving control devices, including the word
"power" in the label. Number each pneumatic tube every six feet.
Label all terminal blocks with alpha/numeric labels. All wiring and
the wiring methods shall be in accordance with UL 508A.
g.
For controller power, provide new 120 VAC circuits, with ground.
Provide each circuit with a dedicated breaker, and run wiring in its
own conduit, separate from any control wiring. Connect the
controller's ground wire to the electrical panel ground; conduit
grounds are not acceptable.
h.
Surge Protection: Install surge protection according to manufacturer's
instructions. Multiple controllers fed from a common power supply may
be protected by a common surge protector, properly sized for the total
connected devices.
i.
Grounding: Ground controllers and cabinets to a good earth ground as
specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. Conduit
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 30
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
grounding is not acceptable; all grounding shall have a direct path to
the building earth ground. Ground sensor drain wire shields at the
controller end.
j.
The Contractor shall be responsible for correcting all associated
ground loop problems.
k.
Run wiring in panel enclosures in covered wire track.
3.1.7
Accessibility
Install all equipment so that parts requiring periodic inspection,
operation, maintenance, and repair are readily accessible. Install digital
controllers, data ports, and concealed actuators, valves, dampers, and like
equipment in locations freely accessible through access doors.
3.1.8
Digital Controllers
a.
Install as stand alone control devices (see definitions).
b.
Locate control cabinets at the locations shown on the drawings. If not
shown on the drawings, install in the most accessible space, close to
the controlled equipment.
3.1.9
Hand-Off-Auto Switches
Wire safety controls such as smoke detectors and freeze protection
thermostats to protect the equipment during both hand and auto operation.
3.1.10
Temperature Sensors
Install temperature sensors in locations that are accessible and provide a
good representation of sensed media. Installations in dead spaces are not
acceptable. Calibrate sensors according to manufacturer's instructions.
Do not use sensors designed for one application in a different application.
3.1.10.1
Room Temperature Sensors
Mount the sensors on interior walls to sense the average room temperature
at the locations indicated. Avoid locations near heat sources such as copy
machines or locations by supply air outlet drafts. Mount the center of the
sensor 54 inches above the floor to meet ADA requirements.
3.1.10.2
Duct Temperature Sensors
a.
Probe Type: Provide a gasket between the sensor housing and the duct
wall. Seal the duct penetration air tight. Seal the duct insulation
penetration vapor tight.
b.
Averaging Type (and coil freeze protection thermostats): Weave the
capillary tube sensing element in a serpentine fashion perpendicular to
the flow, across the duct or air handler cross-section, using durable
non-metal supports. Prevent contact between the capillary and the duct
or air handler internals. Provide a duct access door at the sensor
location. The access door shall be hinged on the side, factory
insulated, have cam type locks, and be as large as the duct will
permit, maximum 18 by 18 inches. For sensors inside air handlers, the
sensors shall be fully accessible through the air handler's access
doors without removing any of the air handler's internals.
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 31
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.1.10.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Outside Air Temperature Sensors
Provide outside air temperature sensors in weatherproof enclosures on the
north side of the building, away from exhaust hoods and other areas that
may affect the reading. Provide a shield to shade the sensor from direct
sunlight.
3.1.11
Damper Actuators
Where possible, mount actuators outside the air stream in accessible areas.
3.1.12
Component Identification Labeling
Using an electronic hand-held label maker with white tape and bold black
block lettering, provide an identification label on the exterior of each
new control panel, control device, actuator, and sensor. Also provide
labels on the exterior of each new control actuator indicating the (full)
open and (full) closed positions. For labels located outdoors, use
exterior grade label tape, and provide labels on both the inside and
outside of the panel door or device cover. Acceptable alternatives are
white plastic labels with engraved bold black block lettering permanently
attached to the control panel, control device, actuator, and sensor. Have
the labels and wording approved by the BAS Owner prior to installation.
3.1.13
Network and Telephone Communication Lines
When telephone lines or network connections by the Government are required,
provide the Contracting Officer at least 60 days advance notice of need.
3.2
TEST AND BALANCE SUPPORT
The controls contractor shall coordinate with and provide on-site support
to the test and balance (TAB) personnel specified under Section 23 05 93
TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. This support shall include:
a.
On-site operation and manipulation of control systems during the
testing and balancing.
b.
Control setpoint adjustments for balancing all relevant mechanical
systems, including VAV boxes.
c.
Tuning control loops with setpoints and adjustments determined by TAB
personnel.
3.3
CONTROLS SYSTEM OPERATORS MANUALS
Provide two three electronic and printed copies of a Controls System
Operators Manual. The manual shall be specific to the project, written to
actual project conditions, and provide a complete and concise depiction of
the installed work. Provide information in detail to clearly explain all
operation requirements for the control system.
Provide with each manual: CDs of the project's control system drawings,
control programs, data bases, graphics, and all items listed below.
Include gateway back-up data and configuration tools where applicable.
Provide CDs in jewel case with printed and dated project-specific labels on
both the CD and the case. For text and drawings, use Adobe Acrobat or MS
Office file types. When approved by the Government, AutoCAD and Visio
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 32
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
files are allowed.
folders.
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Give files descriptive English names and organize in
Provide printed manuals in sturdy 3-ring binders with a title sheet on the
outside of each binder indicating the project title, project location,
contract number, and the controls contractor name, address, and telephone
number. Each binder shall include a table of contents and tabbed dividers,
with all material neatly organized. Manuals shall include the following:
a.
A copy of the as-built control system (shop) drawings set, with all
items specified under the paragraph "Submittals." Indicate all field
changes and modifications.
b.
A copy of the project's mechanical design drawings, including any
official modifications and revisions.
c.
A copy of the project's approved Product Data submittals provided under
the paragraph "Submittals."
d.
A copy of the project's approved Performance Verification Testing Plan
and Report.
e.
A copy of the project's approved final TAB Report.
f.
Printouts of all control system programs, including controller setup
pages if used. Include plain-English narratives of application
programs, flowcharts, and source code.
g.
Printouts of all physical input and output object properties, including
tuning values, alarm limits, calibration factors, and set points.
h.
A table entitled "AC Power Table" listing the electrical power source
for each controller. Include the building electrical panel number,
panel location, and circuit breaker number.
i.
The DDC manufacturer's hardware and software manuals in both print and
CD format with printed project-specific labels. Include installation
and technical manuals for all controller hardware, operator manuals for
all controllers, programming manuals for all controllers, operator
manuals for all workstation software, installation and technical
manuals for the workstation and notebook, and programming manuals for
the workstation and notebook software.
j.
A list of qualified control system service organizations for the work
provided under this contract. Include their addresses and telephone
numbers.
k.
A written statement entitled "Technical Support" stating the control
system manufacturer or authorized representative will provide toll-free
telephone technical support at no additional cost to the Government for
a minimum of two years from project acceptance, will be furnished by
experienced service technicians, and will be available during normal
weekday working hours. Include the toll-free technical support
telephone number.
l.
A written statement entitled "Software Upgrades" stating software and
firmware patches and updates will be provided upon request at no
additional cost to the Government for a minimum of two years from
contract acceptance. Include a table of all DDC system software and
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 33
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
firmware provided under this contract, listing the original release
dates, version numbers, part numbers, and serial numbers.
3.4
3.4.1
PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION TESTING (PVT)
General
The PVT shall demonstrate compliance of the control system work with the
contract requirements. The PVT shall be performed by the Contractor and
witnessed and approved by the Government. If the project is phased,
provide separate testing for each phase. A Pre-PVT meeting to review the
Pre-PVT Checklist is required to coordinate all aspects of the PVT and
shall include the Contractor's QA representative, the Contractor's PVT
administrator, the Contracting Officer's representative, and the BAS Owner.
3.4.2
Performance Verification Testing Plan
Submit a detailed PVT Plan of the proposed testing for Government
approval. Develop the PVT Plan specifically for the control system in this
contract. The PVT Plan shall be an clear list of test items arranged in a
logical sequence. Include the intended test procedure, the expected
response, and the pass/fail criteria for every component tested.
The plan shall clearly describe how each item is tested, indicate where
assisting personnel are required (like the mechanical contractor), and
include what procedures are used to simulate conditions. Include a
separate column for each checked item and extra space for comments. Where
sequences of operations are checked, insert each corresponding routine from
the project’s sequence of operation. For each test area, include signature
and date lines for the Contractor's PVT administrator, the Contractor's QA
representative, the Contracting Officer's representative, to acknowledge
successful completion.
3.4.3
PVT Sample Size
Test all central plant equipment and primary air handling unit controllers
unless otherwise directed. Twenty percent sample testing is allowed for
identical controllers typical of terminal control like VAV boxes and fan
coil units. The Government may require testing of like controllers beyond
a statistical sample if sample controllers require retesting or do not have
consistent results.
The Government may witness all testing, or random samples of PVT items.
When only random samples are witnessed, the Government may choose which
ones.
3.4.4
Pre-Performance Verification Testing Checklist
Submit the following as a list with items checked off once verified.
Provide a detailed explanation for any items that are not completed or
verified.
a.
Verify all required mechanical installation work is successfully
completed, and all HVAC equipment is working correctly (or will be by
the time the PVT is conducted).
b.
Verify HVAC motors operate below full-load amperage ratings.
c.
Verify all required control system components, wiring, and accessories
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 34
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
are installed.
d.
Verify the installed control system architecture matches approved
drawings.
e.
Verify all control circuits operate at the proper voltage and are free
from grounds or faults.
f.
Verify all required surge protection is installed.
g.
Verify the A/C Power Table specified in "CONTROLS SYSTEM OPERATORS
MANUALS" is accurate.
h.
Verify all DDC network communications function properly, including
uploading and downloading programming changes.
i.
Using the BACnet protocol analyzer (if provided or required in this
specification), verify communications are error free.
j.
Verify each digital controller’s programming is backed up.
k.
Verify all wiring, components, and panels are properly labeled.
l.
Verify all required points are programmed into devices.
m.
Verify all TAB work affecting controls is complete.
n.
o.
Verify all valve and actuator zero and span adjustments are set
properly.
Verify all sensor readings are accurate and calibrated.
p.
Verify each control valve and actuator goes to normal position upon
loss of power.
q.
Verify all control loops are tuned for smooth and stable operation.
View trend data where applicable.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
3.4.5
a.
Verify each controller works properly in stand-alone mode.
Verify all safety controls and devices function properly, including
freeze protection and interfaces with building fire alarm systems.
Verify all electrical interlocks work properly.
Verify all workstations, notebooks and maintenance personnel interface
tools are delivered, all system and database software is installed, and
graphic pages are created for each workstation and notebook.
Verify the as-built (shop) control drawings are completed.
Conducting Performance Verification Testing
Conduct Government-witnessed PVT after approval of the PVT Plan and the
completed Pre-PVT Checklist. Notify the Contracting Officer of the
planned PVT at least 15 days prior to testing. Provide an estimated
time table required to perform the testing. Furnish personnel,
equipment, instrumentation, and supplies necessary to perform all
aspects of the PVT. Ensure that testing personnel are regularly
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 35
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
employed in the testing and calibration of DDC systems. Using the
project's as-built control system (shop) drawings, the project's
mechanical design drawings, the approved Pre-PVT Checklist, and the
approved PVT Plan, conduct the PVT.
b.
During testing, identify any items that do not meet the contract
requirements and if time permits, conduct immediate repairs and
re-test. Otherwise, deficiencies shall be investigated, corrected, and
re-tested later. Document each deficiency and corrective action taken.
c.
If re-testing is required, follow the procedures for the initial PVT.
The Government may require re-testing of any control system components
affected by the original failed test.
3.4.6
Controller Capability and Labeling
Test the following for each controller:
a.
Memory: Demonstrate that programmed data, parameters, and trend/ alarm
history collected during normal operation is not lost during power
failure.
b.
Direct Connect Interface: Demonstrate the ability to connect directly
to each type of digital controller with a portable electronic device
like a notebook computer or PDA. Show that maintenance personnel
interface tools perform as specified in the manufacturer's technical
literature.
c.
Stand Alone Ability: Demonstrate controllers provide stable and
reliable stand-alone operation using default values or other method for
values normally read over the network.
d.
Wiring and AC Power: Demonstrate the ability to disconnect any
controller safely from its power source using the AC Power Table.
Demonstrate the ability to match wiring labels easily with the control
drawings. Demonstrate the ability to locate a controller's location
using the BACnet Communication Architecture Schematic and floor plans.
e.
Nameplates and Tags: Show the nameplates and tags are accurate and
permanently attached to control panel doors, devices, sensors, and
actuators.
3.4.7
Workstation and Software Operation
For every user workstation or notebook provided:
a.
Show points lists agree with naming conventions.
b.
Show that graphics are complete.
c.
Show the UPS operates as specified.
3.4.8
BACnet Communications and Interoperability Areas
Demonstrate proper interoperability of data sharing, alarm and event
management, trending, scheduling, and device and network management. If
available or required in this specification, use a BACnet protocol analyzer
to assist with identifying devices, viewing network traffic, and verifying
interoperability. These requirements must be met even if there is only one
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 36
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
manufacturer of equipment installed.
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Testing includes the following:
a.
Data Presentation: On each BACnet Operator Workstation, demonstrate
graphic display capabilities.
b.
Reading of Any Property: Demonstrate the ability to read and display
any used readable object property of any device on the network.
c.
Setpoint and Parameter Modifications: Show the ability to modify all
setpoints and tuning parameters in the sequence of control or listed on
project schedules. Modifications are made with BACnet messages and
write services initiated by an operator using workstation graphics, or
by completing a field in a menu with instructional text.
d.
Peer-to-Peer Data Exchange: Show all BACnet devices are installed and
configured to perform BACnet read/write services directly (without the
need for operator or workstation intervention), to implement the
project sequence of operation, and to share global data.
e.
Alarm and Event Management: Show that alarms/events are installed and
prioritized according to the BAS Owner. Demonstrate time delays and
other logic is set up to avoid nuisance tripping, e.g., no status
alarms during unoccupied times or high supply air during cold morning
start-up. Show that operators with sufficient privilege can read and
write alarm/event parameters for all standard BACnet event types. Show
that operators with sufficient privilege can change routing (BACnet
notification classes) for each alarm/event including the destination,
priority, day of week, time of day, and the type of transition involved
(TO-OFF NORMAL, TO-NORMAL, etc.).
f.
Schedule Lists: Show that schedules are configured for start/stop,
mode change, occupant overrides, and night setback as defined in the
sequence of operations.
g.
Schedule Display and Modification: Show the ability to display any
schedule with start and stop times for the calendar year. Show that
all calendar entries and schedules are modifiable from any connected
workstation by an operator with sufficient privilege.
h.
Archival Storage of Data: Show that data archiving is handled by the
operator workstation/server, and local trend archiving and display is
accomplished with BACnet Trend Log objects.
i.
Modification of Trend Log Object Parameters: Show that an operator
with sufficient privilege can change the logged data points, sampling
rate, and trend duration.
j.
Device and Network Management:
Show the following capabilities:
(1) Display of Device Status Information
(2) Display of BACnet Object Information
(3) Silencing Devices that are Transmitting Erroneous Data
(4) Time Synchronization
(5) Remote Device Reinitialization
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 37
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
(6) Backup and Restore Device Programming and Master Database(s)
(7) Configuration Management of Half-Routers, Routers and BBMDs
3.4.9
Execution of Sequence of Operation
Demonstrate that the HVAC system operates properly through the complete
sequence of operation. Use read/write property services to globally read
and modify parameters over the internetwork.
3.4.10
Control Loop Stability and Accuracy
For all control loops tested, give the Government trend graphs of the
control variable over time, demonstrating that the control loop responds to
a 20 percent sudden change of the control variable set point without
excessive overshoot and undershoot. If the process does not allow a 20
percent set point change, use the largest change possible. Show that once
the new set point is reached, it is stable and maintained. Control loop
trend data shall be in real-time with the time between data points 30
seconds or less.
3.4.11
Performance Verification Testing Report
Upon successful completion of the PVT, submit a PVT Report to the
Government and prior to the Government taking use and possession of the
facility. Do not submit the report until all problems are corrected and
successfully re-tested. The report shall include the annotated PVT Plan
used during the PVT. Where problems were identified, explain each problem
and the corrective action taken. Include a written certification that the
installation and testing of the control system is complete and meets all of
the contract's requirements.
3.5
TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
Provide a qualified instructor (or instructors) with two years minimum
field experience with the installation and programming of similar BACnet
DDC systems. Orient training to the specific systems installed.
Coordinate training times with the Contracting Officer and BAS Owner after
receiving approval of the training course documentation. Training shall
take place at the job site and/or a nearby Government-furnished location.
A training day shall occur during normal working hours, last no longer than
8 hours and include a one-hour break for lunch and two additional 15-minute
breaks. The project's approved Controls System Operators Manual shall be
used as the training text. The Contractor shall ensure the manuals are
submitted, approved, and available to hand out to the trainees before the
start of training.
3.5.1
Training Documentation
Submit training documentation for review 30 days minimum before training.
Documentation shall include an agenda for each training day, objectives, a
synopses of each lesson, and the instructor's background and
qualifications. The training documentation can be submitted at the same
time as the project's Controls System Operators Manual.
3.5.2
Phase I Training - Fundamentals
The Phase I training session shall last one day and be conducted in a
classroom environment with complete audio-visual aids provided by the
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 38
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
contractor. Provide each trainee a printed 8.5 by 11 inch hard-copy of all
visual aids used. Upon completion of the Phase I Training, each trainee
should fully understand the project's DDC system fundamentals. The
training session shall include the following:
a.
BACnet fundamentals (objects, services, addressing) and how/where they
are used on this project
b.
This project's list of control system components
c.
This project's list of points and objects
d.
This project's device and network communication architecture
e.
This project's sequences of control, and:
f.
Alarm capabilities
g.
Trending capabilities
h.
Troubleshooting communication errors
i.
Troubleshooting hardware errors
3.5.3
Phase II Training - Operation
Provide Phase II Training shortly after completing Phase I Training. The
Phase II training session shall last one day and be conducted at the DDC
system workstation, at a notebook computer connected to the DDC system in
the field, and at other site locations as necessary. Upon completion of
the Phase II Training, each trainee should fully understand the project's
DDC system operation. The training session shall include the following:
a.
A walk-through tour of the mechanical system and the installed DDC
components (controllers, valves, dampers, surge protection, switches,
thermostats, sensors, etc.)
b.
A discussion of the components and functions at each DDC panel
c.
Logging-in and navigating at each operator interface type
d.
Using each operator interface to find, read, and write to specific
controllers and objects
e.
Modifying and downloading control program changes
f.
Modifying setpoints
g.
Creating, editing, and viewing trends
h.
Creating, editing, and viewing alarms
i.
Creating, editing, and viewing operating schedules and schedule objects
j.
Backing-up and restoring programming and data bases
k.
Modifying graphic text, backgrounds, dynamic data displays, and links
to other graphics
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 39
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
l.
Creating new graphics and adding new dynamic data displays and links
m.
Alarm and Event management
n.
Adding and removing network devices
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 09 23.13 20
Page 40
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 11 25
FACILITY GAS PIPING
11/08
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION (AGA)
AGA XR0603
(2006; 8th Ed) AGA Plastic Pipe Manual for
Gas Service
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI Z21.24/CSA 6.10
(2006; Addenda A 2009) Connectors for Gas
Appliances
ANSI Z21.41/CSA 6.9
(2011) Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use
with Gas Fuel Appliances
ANSI Z21.69/CSA 6.16
(2009) Connectors for Movable Gas
Appliances
AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE (API)
API RP 1110
(2007) Pressure Testing of Steel Pipelines
for the Transportation of Gas, Petroleum
Gas, Hazardous Liquids, Highly Volatile
Liquids or Carbon Dioxide
API Spec 6D
(2008; Errata 1 2008; Errata 2 2008;
Errata 3 2009; Addendum 1 2009; Errata 4
2010; Errata 5 2010; Errata 6 2011;
Addendum 2 2011) Specification for
Pipeline Valves
API Std 598
(2009) Valve Inspecting and Testing
API Std 607
(2010) Testing of Valves: Fire Test for
Soft-Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME A13.1
(2007) Scheme for the Identification of
Piping Systems
ASME B1.20.1
(1983; R 2006) Pipe Threads, General
Purpose (Inch)
ASME B16.1
(2010) Gray Iron Threaded Fittings;
Classes 25, 125 and 250
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
ASME B16.11
(2009) Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and
Threaded
ASME B16.3
(2011) Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings,
Classes 150 and 300
ASME B16.33
(2002; R 2007) Manually Operated Metallic
Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems
Up to 125 psi, Sizes NPS 1/2 - NPS 2
ASME B16.39
(2009) Standard for Malleable Iron
Threaded Pipe Unions; Classes 150, 250,
and 300
ASME B16.5
(2009) Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings:
NPS 1/2 Through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard
ASME B16.9
(2007) Standard for Factory-Made Wrought
Steel Buttwelding Fittings
ASME B36.10M
(2004; R 2010) Standard for Welded and
Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1
(2010) BPVC Section VIII-Rules for
Construction of Pressure Vessels Division 1
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM 01.01
(2011) Steel - Piping, Tubing, Fittings
ASTM A105/A105M
(2011) Standard Specification for Carbon
Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
ASTM A181/A181M
(2006) Standard Specification for Carbon
Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping
ASTM A513
(2008a) Standard Specification for
Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon and
Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing
ASTM A53/A53M
(2010) Standard Specification for Pipe,
Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,
Welded and Seamless
CSA STANDARDS (CSA)
CGA 9.2-M88
(1988; R 2009) Manually Operated Shut-Off
Valves for Gas Piping Systems
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS
INDUSTRY (MSS)
MSS SP-25
(2008) Standard Marking System for Valves,
Fittings, Flanges and Unions
MSS SP-58
(2009) Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design and Manufacture,
Selection, Application, and Installation
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
MSS SP-69
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
(2003) Pipe Hangers and Supports Selection and Application (ANSI Approved
American National Standard)
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 54
(2012) National Fuel Gas Code
NFPA 58
(2011; TIA 11-1; Errata 11-1; TIA 11-2;
TIA 11-3) Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code
NFPA 70
(2011; TIA 11-1; Errata 2011; TIA 11-2;
TIA 11-3; TIA 11-4) National Electrical
Code
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL Gas&Oil Dir
1.2
(2011) Flammable and Combustible Liquids
and Gases Equipment Directory
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The gas piping system includes natural gas liquid petroleum piping and
appurtenances from point of connection with supply system, as indicated, to
gas operated equipment within the facility. Submit operation and
maintenance data in accordance with Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE DATA, in three separate packages. Section 23 03 00.00 20 BASIC
MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS applies to this section, with additions
and modifications specified herein.
1.2.1
Gas Facility System Maintenance
Include maintenance procedures and frequency for system and equipment;
identification of pipe materials and manufacturer by locations, pipe repair
procedures, and jointing procedures at transitions to other piping material
or material from a different manufacturer. Submit Data Package No.4.
1.2.2
Gas Facility Equipment Maintenance
Include identification of valves, shut-offs, disconnects, and other
equipment by materials, manufacturer, vendor identification and location;
maintenance procedures and recommended tool kits for valves and equipment;
recommended repair methods (i.e., field repair, factory repair, or
replacement) for each valve and piece of equipment; and preventive
maintenance procedures, possible failure modes and troubleshooting guide.
Submit Data Package No. 3.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for submittals with a "G" designation;
submittals not having a "G" designation are for information only. When
used, a designation following the "G" designation identifies the office
that will review the submittal for the Government. Submit the following in
accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Gas Piping System
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SD-03 Product Data
Pipe and Fittings
Gas equipment connectors
Gas Piping System
Pipe Coating Materials
Pressure regulators
Risers
Transition fittings
Valves
SD-06 Test Reports
Pressure Tests
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Gas facility system and equipment operation
Gas facility system maintenance
Gas facility equipment maintenance
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Submit manufacturer's descriptive data and installation instructions for
approval for compression-type mechanical joints used in joining dissimilar
materials and for insulating joints. Mark all valves, flanges and fittings
in accordance with MSS SP-25.
1.4.1
Shop Drawings
Submit drawings for complete Gas Piping System, within 30 days of contract
award, showing location, size and all branches of pipeline; location of all
required shutoff valves; and instructions necessary for the installation of
gas equipment connectors and supports.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Handle, transport, and store plastic pipe and fittings carefully. Plug or
cap pipe and fittings ends during transportation or storage to minimize
dirt and moisture entry. Do not subject piping to abrasion or concentrated
external loads. Discard PE pipe sections and fittings that have been
damaged.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of a
manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products and that
essentially duplicate items that have been in satisfactory use for at least
2 years prior to bid opening. Asbestos or products containing asbestos are
not allowed. Submit catalog data and installation instructions for pipe,
valves, all related system components, pipe coating materials and
application procedures. Conform to NFPA 58 and with requirements
specified herein. Provide supply piping to appliances or equipment at
least as large as the inlets thereof.
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
GAS PIPING SYSTEM AND FITTINGS
2.2.1
Steel Pipe, Joints, and Fittings
a. Pipe: Black carbon steel in accordance with ASTM A53/A53M,
Schedule 40, threaded ends for sizes 2 inches and smaller; otherwise,
plain end beveled for butt welding.
b.
Threaded Fittings:
ASME B16.3, black malleable iron.
c.
Socket-Welding Fittings:
d. Butt-Welding Fittings:
compatible material.
e.
Unions:
ASME B16.11, forged steel.
ASME B16.9, with backing rings of
ASME B16.39, black malleable iron.
f. Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5 steel flanges or
convoluted steel flanges conforming to ASME BPVC SEC VIII D1, with
flange faces having integral grooves of rectangular cross sections
which afford containment for self-energizing gasket material.
Provide steel pipe conforming to ASME B36.10M; and malleable-iron threaded
fittings conforming to ASME B16.1 and ASME B16.3. Provide steel pipe
flanges and flanged fittings, including bolts, nuts, and bolt pattern in
accordance with ASME B16.5 and ASTM A105/A105M. Provide wrought steel
buttwelding fittings conforming to ASME B16.9. Provide socket welding and
threaded forged steel fittings conforming to ASME B16.11 and ASTM A181/A181M,
Class 60.
2.2.2
Steel Tubing, Joints and Fittings
Provide steel tubing conforming to ASTM 01.01, and ASTM A513, with tubing
joints made up with gas tubing fittings recommended by the tubing
manufacturer.
2.2.3
Sealants for Steel Pipe Threaded Joints
Provide joint sealing compound as listed in UL Gas&Oil Dir, Class 20 or
less. For taping, use tetrafluoroethylene tape conforming to UL Gas&Oil Dir.
2.2.4
Warning and Identification
Provide pipe flow markings, warning and identification tape, and metal tags
as required.
2.2.5
Pipe Threads
Provide pipe threads conforming to ASME B1.20.1.
2.2.6
Escutcheons
Provide chromium-plated steel or chromium-plated brass escutcheons, either
one piece or split pattern, held in place by internal spring tension or set
screw.
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.7
Gas Transition Fittings
a.
2.2.8
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Provide manually operated shut-off valve conforming to CGA 9.2-M88
Flexible Connectors
a. Provide flexible connectors for connecting gas utilization
equipment to building gas piping conforming to ANSI Z21.24/CSA 6.10 or
ANSI Z21.41/CSA 6.9 for quick disconnect devices, and flexible
connectors for movable food service equipment conforming to
ANSI Z21.69/CSA 6.16.
b. Do not install the flexible connector through the appliance cabinet
face. Provide rigid metallic pipe and fittings to extend the final
connection beyond the cabinet, except when appliance is provided with
an external connection point.
2.3
VALVES
Provide shutoff or service isolation valves as indicated in the drawings
conforming to the following:
2.3.1
Valves 2 Inches and Smaller
Provide valves 2 inches and smaller conforming to ASME B16.33 of materials
and manufacture compatible with system materials used.
2.3.2
Valves 2-1/2 Inches and Larger
Provide valves 2-1/2 inches and larger of carbon steel conforming to
API Spec 6D, Class 150.
2.4
PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
Provide pipe hangers and supports conforming to MSS SP-58 and MSS SP-69.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
EXAMINATION
After becoming familiar with all details of the work, verify all dimensions
in the field, and advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy or
areas of conflict before performing the work.
3.2
GAS PIPING SYSTEM
Provide a gas piping system from the point of delivery, defined as the
outlet of the meter set assembly.
3.2.1
Protection and Cleaning of Materials and Components
Protect equipment, pipe, and tube openings by closing with caps or plugs
during installation. At the completion of all work, thoroughly clean the
entire system.
3.2.2
Workmanship and Defects
Piping, tubing and fittings shall be clear and free of cutting burrs and
defects in structure or threading and shall be thoroughly brushed and
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
chip-and scale-blown. Repair of defects in piping, tubing or fittings is
not allowed; replace defective items when found.
3.3
PROTECTIVE COVERING
3.3.1
Aboveground Metallic Piping Systems
3.3.1.1
Ferrous Surfaces
Touch up shop primed surfaces with ferrous metal primer. Solvent clean
surfaces that have not been shop primed . Mechanically clean surfaces that
contain loose rust, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by power
wire brushing and prime with ferrous metal primer. Finish primed surfaces
with two coats of exterior vinyl paint.
3.3.1.2
Nonferrous Surfaces
Except for aluminum alloy pipe, do not paint nonferrous surfaces. Paint
surfaces of aluminum alloy pipe and fittings to protect against external
corrosion where they contact masonry, plaster, insulation, or are subject
to repeated wettings by such liquids as water, detergents or sewage.
Solvent-clean the surfaces and treat with vinyl type wash coat. Apply a
first coat of aluminum paint and a second coat of alkyd gloss enamel or
silicone alkyd copolymer enamel.
3.4
INSTALLATION
Install the gas system in conformance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and applicable provisions of NFPA 58, AGA XR0603, and as
indicated. Perform all pipe cutting without damage to the pipe, with an
approved type of mechanical cutter, unless otherwise authorized. Use wheel
cutters where practicable. On steel pipe 6 inches and larger, an approved
gas cutting and beveling machine may be used. Cut thermoplastic and
fiberglass pipe in accordance with AGA XR0603.
3.4.1
Metallic Piping Installation
Bury underground piping a minimum of 18 inches below grade. Make changes
in direction of piping with fittings only; mitering or notching pipe to
form elbows and tees or other similar type construction is not permitted.
Branch connection may be made with either tees or forged branch outlet
fittings. Provide branch outlet fittings which are forged, flared for
improvement of flow where attached to the run, and reinforced against
external strains. Do not use aluminum alloy pipe in exterior locations or
underground.
3.4.2
Metallic Tubing Installation
Install metallic tubing using gas tubing fittings approved by the tubing
manufacturer. Make branch connections with tees. Prepare all tubing ends
with tools designed for that purpose. Do not use aluminum alloy tubing in
exterior locations or underground.
3.4.3
Concealed Piping in Buildings
Do not use combinations of fittings ( unions, tubing fittings, running
threads, right- and left-hand couplings, bushings, and swing joints) to
conceal piping within buildings.
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.4.3.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Piping in Partitions
Locate concealed piping in hollow, rather than solid, partitions. Protect
tubing passing through walls or partitions against physical damage both
during and after construction, and provide appropriate safety markings and
labels..
3.4.4
Aboveground Piping
Run aboveground piping as straight as practicable along the alignment and
elevation indicated, with a minimum of joints, and separately supported
from other piping system and equipment. Install exposed horizontal piping
no farther than 6 inches from nearest parallel wall and at an elevation
which prevents standing, sitting, or placement of objects on the piping.
3.4.5
Final Gas Connections
Unless otherwise specified, make final connections with rigid metallic pipe
and fittings. Provide accessible gas shutoff valve and coupling for each
gas equipment item.
3.5
PIPE JOINTS
Design and install pipe joints to effectively sustain the longitudinal
pull-out forces caused by contraction of the piping or superimposed loads.
3.5.1
Threaded Metallic Joints
Provide threaded joints in metallic pipe with tapered threads evenly cut
and made with UL approved graphite joint sealing compound for gas service
or tetrafluoroethylene tape applied to the male threads only. Threaded
joints up to 1-1/2 inches in diameter may be made with approved
tetrafluoroethylene tape. Threaded joints up to 2 inches in diameter may
be made with approved joint sealing compound. After cutting and before
threading, ream pipe and remove all burrs. Caulking of threaded joints to
stop or prevent leaks is not permitted.
3.5.2
Welded Metallic Joints
Conform beveling, alignment, heat treatment, and inspection of welds to
NFPA 54. Remove weld defects and make repairs to the weld, or remove the
weld joints entirely and reweld. After filler metal has been removed from
its original package, protect and store so that its characteristics or
welding properties are not affected adversely. Do not use electrodes that
have been wetted or have lost any of their coating.
3.5.3
Flared Metallic Tubing Joints
Make flared joints in metallic tubing with special tools recommended by the
tubing manufacturer. Use flared joints only in systems constructed from
nonferrous pipe and tubing, when experience or tests have demonstrated that
the joint is suitable for the conditions, and when adequate provisions are
made in the design to prevent separation of the joints. Do not use
metallic ball sleeve compression-type tubing fittings for tubing joints.
3.5.4
Solder or Brazed Joints
Make all joints in metallic tubing and fittings with materials and
procedures recommended by the tubing supplier. Braze joints with material
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
having a melting point above 1000 degrees F, containing no phosphorous.
3.5.5
Press Connections
Make press connections in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions using tools approved by the manufacturer. Fully insert the
tubing into the fitting and then mark at the shoulder of the fitting.
Check the fitting alignment against the mark on the tubing to assure the
tubing is fully inserted before the joint is pressed.
3.6
PIPE SLEEVES
Provide pipes passing through concrete or masonry walls or concrete floors
or roofs with pipe sleeves fitted into place at the time of construction.
Do not install sleeves in structural members except where indicated or
approved. Make all rectangular and square openings as detailed. Extend
each sleeve through its respective wall, floor or roof, and cut flush with
each surface, except in mechanical room floors not located on grade where
clamping flanges or riser pipe clamps are used. Extend sleeves in
mechanical room floors above grade at least 4 inches above finish floor.
Unless otherwise indicated, use sleeves large enough to provide a minimum
clearance of 1/4 inch all around the pipe. Provide steel pipe for sleeves
in bearing walls, waterproofing membrane floors, and wet areas . Provide
sleeves in nonbearing walls, floors, or ceilings of steel pipe, galvanized
sheet metal with lock-type longitudinal seam, or moisture-resistant fiber
or plastic. For penetrations of fire walls, fire partitions and floors
which are not on grade, seal the annular space between the pipe and sleeve
with fire-stopping material and sealant that meet the requirement of
Section 07 84 00 WIRETAPPING.
3.7
FIRE SEAL
Fire seal all penetrations of fire rated partitions, walls and floors in
accordance with Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING.
3.8
ESCUTCHEONS
Provide escutcheons for all finished surfaces where gas piping passes
through floors, walls, or ceilings except in boiler, utility, or equipment
rooms.
3.9
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Provide drips, grading of the lines, freeze protection, and branch outlet
locations as shown and conforming to the requirements of NFPA 58.
3.10
BUILDING STRUCTURE
Do not weaken any building structure by the installation of any gas
piping. Do not cut or notch beams, joists or columns. Attach piping
supports to metal decking. Do not attach supports to the underside of
concrete filled floors or concrete roof decks unless approved by the
Contracting Officer.
3.11
PIPING SYSTEM SUPPORTS
Support gas piping systems in buildings with pipe hooks, metal pipe straps,
bands or hangers suitable for the size of piping or tubing. Do not support
any gas piping system by other piping. Conform spacing of supports in gas
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
piping and tubing installations to the requirements of NFPA 58. Conform
the selection and application of supports in gas piping and tubing
installations to the requirements of MSS SP-69. In the support of multiple
pipe runs on a common base member, use a clip or clamp where each pipe
crosses the base support member. Spacing of the base support members is
not to exceed the hanger and support spacing required for any of the
individual pipes in the multiple pipe run. Rigidly connect the clips or
clamps to the common base member. Provide a clearance of 1/8 inch between
the pipe and clip or clamp for all piping which may be subjected to thermal
expansion.
3.12
ELECTRICAL BONDING AND GROUNDING
Provide a gas piping system within the building which is electrically
continuous and bonded to a grounding electrode as required by NFPA 70.
3.13
SHUTOFF VALVE
Install the main gas shutoff valve controlling the gas piping system to be
easily accessible for operation, as indicated, protected from physical
damage, and marked with a metal tag to clearly identify the piping system
controlled.
3.14
TESTING
Submit test reports in booklet form tabulating test and measurements
performed; dated after award of this contract, and stating the Contractor's
name and address, the project name and location, and a list of the specific
requirements which are being certified. Test entire gas piping system to
ensure that it is gastight prior to putting into service. Prior to
testing, blow out the system, clean, and clear all foreign material. Test
each joint with an approved gas detector, soap and water, or an equivalent
nonflammable solution. Inspect and test each valve in conformance with
API Std 598 and API Std 607. Complete testing before any work is covered,
enclosed, or concealed, and perform with due regard for the safety of
employees and the public during the test. Install bulkheads, anchorage and
bracing suitably designed to resist test pressures if necessary, and as
directed and or approved by the Contracting Officer. Do not use oxygen as
a testing medium.
3.14.1
Pressure Tests
Submit test reports in booklet form tabulating test and measurements
performed; dated after award of this contract, and stating the Contractor's
name and address, the project name and location, and a list of the specific
requirements which are being certified. Before appliances are connected,
test by filling the piping systems with air or an inert gas to withstand a
minimum pressure of 3 pounds gauge for a period of not less than 10 minutes
as specified in NFPA 58 without showing any drop in pressure. Do not use
Oxygen for test. Measure pressure with a mercury manometer, slope gauge,
or an equivalent device calibrated to be read in increments of not greater
than 0.1 pound. Isolate the source of pressure before the pressure tests
are made.
3.14.2
Pressure Tests for Liquified Petroleum Gas
Pressure test system as described above. When appliances are connected to
the piping system, use fuel gas for testing appliances to withstand a
pressure of not less than 10.0 inches nor more than 14.0 inches water
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
column ( 0.36 nor more than 0.51 pounds per square inch) for a period of
not less than 10 minutes without showing any drop in pressure. Measure
pressure with a water manometer or an equivalent device calibrated to be
read in increments of not greater than 0.1 inch water column. Isolate the
source of pressure before the pressure tests are made.
3.14.3
Test With Gas
Before turning on gas under pressure into any piping, close all openings
from which gas can escape. Immediately after turning on the gas, check the
piping system for leakage by using a laboratory-certified gas meter, an
appliance orifice, a manometer, or equivalent device. Conform all testing
to the requirements of NFPA 58. If leakage is recorded, shut off the gas
supply, repair the leak , and repeat the tests until all leaks have been
stopped.
3.14.4
Purging
After testing is completed, and before connecting any appliances, fully
purge all gas piping. LPG piping tested using fuel gas with appliances
connected does not require purging. Conform testing procedures to
API RP 1110. Do not purge piping into the combustion chamber of an
appliance. Do not purge the open end of piping systems into confined
spaces or areas where there are ignition sources unless the safety
precautions recommended in NFPA 58 are followed.
3.14.5
Labor, Materials and Equipment
Furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for conducting the
testing and purging.
3.15
PIPE COLOR CODE MARKING
Provide color code marking of piping as specified in Section 09 90 00
PAINTS AND COATINGS, conforming to ASME A13.1.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 11 25
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 31 13
METAL DUCTS
02/09
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)
AISC 325
(2005) Steel Construction Manual
ANSI/AISC 360
(2005) Specification for Structural Steel
Buildings
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK
(2008; Errata 1 2010) Handbook, HVAC
Systems and Equipment (IP Edition)
ASHRAE FUN IP
(2009; Errata 2010) Fundamentals Handbook,
I-P Edition
AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AWS)
AWS A5.8/A5.8M
(2004) Specification for Filler Metals for
Brazing and Braze Welding
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A 123/A 123M
(2009) Standard Specification for Zinc
(Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products
ASTM A 36/A 36M
(2008) Standard Specification for Carbon
Structural Steel
ASTM A 653/A 653M
(2009a) Standard Specification for Steel
Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by
the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM A 924/A 924M
(2010) Standard Specification for General
Requirements for Steel Sheet,
Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 90A
SECTION 23 31 13
(2009; Errata 09-1) Standard for the
Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS' NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(SMACNA)
SMACNA 1966
(2005) HVAC Duct Construction Standards
Metal and Flexible, 3rd Edition
SMACNA 1987
(2006) HVAC Duct Systems Inspection Guide,
3rd Edition
SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL (SAE)
SAE AMS 2480
(2009) Phosphate Treatment, Paint, Base
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 181
(2005; R 2008) Factory-Made Air Ducts and
Air Connectors
UL 555
(2006; R 2009; R 2010; R 2010; 2010)
Standard for Fire Dampers
1.2
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
apply to work specified in this section.
Section 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT applies to work in this section.
Submit Equipment and Performance Data for medium/high pressure ductwork
systems consisting of use life, system functional flows, safety features,
and mechanical automated details. Submit test response and performance
characteristics curves for certified equipment.
Submit Design Analysis and Calculations for medium/high pressure ductwork
systems indicating the manufacturer's recommended air velocities, maximum
static pressure, and temperature calculations.
1.3
SCOPE OF WORK
Encompass low-pressure systems ductwork and plenums where maximum air
velocity is 2,000 feet per minute(fpm) and maximum static pressure is 2
inches water gage (wg), positive or negative.
Submit Connection Diagrams for low pressure ductwork systems indicating
the relation and connection of devices and apparatus by showing the
general physical layout of all controls, the interconnection of one
system (or portion of system) with another, and internal tubing,
wiring, and other devices.
Submit Design Analysis and Calculations for low pressure ductwork
systems indicating the manufacturer's recommended air velocities,
maximum static pressures, temperature calculations and acoustic levels.
Do not use rigid fibrous-glass ductwork.
1.4
SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Submit the following in accordance with paragraph entitled,
"Drawings," of this section.
Connection Diagrams
Record Drawings
SD-03 Product Data
Submit Equipment and Performance Data for medium/high pressure
ductwork systems in accordance with paragraph entitled, "Design
Requirements," of this section.
Submit manufacturer's catalog data for the following items:
Galvanized Steel Ductwork Materials
Brazing Materials
Mill-Rolled Reinforcing and Supporting Materials
Round Sheet Metal Duct Fittings
Turning Vanes
Sound Traps
Flexible Connectors
Flexible Duct Materials
Power Operated Dampers
Flexible Connectors
Fire Dampers and Wall Collars
Gravity Backdraft and Relief Dampers
Manual Volume Dampers
SD-06 Test Reports
Submit test reports for medium/high pressure ductwork systems in
accordance with the paragraphs entitled, "Ductwork Leakage Tests"
and "Fire Damper Tests," of this section.
Ductwork Leakage Tests
Operational Tests
SD-07 Certificates
Listing of Product Installations for medium/high pressure ductwork
systems in accordance with paragraph entitled, "Installation," of
this section.
Submit certificates, showing conformance with the referenced
standards contained in this section for:
Galvanized Steel Ductwork Materials
Brazing Materials
Mill-Rolled Reinforcing and Supporting Materials
Round Sheet Metal Duct Fittings
Round, High-Pressure, Double-Wall Sheet Metal Ducts
Turning Vanes
Dampers
Sound Traps
Flexible Connectors
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with
paragraph entitled, "Operation and Maintenance," of this section.
Power Operated Dampers
Fire Dampers and Wall Collars
1.5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Submit Records of Existing Conditions consisting of the results of
Contractor's survey of work area conditions and features of existing
structures and facilities within and adjacent to the jobsite. Commencement
of work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.
Include the manufacturer's style or catalog numbers, specification and
drawing reference numbers, warranty information, and fabrication site
information within Material, Equipment, and Fixture Lists.
1.6
DRAWINGS
Submit Connection Diagrams for medium/high pressure ductwork systems
indicating the relation and connection of devices and apparatus by showing
the general physical layout of all controls, the interconnection of one
system (or portion of system) with another, and internal tubing, wiring,
and other devices.
Provide Record Drawings with current factual information including
deviations from, and amendments to, the drawings and concealed or visible
changes in the work, for medium/high pressure ductwork systems.Label
drawings "As-Built".
PART 2
2.1
2.1.1
PRODUCTS
MATERIALS
Galvanized Steel Ductwork Materials
Galvanized steel ductwork sheet metal shall be carbon steel, of
lock-forming quality, hot-dip galvanized, with regular spangle-type zinc
coating, conforming to ASTM A 924/A 924M and ASTM A 653/A 653M, Designation
G90. Treat duct surfaces to be painted by phosphatizing.
Conform to ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK, Chapter 16, ASHRAE FUN IP, Chapter 32
and SMACNA 1966 for sheet metal gages and reinforcement thickness.
Low pressure ductwork minimum standards are as follows:
MINIMUM SHEET METAL GAGE
DUCT WIDTH
INCHES
0 - 12
13 - 30
31 - 60
SECTION 23 31 13
GAGE
26
24
22
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.1.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Brazing Materials
Brazing materials shall be silicon bronze conforming to AWS A5.8/A5.8M.
2.1.3
Mill-Rolled Reinforcing And Supporting Materials
Conform to ASTM A 36/A 36Mfor mill-rolled structural steel and, wherever in
contact with sheet metal ducting galvanize to commercial weight of zinc or
coated with materials conforming to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
Equivalent strength, proprietary design, rolled-steel structural support
systems may be submitted for approval in lieu of mill-rolled structural
steel.
2.2
2.2.1
COMPONENTS
Sheet Metal Duct Fittings
Shop fabricate fittings.
Manufacture as separate fittings, not as tap collars welded or brazed into
duct sections.
Submit for approval offset configurations.
Miter elbows shall be two-piece type for angles less than 31 degrees,
three-piece type for angles 31 through 60 degrees, and five-piece type for
angles 61 through 90 degrees. Centerline radius of elbows shall be 1-1/2
times fitting cross section diameter.
Crosses, increasers, reducers, reducing tees, and 90-degree tees shall be
conical type.
Cutouts in fitting body shall be equal to branch tap dimension or, where
smaller, excess material shall be flared and rolled into smooth radius
nozzle configuration.
2.2.2
Fittings
Make divided flow fittings as separate fittings, not tap collars into duct
sections, with the following construction requirements:
Sound, airtight, continuous welds at intersection of fitting body and
tap
Tap liner securely welded to inner liner, with weld spacing not to
exceed 3 inches
Pack insulation around the branch tap area for complete cavity filling.
Carefully fit branch connection to cutout openings in inner liner
without spaces for air erosion of insulation and without sharp
projections that cause noise and airflow disturbance.
Continuously braze seams in the pressure shell of fittings. Protect
galvanized areas that have been damaged by welding with manufacturer's
standard corrosion-resistant coating.
Submit for approval offset configurations.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Elbows shall be two-piece type for angles through 35 degrees, three-piece
type for angles 36 through 71 degrees, and five-piece type for angles 72
through 90 degrees.
2.2.3
Turning Vanes
Turning vanes shall be double-wall type, commercially manufactured for
high-velocity system service.
2.2.4
Dampers
Low pressure drop, high-velocity manual volume dampers, and high-velocity
fire dampers shall be constructed in accordance with ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK,
Chapter 16, ASHRAE FUN IP, Chapter 32 and SMACNA 1966.
2.2.5
Flexible Connectors For Sheet Metal
Connectors shall be UL listed, 30-ounce per square foot, waterproof,
fire-retardant, airtight, woven fibrous-glass cloth, double coated with
chloroprene. Clear width, not including clamping section, shall be 6 to 8
inches.
2.2.6
Duct Hangers
Duct hangers in contact with galvanized duct surfaces shall be galvanized
steel painted with inorganic zinc.
2.2.7
Mill-Rolled Reinforcing And Supporting Materials
Mill-rolled structural steel shall conform to ASTM A 36/A 36M and, whenever
in contact with sheet metal ducting, shall be galvanized in accordance with
ASTM A 123/A 123M.
Equivalent strength, proprietary-design, rolled-steel structural support
systems may be submitted for approval in lieu of mill-rolled structural
steel.
2.2.8
Flexible Duct Materials
Flexible duct connectors shall be in accordance with UL 181, Class 1
material and shall comply with NFPA 90A.
Wire-reinforced fibrous-glass duct shall consist of a minimum1-1/2
pound/cubic foot density fibrous glass bonded to and supported by
corrosion-protected spring helix. Vapor barrier shall be a 4 mil minimum,
pigmented polyvinylchloride film. Duct shall be bendable without damage
through 180 degrees with an inside bend radius not greater than two duct
diameters. Minimum wall thickness shall be 1 inch. Thermal conductivity
shall be not greater than 0.23 Btu per hour per square foot per degrees F
at 75 degrees F mean. Permeance shall be not greater than 0.10 perm.
Working pressure range shall be from minus13mm W.C. to 50mm. Working
temperature shall range from minus 20 to plus 250 degrees F. Minimum
sustained velocity without delamination shall be 2,400 fpm. Materials
shall conform to NFPA 90A.
2.2.9
Manual Volume Dampers
Conform to SMACNA 1966 for volume damper construction.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Equip dampers with an indicating quadrant regulator with a locking feature
externally located and easily accessible for adjustment and standoff
brackets to allow mounting outside external insulation. Where damper rod
lengths exceed 30 inches, provide a regulator at each end of damper shaft.
All damper shafts shall have two-end bearings.
Splitter damper shall be 2 gages heavier than duct in which installed.
Hinges shall be full length piano-type or 1/8 inch thick door type.
Damper shaft shall be full length and shall extend beyond damper blade. A
3/8 inch square shaft shall be used for damper lengths up to 20 inches and a
1/2 inch square shaft shall be used for damper lengths 20 inches and
larger. Where necessary to prevent damper vibration or slippage,
adjustable support rods with locking provisions external to duct shall be
provided at damper blade end.
Dampers in ducts having a width perpendicular to the axis of the damper
that is greater than 12 inches shall be multiblade type having a
substantial frame with blades fabricated of 16-gage metal. Blades shall
not exceed 10 inches in width and 48 inches in length and shall be pinned
or welded to 1/2 inch diameter shafts. Dampers greater than 48 inches in
width shall be made in two or more sections with intermediate mullions,
each section being mechanically interlocked with the adjoining section or
sections.
2.2.10
Gravity Backdraft And Relief Dampers
Frame shall be constructed of not less than 1-1/2- by 4 inch reinforced 18
-gage galvanized carbon steel. Frames and mullions shall be solidly
secured in place and sealed with elastomer calking against air bypass.
Maximum blade width shall be 4 inches, and maximum blade length shall be 36
inches. Blade material shall be 18-gage AISI 18-8 corrosion-resistant steel.
Blades shall be provided with mechanically retained seals and 90-degree
limit stops.
Dampers used for relief service shall have blades linked together to open
not less than 30 degrees on 0.05 inch wg differential pressure.
Shaft bearings shall be graphite-impregnated nylon.
Counterbalanced dampers shall be equipped with fixed or adjustable
counterbalancing weights.
Gravity backdraft dampers in sizes 12 by 12 inches or smaller, when
furnished integral with air moving equipment, may be equipment
manufacturer's standard construction.
2.2.11
Power-Operated Dampers
Dampers shall conform to applicable requirements specified under Section
23 09 23 13 20 BAC NET CONTROL SYSTEM.
2.2.12
Fire Dampers And Wall Collars
Fire damper locations shall be in accordance with NFPA 90A.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Fire dampers in ductwork shall be provided at firewall barriers.
Fire dampers shall be constructed and labeled in accordance with UL 555 to
provide damper and mounting fire-resistance that equals or exceeds
fire-resistance of the construction in which installed. For link loads in
excess of 20 pounds, UL-approved quartzoid links shall be provided.
Wall collars shall be constructed in accordance with UL 555.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
PREPARATION
Provide sheet metal construction in accordance with the recommendations for
best practices in ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK, Chapter 16, SMACNA 1966, NFPA 90A,
and ASHRAE FUN IP, Chapter 32.
Where construction methods for certain items are not described in the
referenced standards or herein, perform the work in accordance with
recommendations for best practice defined in ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK.
Clean free of oil, grease, and deleterious substances sheet metal surfaces
to be painted and surfaces to which adhesives are to be applied.
Duct strength shall be adequate to prevent failure under service pressure
or vacuum created by fast closure of duct devices. Provide leaktight,
automatic relief devices.
Supplementary steel shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with
ANSI/AISC 360 and AISC 325.
3.2
INSTALLATION
Within Listing of Product Installations for medium/high pressure ductwork
systems include identification of at least 5 units, similar to those
proposed for use, that have been in successful service for a minimum period
of 5 years. Include purchaser, address of installation, service
organization, and date of installation.
Fabricate airtight and include reinforcements, bracing, supports, framing,
gasketing, sealing, and fastening to provide rigid construction and freedom
from vibration, airflow-induced motion and noise, and excessive deflection
at specified maximum system air pressure and velocity.
Enclose dampers located behind architectural intake or exhaust louvers by a
rigid sheet metal collar and sealed to building construction with
elastomers for complete air tightness.
Provide outside air-intake ducts and plenums made from sheet metal with
soldered watertight joints.
Provide offsets and transformations as required to avoid interference with
the building construction, piping, or equipment.
Wherever ducts pass through firewalls or through walls or floors dividing
conditioned spaces from unconditioned spaces, provide a flanged segment in
that surface during surface construction.
Clean free of oil, grease, and deleterious substances sheet metal surfaces
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
to be painted or surfaces to which adhesives will be applied.
Where interiors of ducting may be viewed through air diffusion devices,
construct the viewed interior with sheet metal and paint flat black.
Make plenum anchorage provisions, sheet metal joints, and other areas
airtight and watertight by calking mating galvanized steel and concrete
surfaces with a two-component elastomer.
3.3
APPLICATION
3.3.1
Low Pressure Sheet Metal Ducts
Weld angle iron frames at corners and ends, whenever possible. Angle iron
reinforcements shall be riveted or welded to ducts not more than 6 inches
on center, with not less than two points of attachment. Spot welding,
where used, shall be 3 inches on center.
Standard seam joints shall be sealed with an elastomer compound to comply
with SMACNA 1966 Seal Class A, B or C as applicable.
Crossbreaking shall be limited to 4 feet and shall be provided on all ducts
8 inches wide and wider. Bead reinforcement shall be provided in lieu of
crossbreaking where panel popping may occur. Where rigid insulation will
be applied, crossbreaking is not required.
3.3.1.1
Longitudinal Duct Seams
Corner seams shall be Pittsburg lock.
3.3.1.2
Joints and Gaskets
Companion angle flanges shall be bolted together with 1/4 inch diameter
bolts and nuts spaced 6 inches on center. Flanged joints shall be gasketed
with chloroprene full-face gaskets 1/8 inch thick, with Shore A 40
durometer hardness.
3.3.1.3
Flexible Duct Joints
Joints between flexible duct without sheet metal collars and round metal
ductwork connections shall be made by trimming the ends, coating the inside
of the flexible duct for a distance equal to depth of insertion with
elastomer calk, and by securing with sheet metal screws or binding with a
strap clamp.
3.3.1.4
Square Elbows
Provide double-vane duct turns in accordance with SMACNA 1966.
3.3.1.5
Radius Elbows
Conform to SMACNA 1966 for radius elbows. Provide an inside radius equal
to the width of the duct. Where installation conditions preclude use of
standard elbows, the inside radius may be reduced to a minimum of 0.25
times duct width and install turning vanes in accordance with the following
schedule.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
WIDTH OF ELBOWS
INCHES
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
RADIUS OF TURNING
VANES IN PERCENT OF DUCT WIDTH
VANE NO. 1
VANE NO. 2
VANE NO. 3
Up to 16
56
--
--
17 to 48
43
73
--
37
55
83
49 and over
Where two elbows are placed together in the same plane in ducts 30 inches
wide and larger, the guide vanes shall be continuous through both elbows
rather than spaced in accordance with above schedule.
3.3.1.6
Outlets, Inlets, And Duct Branches
Install branches, inlets, and outlets so that air turbulence will be
reduced to a minimum and air volume properly apportioned. Install
adjustable splitter dampers at all supply junctions to permit adjustment of
the amount of air entering the branch. Wherever an air-diffusion device is
shown as being installed on the side, top, or bottom of a duct, and
whenever a branch takeoff is not of the splitter type, a commercially
manufactured 45 degree side-take-off (STO) fitting with manual; provide
volume damper to allow adjustment of the air quantity and to provide an
even flow of air across the device or duct it services.
Where a duct branch is to handle more than 25 percent of the air handled by
the duct main, use a complete 90-degree increasing elbow with an inside
radius of 0.75 times branch duct width. Size of the leading end of the
increasing elbow within the main duct shall have the same ratio to the main
duct size as the ratio of the related air quantities handled.
Where a duct branch is to handle 25 percent or less of the air handled by
the duct main, the branch connection shall have a 45 degree side take-off
entry in accordance with SMACNA 1966.
3.3.1.7
Duct Transitions
Where the shape of a duct changes, the angle of the side of the transition
piece shall not exceed 15 degrees from the straight run of duct connected
thereto.
Where equipment is installed in ductwork, the angle of the side of the
transition piece from the straight run of duct connected thereto shall not
exceed 15 degrees on the upstream side of the equipment and 22-1/2 degrees
on the downstream side of the equipment.
3.3.1.8
Branch Connections
Construct radius tap-ins in accordance with SMACNA 1966.
3.3.1.9
Access Openings
Install access doors and panels in ductwork upstream from coils adjacent to
fire dampers at controls or at any item requiring periodic inspection,
adjustment, maintenance, or cleaning, and every 20 feet 6.1M for indoor air
quality housekeeping purposes.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Minimum size of access opening shall be 12 inches , unless precluded by
duct dimensions or otherwise indicated.
Construct access door in accordance with SMACNA 1966, except that sliding
doors may be used only for special conditions upon prior approval.
Insulated doors shall be double-panel type.
Access doors that leak shall be made airtight by adding or replacing hinges
and latches or by construction of new doors adequately reinforced, hinged,
and latched.
Duct access shall be particularly suitable for commercial duct cleaning
methods utilizing vacuum devices. Space access openings with a frequency
and at points which will permit ready access to duct internals with
essentially no duct or insulation cutting. Where access through an
air-diffusion device or through access doors specified herein is not
available at a specific point, 8 inch diameter, 16-gage provide access
plates not more than 10 feet on center. Where duct is insulated and
vapor-sealed, provide mastic seals around circumference of access. When
access plate is in place and insulated, externally identify the location.
3.3.1.10
Plenum Construction
Intake and discharge plenum shall have companion angle joints with the
following minimum thickness of materials:
LONGEST
ANGLES
SIDE
INCHES
SHEET
METAL
USS GAGE
ALL SIDES
COMPANION ANGLES
INCHES
REINFORCEMENT
INCHES, 24 INCHES ON
CENTER MAXIMUM
To 48
20
1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8
1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8
49 to 84
18
2 by 2 by 1/8
2 by 2 by 3/16
85 to 120
16
2 by 2 by 1/8
2 by 2 by 1/8
121 and larger
14
2 by 2 by 3/16
2 by 2 by 3/16
At the floor line and other points where plenums join masonry construction,
panels shall be bolted 12 inches on center to 2- by 2- by 3/16 inch thick
hot-dip galvanized steel angle that has been secured to the masonry with
masonry anchors and bolts 24 inches on center and calked tight to the
masonry.
Panels shall be anchored to curbing by not less than 2- by 2- by 3/16 inch
thick hot-dip galvanized steel angle iron. Concrete curbing shall include
angle iron nosing with welded studs for the anchoring of panels. Nosing
shall be level at curb height within plus or minus 1/16 inch.
Plenum access doors shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA 1966
except that access doors smaller than man-access doors shall have door
openings framed with angle iron that is one commercial size smaller than
specified panel reinforcement.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.3.1.11
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Manual Volume Dampers
Balancing dampers of the splitter, butterfly, or multilouver type, shall be
provided to balance each respective main and branch duct.
Dampers regulated through ceilings shall have regulator concealed in box
mounted in the ceiling, with a cover finish aesthetically compatible with
ceiling surface. Where ceiling is of removable construction, regulators
shall be above ceiling, and location shall be marked on ceiling in a manner
acceptable to the Contracting Officer.
3.3.1.12
Flexible Connectors For Sheet Metal
Air handling equipment, ducts crossing building expansion joints, and fan
inlets and outlets shall be connected to upstream and downstream components
by treated woven-cloth connectors.
Connectors shall be installed only after system fans are operative, and
vibration isolation mountings have been adjusted. When system fans are
operating, connectors shall be free of wrinkle caused by misalignment or
fan reaction. Width of surface shall be curvilinear.
3.3.2
Transverse Reinforcement Joints
Transverse reinforcements shall be riveted with solid rivets to duct sides
6 inches on center. Transverse reinforcement shall be welded at ends to
form continuous frames.
3.3.3
Joint Gaskets
Flanged joints shall be gasketed with chloroprene full-face gaskets 1/8 inch
thick, Shore A 40 durometer hardness. Gaskets shall be one piece.
3.3.4
Radius Elbows
Fabricate elbow proportions and radius elbows in accordance with
ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK, Chapter 16, ASHRAE FUN IP, Chapter 32 and SMACNA 1966.
3.3.5
Plenum Connections
Round duct connections shall be welded joint bellmouth type.
Rectangular duct connections shall be bellmouth type, constructed in
accordance with ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK, Chapter 16, ASHRAE FUN IP, Chapter
32 and SMACNA 1966.
3.3.6
Access Openings
Install access panels in ductwork adjacent to fire dampers.
Minimum size of access opening shall be 12 by 18 inches, unless precluded
by duct dimension.
Access openings shall be framed by welded and ground miter joint, 1/8 inch
thick strap steel, with 1/4 inch studs welded to frame. Cover plate shall
be not less than 16-gage, reinforced as necessary for larger sizes.
In lieu of access doors, readily accessible flanged duct sections may be
provided upon approval. Provide stable hanger supports for disconnected
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
duct termini.
3.3.7
Duct Supports
Install duct support in accordance with ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK, Chapter 16,
ASHRAE FUN IP, Chapter 32 and SMACNA 1966. Duct hangers shall meet the
minimum size specified in ASHRAE EQUIP IP HDBK, Chapter 16, ASHRAE FUN IP,
Chapter 32 and SMACNA 1966. Provide two hangers where ecessary to
eliminate sway. Support attachment to duct surfaces, shall be by solid
rivet or bolt 4 incheson center.
Selection of hanging system shall be at the Contractor's option, and shall
take into account the location and precedence of work under other sections,
interferences of various piping and electrical conduit, equipment, building
configuration, structural and safety factor requirements, vibration, and
imposed loads under normal and abnormal service conditions. Support sizes,
configurations, and spacings are given to show the minimal type of
supporting components required. If installed loads are excessive for the
specified hanger spacing, hangers, and accessories hanger spacing shall be
reduced. After system startup, any duct support device which, due to
length, configuration, or size, vibrates or causes possible failure of a
member, shall be replaced or the condition shall otherwise be alleviated.
Special care shall be exercised to preclude cascade-type failures.
Hanger rods, angles, and straps shall be attached to beam clamps.
inserts, masonry anchors, and fasteners shall be approved for the
application.
Concrete
Hardened high-carbon spring-steel fasteners fitted onto beams and
miscellaneous structural steel are acceptable upon prior approval of each
proposed application and upon field demonstration of conformance to
specification requirements. Fasteners shall be made from steel conforming
to AISI Type 1055 or 1070, treated and finished in conformance with
SAE AMS 2480, Type Z (zinc phosphate base), Class 2 (supplementary
treatment). A 72-hour load-carrying capacity shall be verified by a
certified independent laboratory.
Hanger spacing shall provide a 20-to-1 safety factor for supported load.
Maximum load supported by any two fasteners shall be 100 pounds.
Friction rod assemblies are not acceptable.
Where support from metal deck systems is involved, support requirements
shall be coordinated with installation of metal deck.
Ductwork and equipment shall not be hung from roof deck, piping, or other
ducts or equipment. Maximum span between any two points shall be 10 feet,
with lesser spans as required by duct assemblies, interferences, and
permitted loads imposed.
There shall be not less than one set of hangers for each point of support.
Hangers shall be installed on both sides of all duct turns, branch
fittings, and transitions.
Hangers shall be sufficiently cross braced to eliminate sway vertically and
laterally.
Rectangular ducts up to 36 inches shall be supported by strap-type hangers
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
attached at not less than three places to not less than two duct surfaces
in different planes.
Perforated strap hangers are not acceptable.
Rectangular ducting, 36 inches and larger, shall be supported by trapeze
hangers. Ducts situated in unconditioned areas and required to have
insulation with a vapor-sealed facing shall be supported on trapeze
hangers. Hangers shall be spaced far enough out from the side of the duct
to permit the duct insulation to be placed on the duct inside the trapeze.
Duct hangers shall not penetrate the vapor-sealed facing.
Where trapeze hangers are used, the bottom of the duct shall be supported
on angles sized as follows:
WIDTH OF DUCT, INCHES
MINIMUM BOTTOM ANGLE SIZE, INCHES
30 and smaller
1-1/4 by 1-1/4 by 1/8
31 to 48
1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8
49 to 72
1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 3/16
73 to 96
2 by 2 by 1/4
97 and wider
3 by 3 by 1/4
Where ductwork system contains heavy equipment, excluding air-diffusion
devices and single-leaf dampers, such equipment shall be hung independently
of the ductwork by means of rods or angles of sizes adequate to support the
load.
Ducting, when supported from roof purlins, shall not be supported at points
greater than one-sixth of the purlin span from the roof truss. Load per
hanger shall not exceed 400 pounds when support is from a single purlin or
800 pounds when hanger load is applied halfway between purlins by means of
auxiliary support steel provided under this section. When support is not
halfway between purlins, the allowable hanger load shall be the product of
400 times the inverse ratio of the longest distance to purlin-to-purlin
spacing.
When the hanger load exceeds the above limits, provide reinforcing of
purlin(s) or additional support beam(s). When an additional beam is used,
the beam shall bear on the top chord of the roof trusses, and bearing shall
be over gusset plates of top chord. Beam shall be stabilized by connection
to roof purlin along bottom flange.
Purlins used for supporting fire-protection sprinkler mains, electrical
lighting fixtures, electrical power ducts, or cable trays shall be
considered fully loaded, and supplemental reinforcing or auxiliary support
steel shall be provided for these purlins.
Duct supports shall be vibration isolated from structure at points
indicated. Refer to Section 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR
HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
Provide vibration isolators in discharge ducting system for a distance not
less than 50 feet beyond the air handling unit. Deflection of duct and
equipment mountings shall be coordinated.
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.3.8
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Flexible Connectors For Steel Metal
Air-handling equipment, ducts crossing building expansion joints, and fan
inlets and outlets shall be connected to upstream and downstream components
by treated woven-cloth connectors.
Install connectors only after system fans are operative and all vibration
isolation mountings have been adjusted. When system fans are operating,
connectors shall be free of wrinkles caused by misalignment or fan
reaction. Width of surface shall be curvilinear.
3.3.9
Insulation Protection Angles
Galvanized 20-gage sheet, formed into an angle with a 2 inch exposed long
leg with a 3/8 inch stiffening break at outer edge, and with a variable
concealed leg, depending upon insulation thickness, shall be provided.
Install angles over all insulation edges terminating by butting against a
wall, floor foundation, frame, and similar construction. Fasten angles in
place with blind rivets through the protection angle, insulation, and sheet
metal duct or plenum. Install angles after final insulation covering has
been applied.
3.3.10
Duct Probe Access
Provide holes with neat patches, threaded plugs, or threaded or twist-on
caps for air-balancing pitot tube access. Provide extended-neck fittings
where probe access area is insulated.
3.3.11
Openings In Roofs And Walls
Building openings are fixed and provide equipment to suit.
3.4
3.4.1
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Fire Damper Tests
Perform Operational tests on each fire damper in the presence of the
Contracting Officer by enervating fusible link with localized heat.
Provide new links and install after successful testing.
3.4.2
Ductwork Leakage Tests
Contractor shall conduct complete leakage test of new ductwork in
accordance with Section 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC.
Tests shall be performed prior to installing ductwork insulation.
3.4.3
Inspection
Ductwork shall be inspected in accordance with SMACNA 1987.
3.5
DUCTWORK CLEANING PROVISIONS
Open ducting shall be protected from construction dust and debris in a
manner approved by the Contracting Officer. Dirty assembled ducting shall
be cleaned by subjecting all main and branch interior surfaces to
airstreams moving at velocities two times specified working velocities, at
static pressures within maximum ratings. This may be accomplished by:
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 15
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
filter-equipped portable blowers which remain the Contractor's property;
wheel-mounted, compressed-air operated perimeter lances which direct the
compressed air and which are pulled in the direction of normal airflow; and
other means approved by the Contracting Officer. Compressed air used for
cleaning ducting shall be water- and oil- free. After construction is
complete, and prior to acceptance of the work, construction dust and debris
shall be removed from exterior surfaces.
3.6
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Contractor shall submit 6 copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals
30 calendar days prior to testing the medium/high pressure ductwork
systems. Data shall be updated and resubmitted for final approval no later
than 30 calendar days prior to contract completion.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be consistent with manufacturer's
standard brochures, schematics, printed instructions, general operating
procedures and safety precautions.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 31 13
Page 16
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 23 74 33
PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, HEATING AND COOLING AIR-CONDITIONERS
02/11
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by the
basic designation only.
AIR-CONDITIONING, HEATING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (AHRI)
ANSI/AHRI 210/240
(2008) Performance Rating of Unitary
Air-Conditioning & Air-Source Heat Pump
Equipment
AMERICAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (ABMA)
ABMA 9
(1990; R 2008) Load Ratings and Fatigue
Life for Ball Bearings
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 52.2
(2007; Addenda B 2008; Errata 2009, Errata
2010; INT 2010) Method of Testing General
Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for
Removal Efficiency by Particle Size
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY (DOE)
DOE CE-3
1.2
(2001) How to Buy an Energy-Efficient
Commercial Unitary Air Conditioner
SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Submit Fabrication drawings for the following items consisting of
fabrication and assembly details to be performed in the factory.
Packaged Unit
Compressor
Cooling Coil
Controls
Casing
Condenser
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Enthalpy Wheel
Natural Gas Heat Exchanger
Filters
Fans
Submit Installation Drawings for packaged air-conditioning units
in accordance with paragraph entitled, "Installation," of this
section.
SD-03 Product Data
Submit Equipment and Performance Data for packaged
air-conditioning units in accordance with paragraph entitled,
"General Requirements," of this section.
Submit Manufacturer's catalog data for the following items:
Air-Conditioning Systems
Compressor
Cooling Coil
Fans
Controls
Casing
Filters
Condenser
Vibration Isolation
Enthalpy Wheel
Natural Gas Heat Exchanger
SD-07 Certificates
Submit Listing of Product Installations for packaged
air-conditioning units in accordance with paragraph entitled,
"Installation," of this section.
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with
paragraph entitled, "Operation and Maintenance," of this section.
1.3
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 23 00 00 AIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, VENTILATION AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
applies to work specified in this section.
Section 23 05 48 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
EQUIPMENT applies to work specified in this section.
Submit equipment and performance data for packaged air-conditioning units
consisting of use life, power ratings, capacity ranges, face area
classifications, and rotational velocities.
1.4
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Protect units from physical damage by storing off site until roof mounting
frames are in place.
1.5
MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Furnish complete service and maintenance of packaged roof top units for one
year from Date of Substantial Completion.
Provide maintenance service with a two-month interval as maximum time
period between calls.
Include maintenance items as oulined in manufacturer's operating and
maintenance data, including minimum of six filter replacements, minimum of
one fan belt replacement, and controls check-out, adjustments, and
recalibrations.
Submit copy of service call work order or report, and include description
of work performed.
1.6
WARRANTY
Provide one year manufacturer's warranty from date of substantial
completion for entire packaged rooftop unit under provisions of Division 01.
Provide from date of substantial completion five year manufacturer's
warranty on compressors.
1.7
SYSTEM STARTUP AND CERTIFICATION
All rooftop units are to be commissioned by the manufacturer or
manufacturer's certified contractor as required by the specifications.
System startup requires the test and verification of unit operation and
function and that all controls are properly installed and setpoints
established for the building characteristic per the specific specifications
of each project. Heating mode, cooling mode, de-humidification mode and
economizer operation (as applicable) are all to be verified as functioning
per project specifications. Factory settings that need to be changed to
meet the required conditions set in the project specifications shall be
confirmed as required for the building. After all settings have been
established the system shall be tested and balanced. Specifications require
the units to be traversed supply and return, terminal readings, cooling
temperatures (RAT, OAT, MAT, SAT), heating temperatures (RAT, OAT, MAT,
SAT).
Reports: Submit report of all findings and final settings and
certification of compliance.
1.8
EXTRA MATERIALS
Provide 3 sets of filters and one set of belts under provisions of Division
01.
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
PART 2
2.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURED UNITS
General: The system shall be designed and constructed for 100% outside air
operation as scheduled on the Contract Drawings. The units shall provide
the following functions and/or have the following features. The rooftop
units shall comply with other requirements in this Section.
1.
Energy recovery unit with modulating electric heating and
modulating hot-gas reheat system.
Description: Factory-assembled and tested; designed for roof installation;
and consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils; energy
recovery wheel, condenser and evaporator fans, refrigeration and
temperature controls, filters and dampers.
2.1.1
2.1.1.1
COMPRESSOR
Compressor
Provide 1,750-revolution per minute (rpm) hermetic type compressor with
internal crankcase sight glass and protected motor. A 3,500-rpm compressor
is acceptable in units of 20 tons and less. Provide unit that is capable
of continuous operation under ARI, "Maximum Operating Conditions" and "Load
Temperature Operations".
Provide compressor with capacity reduction devices to produce
automatic-capacity reduction of at least 66 percent in two equal steps.
Ensure compressors start with capacity reduction devices in the unloaded
position. If standard with the manufacturer, provide two equal-sized
compressors in lieu of a single compressor, and operate in completely
independent refrigerant circuits, actuated by capacity control relays
interlocked with a time sequence switch, that start unloaded or with gas
pressures across the compressor equalized.
Provide compressors with high/low pressure safety cutoff. Equip compressor
with reversible oil pump for lubrication, an oil-pressure-failure switch
and gage, crankcase heaters, suction and discharge flanged valves, head
pressure, and suction pressure gages with shutoff valves. Select system
that limits the compressor power input to 1.2 kilowatts per ton of
refrigeration at standard ARI conditions. Mount compressor on spring-type
vibration isolators.
2.1.1.2
Cooling Coil
For compressors with capacity reduction, provide the associated coil with a
separate circuit, liquid solenoid valve, and an expansion device for each
two stages of capacity reduction. For each compressor of a dual-compressor
unit, provide the associated coil with a protected, insulated drain pan.
Provide seamless copper tubes, copper or aluminum fins, mechanically bonded
to the tube at 12 fins per inch, maximum. Provide coils equipped with
liquid-feed distributors to ensure equal feed to each refrigerant circuit.
Test coils at 400 pounds per square inch (psi) at the factory and
completely dehydrated. Limit air flow to 500 feet per minute (fpm).
Provide design that precludes carryover of water.
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.1.1.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Evaporator and Exhaust Fans
Provide centrifugal-type fans. Provide fans that are mounted on a common
shaft. Provide antifriction type bearings, manufactured from vacuum
processed alloys. Provide bearings that have a ABMA 9, L-10 life
expectancy rating of 40,000 hours under service load conditions.
Statically and dynamically balance fans. Provide fans that are V-belt
driven by constant-speed motor of sufficient size that the brake power
rating does not exceed the nominal motor rating. Ensure adjustable sheave
provides not less than 20 percent fan-speed adjustment. Select sheave size
so that fan speed at the approximate midpoint of the sheave adjustment
produces the specified air quantity.
2.1.1.4
Casing
Manufacturer's standard double-wall construction with manufacturer's
interior corrosion protection and baked-enamel exterior finish, removable
panels or access doors with neoprene gaskets for inspection and access to
internal parts, minimum 1-inch thick thermal insulation, knockouts for
electrical and piping connections, exterior condensate drain connection,
and lifting lugs.
2.1.1.5
Controls
Mount other controls, including motor starter or contactors and safety
controls, inside the enclosure and wire at the factory. Provide magnetic
across-the-line type motor starters. Provide general purpose enclosures
for motor starters. Where two or more compressors are used, provide
time-delay relays for sequence starting. Provide factory mounted DDC
controls that provide all the functions indicated on the drawings and
communicates to the central DDC system using the BACNET protocol.
Provide control panel in single compartment at unit. Panel shall
control all unit functions, including compressors, evaporator
fans, supply fan, burner operation, outdoor air damper, reheat
system controls, supply air temperature setpoint and supply air
temperature reset.
a.
Provide all hardware and control logic required to perform
control sequences described herein.
b.
Unit controls shall receive inputs from the remote control
panel.
Provide low-voltage wall-mounted temperature and humidity sensors
in locations indicated on floor plans.
a.
The temperature sensor and humidistat shall be
field-adjustable.
b.
Provide tamper-proof cover for thermostat and humidistat.
Provide factory-standard remote indicator panel located in the
Maintenance Office. Panel shall indicate, either with indicator
lights or operator keypad, system/fan status, heating system
status, cooling system status (indicating number of compressors in
operation) and dirty filters status.
a.
Provide fan control switch (ON-OFF). Switch shall be either
integral with remote panel or located adjacent to remote panel.
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.1.1.6
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Filters
Locate filters before and after the enthalpy wheel. Provide filters that
limit air velocities to 500 fpm. Provide filters with an average
efficiency of not less than 20 percent based on ASHRAE 52.2.
Filters: 2" pleated panel disposable filters, non-woven reinforced
cotton/ploy fabric media with metal support grid and heavy-duty beverage
board enclosing frame. The filter media shall have an average efficiency
MERV 11. Filters shall be installed before and after the energy recovery
wheel.
2.1.1.7
Air-Cooled Condenser
Provide air-cooled condenser with vertical discharge, in a
weather-protected casing, that is suitable for installation remote from
air-conditioning unit. Provide air inlet and discharge grilles with
galvanized wire-mesh birdscreens.
Provide an extended surface fin-and-tube type condenser coil, constructed
with copper or aluminum tubes with copper or aluminum fins per 1 inch
mechanically bonded to coil. Dehydrate and seal entire refrigerant circuit
at the factory. Provide coil that is designed for the refrigerant used in
the air conditioner. Provide condensers that are designed for working
pressure of not less than 300 psi and that are factory tested at not less
than 400 psi.
Provide propeller type fans. Provide fans that are directly connected to
low-speed (1,200 rpm maximum) electric motors. Permanently lubricated and
isolated from unit frame.
Provide electric motor that is totally enclosed. Provide magnetic
across-the-line type motor starter within a weather-resistant housing.
2.1.1.8
Hot-Gas Reheat Coil and Modulating Valve
Provide Provide AL-fired coil downstream of cooling coil and piped to the
refrigerant circuit. Size reheat coil and circuit to provide minimum of 8
degrees F of reheat capacity. Reheat system shall modulate to maintain
constant discharge temperature and relative humidity under varying inlet
conditions.
2.1.1.9
Natural Gas Heat Exchanger
Provide stainless steel tubular heat exchanger with modulating gas valve
for heating control
2.2
2.2.1
COMPONENTS
Vibration Isolators
Provide vibration isolation provisions that conform to requirements
specified in Section 23 05 48.00 40 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Energy Recovery Devices
Provide total enthalpy wheel that conforms to requirements specified in
Section 23 00 00
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
Submit listing of
showing a minimum
that have been in
Provide list that
organization, and
product installations for packaged air-conditioning units
of 5 installed units, similar to those proposed for use,
successful service for a minimum period of 5 years.
includes purchaser, address of installation, service
date of installation.
Submit installation drawings for packaged air-conditioning units in
accordance with referenced standards in this section.
3.2
3.2.1
TESTING
Quality Control
Test and rate components of the air-conditioning systems as a system in
accordance with ANSI/AHRI 210/240.
3.3
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Submit 6 copies of the operation and maintenance manuals 30 calendar days
prior to testing the packaged air-conditioning units. Update and resubmit
data for final approval no later than 30 calendar days prior to contract
completion.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 23 74 33
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
07/06
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D 709
(2001; R 2007) Laminated Thermosetting
Materials
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 100
(2000; Archived) The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms
IEEE C2
(2007; Errata 06-1; TIA 07-1; TIA 07-2;
TIA 07-3; Errata 07-2; TIA 08-4; TIA 08-5;
TIA 08-6; TIA 08-7; TIA 08-8; TIA 08-9;
TIA 08-10; TIA 08-11; TIA 09-12; TIA
09-13; TIA 09-14; Errata 09-3; TIA 09-15;
TIA 09-16; TIA 10-17) National Electrical
Safety Code
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA 250
(2008) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
(1000 Volts Maximum)
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70
1.2
(2011; TIA 11-1; Errata 2011) National
Electrical Code
RELATED REQUIREMENTS
This section applies to certain sections of Division 23, HEATING
VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING. This section applies to all sections of
Division 26, ELECTRICAL and UTILITIES, of this project specification unless
specified otherwise in the individual sections.
1.3
DEFINITIONS
a.
Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics
terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as
defined in IEEE 100.
b.
The technical sections referred to herein are those specification
sections that describe products, installation procedures, and equipment
operations and that refer to this section for detailed description of
submittal types.
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
c.
1.4
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
The technical paragraphs referred to herein are those paragraphs in
PART 2 - PRODUCTS and PART 3 - EXECUTION of the technical sections that
describe products, systems, installation procedures, equipment, and
test methods.
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 277/480 volts, three
phase, four wire.
1.5
ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS INFORMATION
Submittals required in other sections that refer to this section must
conform to the following additional requirements as applicable.
1.5.1
Shop Drawings (SD-02)
Include wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating
proposed location, layout and arrangement, control panels, accessories,
piping, ductwork, and other items that must be shown to ensure a
coordinated installation. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit terminals
and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and the
interconnection between each item of equipment. Drawings shall indicate
adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of operating
equipment devices.
1.5.2
Product Data (SD-03)
Submittal shall include performance and characteristic curves.
1.6
1.6.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been
substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in
these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of
similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Equipment, materials,
installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and
advisory provisions of NFPA 70 unless more stringent requirements are
specified or indicated.
1.6.2
Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal
material, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory
commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year
period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar
circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on
the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or
brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same
class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single
manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the
products of the same manufacturer unless stated in the technical section.
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
1.6.2.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable
if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than
6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is
furnished.
1.6.2.2
Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site
shall not be used, unless specified otherwise.
1.7
WARRANTY
The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are
reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render
satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis
during the warranty period of the contract.
1.8
POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Provide for each system and principal item of equipment as specified in the
technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel. The
operating instructions shall include the following:
a.
Wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each
principal system and item of equipment.
b.
Start up, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown
procedures.
c.
Safety precautions.
d.
The procedure in the event of equipment failure.
e.
Other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each
system or item of equipment.
Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in
approved laminated plastic. Post instructions where directed. For
operating instructions exposed to the weather, provide weather-resistant
materials or weatherproof enclosures. Operating instructions shall not
fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal
or peeling.
1.9
MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE
Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's
name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a
conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be
acceptable.
1.10
FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES
ASTM D 709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each equipment
enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified in the technical
sections or as indicated on the drawings. Each nameplate inscription shall
identify the function and, when applicable, the position. Nameplates shall
be melamine plastic, 0.125 inch thick, white with black center core.
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square. Accurately align
lettering and engrave into the core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be
one by 2.5 inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of 0.25 inch high normal
block style.
1.11
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and
requirements specified herein.
1.12
INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL
Where specified in the technical sections, furnish the services of
competent instructors to give full instruction to designated Government
personnel in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the specified
systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements as required.
Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the installation
and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and
maintenance work. Instruction shall be given during the first regular work
week after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to the
Government for regular operation. The number of man-days (8 hours per day)
of instruction furnished shall be as specified in the individual section.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
FACTORY APPLIED FINISH
Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which
shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA 250 corrosion-resistance
test and the additional requirements specified in the technical sections.
PART 3
3.1
EXECUTION
FIELD APPLIED PAINTING
Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent surfaces
or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria. Painting shall be
as specified in the section specifying the associated electrical equipment.
3.2
FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATE MOUNTING
Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as
indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two
sheet-metal screws or two rivets.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
SECTION 26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
08/08
PART 1
1.1
GENERAL
REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM B 1
(2001; R 2007) Standard Specification for
Hard-Drawn Copper Wire
ASTM B 8
(2004) Standard Specification for
Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors,
Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft
ASTM D 709
(2001; R 2007) Laminated Thermosetting
Materials
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 100
(2000; Archived) The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms
IEEE C2
(2007; TIA 2007-1; TIA 2007-2; TIA 2007-3;
TIA 2007-4; TIA 2007-5; Errata 2006-1;
Errata 2007-2; Errata 2009-3) National
Electrical Safety Code
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
ANSI C80.1
(2005) American National Standard for
Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC)
ANSI C80.3
(2005) American National Standard for
Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
ANSI C80.5
(2005) American National Standard for
Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit
NEMA 250
(2008) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
(1000 Volts Maximum)
NEMA FU 1
(2002; R 2007) Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses
NEMA ICS 1
(2000; R 2005; R 2008) Standard for
Industrial Control and Systems: General
Requirements
NEMA ICS 2
(2000; R 2005; Errata 2008) Standard for
Controllers, Contactors, and Overload
Relays Rated 600 V
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 1
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
NEMA ICS 4
(2005) Terminal Blocks
NEMA ICS 6
(1993; R 2006) Enclosures
NEMA KS 1
(2001; R 2006) Enclosed and Miscellaneous
Distribution Equipment Switches (600 V
Maximum)
NEMA MG 1
(2009) Motors and Generators
NEMA MG 10
(2001; R 2007) Energy Management Guide for
Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency
Medium AC Squirrel-Cage Polyphase
Induction Motors
NEMA MG 11
(1977; R 2007) Energy Management Guide for
Selection and Use of Single Phase Motors
NEMA RN 1
(2005) Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally
Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and
Intermediate Metal Conduit
NEMA WD 1
(1999; R 2005) Standard for General Color
Requirements for Wiring Devices
NEMA WD 6
(2002; R 2008) Wiring Devices Dimensions
Specifications
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70
(2011) National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E
(2009; Errata 09-1) Standard for
Electrical Safety in the Workplace
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1910.147
Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag
Out)
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 1
(2005; Reprint Jul 2007) Standard for
Flexible Metal Conduit
UL 1063
(2006) Machine-Tool Wires and Cables
UL 1242
(2006; Reprint Jul 2007) Standard for
Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit -Steel
UL 1569
(1999; Reprint Jun 2009) Standard for
Metal-Clad Cables
UL 1660
(2004; Reprint Apr 2008) Liquid-Tight
Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit
UL 198M
(2003; Reprint Oct 2007) Standard for
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 2
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Mine-Duty Fuses
UL 360
(2009; Reprint Jun 2009) Liquid-Tight
Flexible Steel Conduit
UL 4248
(2007) UL Standard for Safety Fuseholders
UL 44
(2010) Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables
UL 486A-486B
(2003; Reprint Feb 2010) Wire Connectors
UL 486C
(2004; Reprint Feb 2010) Splicing Wire
Connectors
UL 489
(2009) Molded-Case Circuit Breakers,
Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit-Breaker
Enclosures
UL 498
(2001; Reprint Apr 2010) Attachment Plugs
and Receptacles
UL 50
(2007) Enclosures for Electrical
Equipment, Non-environmental Considerations
UL 508
(1999; Reprint Apr 2010) Industrial
Control Equipment
UL 510
(2005; Reprint Apr 2008) Polyvinyl
Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber
Insulating Tape
UL 514B
(2004; Reprint Nov 2009) Conduit, Tubing
and Cable Fittings
UL 6
(2007) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit-Steel
UL 6A
(2008) Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel
UL 797
(2007) Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel
UL 817
(2001; Reprint Oct 2009) Standard for Cord
Sets and Power-Supply Cords
UL 83
(2008) Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and
Cables
UL 870
(2008) Standard for Wireways, Auxiliary
Gutters, and Associated Fittings
UL 943
(2006; Reprint May 2010) Ground-Fault
Circuit-Interrupters
UL 984
(1996; Reprint Sep 2005) Hermetic
Refrigerant Motor-Compressors
1.2
DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 3
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
used in these specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as defined in
IEEE 100.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Receptacles
Circuit breakers
Switches
Enclosed circuit breakers
Manual motor starters
Submittals shall include performance and characteristic curves.
SD-06 Test Reports
600-volt wiring test
Ground-fault receptacle test
SD-07 Certificates
Fuses
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section
01 78 23, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA and as specified herein.
1.4
1.4.1
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been
substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in
these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of
similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Equipment, materials,
installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and
advisory provisions of NFPA 70 unless more stringent requirements are
specified or indicated.
1.4.2
Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal
material, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory
commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year
period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar
circumstances and of similar size. The product shall have been on sale on
the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 4
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same
class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single
manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the
products of the same manufacturer unless stated in this section.
1.4.2.1
Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable
if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than
6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests, is
furnished.
1.4.2.2
Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site
shall not be used, unless specified otherwise.
1.5
MAINTENANCE
1.5.1
Electrical Systems
Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that
provide basic data relating to the design, operation, and maintenance of
the electrical distribution system for the building. This shall include:
a.
1.6
Manufacturers' operating and maintenance manuals on active
electrical equipment.
WARRANTY
The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are
reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render
satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis
during the warranty period of the contract.
PART 2
2.1
PRODUCTS
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Materials, equipment, and devices shall, as a minimum, meet requirements of
UL, where UL standards are established for those items, and requirements of
NFPA 70.
2.2
CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
Shall conform to the following:
2.2.1
2.2.1.1
Rigid Metallic Conduit
Rigid, Threaded Zinc-Coated Steel Conduit
ANSI C80.1, UL 6.
2.2.1.2
Rigid Aluminum Conduit
ANSI C80.5, UL 6A.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 5
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.2.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
UL 1242, zinc-coated steel only.
2.2.3
Electrical, Zinc-Coated Steel Metallic Tubing (EMT)
UL 797, ANSI C80.3.
2.2.4
Plastic-Coated Rigid Steel and IMC Conduit
NEMA RN 1, Type 40( 40 mils thick).
2.2.5
Flexible Metal Conduit
UL 1.
2.2.5.1
Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit, Steel
UL 360.
2.2.6
Fittings for Metal Conduit, EMT, and Flexible Metal Conduit
UL 514B. Ferrous fittings shall be cadmium- or zinc-coated in accordance
with UL 514B.
2.2.6.1
Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and IMC
Threaded-type.
2.2.6.2
Split couplings unacceptable.
Fittings for EMT
Steel compression type.
2.2.7
Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit
UL 1660.
2.3
CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND PULL BOXES
Volume greater than 100 cubic inches, UL 50, hot-dip, zinc-coated, if sheet
steel.
2.4
WIRES AND CABLES
Wires and cables shall meet applicable requirements of NFPA 70 and UL for
type of insulation, jacket, and conductor specified or indicated. Wires
and cables manufactured more than 12 months prior to date of delivery to
site shall not be used.
2.4.1
Conductors
Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger diameter shall be stranded. Conductors No.
10 AWG and smaller diameter shall be solid, except that conductors for
remote control, alarm, and signal circuits, classes 1, 2, and 3, shall be
stranded unless specifically indicated otherwise. Conductor sizes and
capacities shown are based on copper, unless indicated otherwise.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 6
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.4.1.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Equipment Manufacturer Requirements
When manufacturer's equipment requires copper conductors at the
terminations or requires copper conductors to be provided between
components of equipment, provide copper conductors or splices, splice
boxes, and other work required to satisfy manufacturer's requirements.
2.4.1.2
Minimum Conductor Sizes
Minimum size for branch circuits shall be No. 12 AWG; for Class 1
remote-control and signal circuits, No. 14 AWG; for Class 2 low-energy,
remote-control and signal circuits, No. 16 AWG; and for Class 3 low-energy,
remote-control, alarm and signal circuits, No. 22 AWG.
2.4.2
Color Coding
Provide for service, feeder, branch, control, and signaling circuit
conductors. Color shall be green for grounding conductors and white for
neutrals; except where neutrals of more than one system are installed in
same raceway or box, other neutrals shall be white with a different colored
(not green) stripe for each. Color of ungrounded conductors in different
voltage systems shall be as follows:
a.
b.
c.
2.4.3
208/120 volt, three-phase
(1)
Phase A - black
(2)
Phase B - red
(3)
Phase C - blue
480/277 volt, three-phase
(1)
Phase A - brown
(2)
Phase B - orange
(3)
Phase C - yellow
120/240 volt, single phase:
Black and red
Insulation
Unless specified or indicated otherwise or required by NFPA 70, power and
lighting wires shall be 600-volt, Type THWN/THHN conforming to UL 83 or RHW
conforming to UL 44, except that grounding wire may be type TW conforming
to UL 83; remote-control and signal circuits shall be Type TW or TF,
conforming to UL 83. Where lighting fixtures require 90-degree Centigrade
(C) conductors, provide only conductors with 90-degree C insulation or
better.
2.4.4
Bonding Conductors
ASTM B 1, solid bare copper wire for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller diameter;
ASTM B 8, Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger
diameter.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 7
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.4.5
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Metal-Clad Cable
Type MC cable is not permitted.
2.4.6
Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords
UL 817.
2.5
SPLICES AND TERMINATION COMPONENTS
UL 486A-486B for wire connectors and UL 510 for insulating tapes.
Connectors for No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter wires shall be insulated,
pressure-type in accordance with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C (twist-on splicing
connector). Provide solderless terminal lugs on stranded conductors.
2.6
DEVICE PLATES
Provide UL listed, one-piece device plates for outlets to suit the devices
installed. For metal outlet boxes, plates on unfinished walls shall be of
zinc-coated sheet steel or cast metal having round or beveled edges. For
nonmetallic boxes and fittings, other suitable plates may be provided.
Plates on finished walls shall be nylon or lexan, minimum 0.03 inch wall
thickness.
Plates on finished walls shall be satin finish stainless
steel or brushed-finish aluminum, minimum 0.03 inch thick. Screws shall be
machine-type with countersunk heads in color to match finish of plate.
Sectional type device plates will not be permitted. Plates installed in
wet locations shall be gasketed and UL listed for "wet locations."
2.7
2.7.1
SWITCHES
Disconnect Switches
NEMA KS 1. Provide heavy duty-type switches where indicated, where
switches are rated higher than 240 volts, and for double-throw switches.
Fused switches shall utilize Class R fuseholders and fuses, unless
indicated otherwise. Switches serving as motor-disconnect means shall be
horsepower rated. Provide switches in NEMA 1 or 3R, enclosure per
NEMA ICS 6.
2.8
FUSES
NEMA FU 1. Provide complete
Time-current characteristics
series with circuit breakers
Submit coordination data for
less than circuit voltage.
2.8.1
set of fuses for each fusible switch.
curves of fuses serving motors or connected in
shall be coordinated for proper operation.
approval. Fuses shall have voltage rating not
Fuseholders
Provide in accordance with UL 4248.
2.8.2
Cartridge Fuses, Current Limiting Type (Class R)
UL 198M, Class RK-1.
Associated fuseholders shall be Class R only.
2.8.3
Cartridge Fuses, High-Interrupting Capacity, Current Limiting Type
(Classes J, L, and CC)
UL 198M, Class J for zero to 600 amperes, Class L for 601 to 6,000 amperes,
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 8
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
and Class CC for zero to 30 amperes.
2.8.4
Cartridge Fuses, Current Limiting Type (Class T)
UL 198M, Class T for zero to 1,200 amperes, 300 volts; and zero to 800
amperes, 600 volts.
2.9
RECEPTACLES
UL 498, hard use, heavy-duty, grounding-type. Ratings and configurations
shall be as indicated. Bodies shall be of white as per NEMA WD 1. Face
and body shall be thermoplastic supported on a metal mounting strap.
Dimensional requirements shall be per NEMA WD 6. Provide screw-type,
side-wired wiring terminals or of the solderless pressure type having
suitable conductor-release arrangement. Connect grounding pole to mounting
strap. The receptacle shall contain triple-wipe power contacts and double
or triple-wipe ground contacts.
2.9.1
Weatherproof Receptacles
Provide in cast metal box with gasketed, weatherproof, cast-metal cover
plate and gasketed cap over each receptacle opening. Provide caps with a
spring-hinged flap. Receptacle shall be UL listed for use in "wet
locations with plug in use."
2.9.2
Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles
UL 943, duplex type for mounting in standard outlet box. Device shall be
capable of detecting current leak of 6 milliamperes or greater and tripping
per requirements of UL 943 for Class A GFCI devices.
Provide screw-type,
side-wired wiring terminals or pre-wired (pigtail) leads.
2.10
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
UL 489. Individual molded case circuit breakers with voltage and
continuous current ratings, number of poles, overload trip setting, and
short circuit current interrupting rating as indicated. Enclosure type as
indicated. Provide solid neutral.
2.11
MOTOR SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTOR (MSCP)
Motor short-circuit protectors, also called motor circuit protectors
(MCPs); shall conform to UL 508 and UL 489 and shall be provided as shown.
MSCPs shall consist of an adjustable instantaneous trip circuit breaker
used only in conjunction with a combination motor controller which provides
coordinated motor branch-circuit overload and short-circuit protection.
MSCPs shall be rated in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 70.
2.12
MOTORS
NEMA MG 1 except fire pump motors shall be as specified in Section 21 30 00
FIRE PUMPS; hermetic-type sealed motor compressors shall also comply with
UL 984. Provide the size in terms of HP, or kVA, or full-load current, or
a combination of these characteristics, and other characteristics, of each
motor as indicated or specified. Determine specific motor characteristics
to ensure provision of correctly sized starters and overload heaters.
Motors for operation on 208-volt, 3-phase circuits shall have terminal
voltage rating of 200 volts, and those for operation on 480-volt, 3-phase
circuits shall have terminal voltage rating of 460 volts. Motors shall be
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 9
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
designed to operate at full capacity with voltage variation of plus or
minus 10 percent of motor voltage rating. Unless otherwise indicated,
motors rated 1 HP and above shall be continuous duty type.
Where fuse protection is specifically recommended by the equipment
manufacturer, provide fused switches in lieu of non-fused switches
indicated.
2.12.1
High Efficiency Single-Phase Motors
Single-phase fractional-horsepower alternating-current motors shall be high
efficiency types corresponding to the applications listed in NEMA MG 11.
In exception, for motor-driven equipment with a minimum seasonal or overall
efficiency rating, such as a SEER rating, provide equipment with motor to
meet the overall system rating indicated.
2.12.2
Premium Efficiency Polyphase Motors
Polyphase motors shall be selected based on high efficiency characteristics
relative to typical characteristics and applications as listed in NEMA MG 10.
In addition, continuous rated, polyphase squirrel-cage medium induction
motors shall meet the requirements for premium efficiency electric motors
in accordance with NEMA MG 1, including the NEMA full load efficiency
ratings. In exception, for motor-driven equipment with a minimum seasonal
or overall efficiency rating, such as a SEER rating, provide equipment with
motor to meet the overall system rating indicated.
2.12.3
Motor Sizes
Provide size for duty to be performed, not exceeding the full-load
nameplate current rating when driven equipment is operated at specified
capacity under most severe conditions likely to be encountered. When motor
size provided differs from size indicated or specified, make adjustments to
wiring, disconnect devices, and branch circuit protection to accommodate
equipment actually provided. Provide controllers for motors rated 1-hp and
above with electronic phase-voltage monitors designed to protect motors
from phase-loss, undervoltage, and overvoltage. Provide protection for
motors from immediate restart by a time adjustable restart relay.
2.12.4
Wiring and Conduit
Provide internal wiring for components of packaged equipment as an integral
part of the equipment. Provide power wiring and conduit for
field-installed equipment, and motor control equipment forming part of
motor control centers, the conduit and wiring connecting such centers, or
other power sources to equipment as specified herein. Power wiring and
conduit shall conform to the requirements specified herein. Control wiring
shall be provided under, and conform to the requirements of the section
specifying the associated equipment.
2.13
MOTOR CONTROLLERS
UL 508, NEMA ICS 1, and NEMA ICS 2, except fire pump controllers shall be
as specified in Section 21 30 00 FIRE PUMPS. Controllers shall have
thermal overload protection in each phase and shall have one spare normally
open and one spare normally closed auxiliary contact. Provide controllers
for motors rated 1-hp and above with electronic phase-voltage monitors
designed to protect motors from phase-loss, undervoltage, and overvoltage.
Provide protection for motors from immediate restart by a time adjustable
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 10
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
restart relay. Magnetic-type motor controllers shall have undervoltage
protection when used with momentary-contact pushbutton stations or switches
and shall have undervoltage release when used with maintained-contact
pushbutton stations or switches. When used with pressure, float, or
similar automatic-type or maintained-contact switch, controller shall have
hand/off/automatic selector switch. Connections to selector switch shall
be such that only normal automatic regulatory control devices are bypassed
when switch is in "hand" position. Safety control devices, such as low and
high pressure cutouts, high temperature cutouts, and motor overload
protective devices, shall be connected in motor control circuit in "hand"
and "automatic" positions. Control circuit connections to
hand/off/automatic selector switch or to more than one automatic regulatory
control device shall be made in accordance with indicated or manufacturer's
approved wiring diagram. Selector switch shall have means for locking in
any position. For each motor not in sight of controller or where
controller disconnecting means is not in sight of motor location and driven
machinery location, controller disconnecting means shall be capable of
being locked in open position. As an alternative, provide a manually
operated, lockable, nonfused switch which disconnects motor from supply
source within sight of motor. Overload protective devices shall provide
adequate protection to motor windings; be thermal inverse-time-limit type;
and include manual reset-type pushbutton on outside of motor controller
case. Cover of combination motor controller and manual switch or circuit
breaker shall be interlocked with operating handle of switch or circuit
breaker so that cover cannot be opened unless handle of switch or circuit
breaker is in "off" position.
2.13.1
Control Wiring
All control wire shall be stranded tinned copper switchboard wire with
600-volt flame-retardant insulation Type SIS meeting UL 44, or Type MTW
meeting UL 1063, and shall pass the VW-1 flame tests included in those
standards. Hinge wire shall have Class K stranding. Current transformer
secondary leads shall be not smaller than No. 10 AWG. The minimum size of
control wire shall be No. 14 AWG. Power wiring for 480-volt circuits and
below shall be of the same type as control wiring and the minimum size
shall be No. 12 AWG. Special attention shall be given to wiring and
terminal arrangement on the terminal blocks to permit the individual
conductors of each external cable to be terminated on adjacent terminal
points.
2.13.2
Control Circuit Terminal Blocks
NEMA ICS 4. Control circuit terminal blocks for control wiring shall be
molded or fabricated type with barriers, rated not less than 600 volts.
The terminals shall be removable binding, fillister or washer head screw
type, or of the stud type with contact and locking nuts. The terminals
shall be not less than No. 10 in size and shall have sufficient length and
space for connecting at least two indented terminals for 10 AWG conductors
to each terminal. The terminal arrangement shall be subject to the
approval of the Contracting Officer and not less than four (4) spare
terminals or 10 percent, whichever is greater, shall be provided on each
block or group of blocks. Modular, pull apart, terminal blocks will be
acceptable provided they are of the channel or rail-mounted type. The
Contractor shall submit data showing that the proposed alternate will
accommodate the specified number of wires, are of adequate current-carrying
capacity, and are constructed to assure positive contact between
current-carrying parts.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 11
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.13.2.1
2.13.3
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Types of Terminal Blocks
a.
Short-Circuiting Type: Short-circuiting type terminal blocks
shall be furnished for all current transformer secondary leads and
shall have provision for shorting together all leads from each
current transformer without first opening any circuit. Terminal
blocks shall meet the requirements of paragraph CONTROL CIRCUIT
TERMINAL BLOCKS above.
b.
Load Type: Load terminal blocks rated not less than 600 volts and
of adequate capacity shall be provided for the conductors for NEMA
Size 3 and smaller motor controllers and for other power circuits,
except those for feeder tap units. The terminals shall be of
either the stud type with contact nuts and locking nuts or of the
removable screw type, having length and space for at least two
indented terminals of the size required on the conductors to be
terminated. For conductors rated more than 50 amperes, screws
shall have hexagonal heads. Conducting parts between connected
terminals shall have adequate contact surface and cross-section to
operate without overheating. Each connected terminal shall have
the circuit designation or wire number placed on or near the
terminal in permanent contrasting color.
Control Circuits
Control circuits shall have maximum voltage of 120 volts derived from a
separate control source. Provide terminals and terminal boards. Provide
separate control disconnect switch within controller. One secondary lead
shall be fused; other shall be grounded. For designated systems, as
indicated, provide backup power supply, including connection to emergency
power source. Provide for automatic switchover and alarm upon failure of
primary control circuit.
2.13.4
Enclosures for Motor Controllers
NEMA ICS 6.
2.13.5
Multiple-Speed Motor Controllers and Reversible Motor Controllers
Across-the-line-type, electrically and mechanically interlocked.
Multiple-speed controllers shall have compelling relays and shall be
multiple-button, station-type with pilot lights for each speed.
2.13.6
Pushbutton Stations
Provide with "start/stop" momentary contacts having one normally open and
one normally closed set of contacts, and red lights to indicate when motor
is running. Stations shall be heavy duty, oil-tight design.
2.13.7
Pilot and Indicating Lights
Provide LED cluster lamps.
2.14
MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS (MOTOR RATED SWITCHES)
Single pole designed for flush or surface mounting with overload protection.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 12
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
2.14.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Pilot Lights
Provide yoke-mounted, seven element LED cluster light module.
be green or red in accordance with NEMA ICS 2.
2.15
Color shall
LOCKOUT REQUIREMENTS
Provide disconnecting means capable of being locked out for machines and
other equipment to prevent unexpected startup or release of stored energy
in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.147. Mechanical isolation of machines and
other equipment shall be in accordance with requirements of Division 23,
"Mechanical."
2.16
MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE
Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's
name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a
conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be
acceptable.
2.17
FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES
ASTM D 709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each equipment
enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified or as indicated on the
drawings. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when
applicable, the position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, 0.125 inch
thick, white with black center core. Surface shall be matte finish.
Corners shall be square. Accurately align lettering and engrave into the
core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be one by 2.5 inches. Lettering
shall be a minimum of 0.25 inch high normal block style.
2.18
FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS
Provide firestopping around electrical penetrations.
2.19
See Note 16 on E001.
WIREWAYS
UL 870. Material shall be steel galvanized 16 gauge for heights and depths
up to 6 by 6 inches, and 14 gauge for heights and depths up to. Provide in
length required for the application with screw- cover NEMA 1 or 3R
enclosure per NEMA ICS 6.
2.20
FACTORY APPLIED FINISH
Electrical equipment shall have factory-applied painting systems which
shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA 250 corrosion-resistance
test and the additional requirements as specified herein. Interior and
exterior steel surfaces of equipment enclosures shall be thoroughly cleaned
and then receive a rust-inhibitive phosphatizing or equivalent treatment
prior to painting. Exterior surfaces shall be free from holes, seams,
dents, weld marks, loose scale or other imperfections. Interior surfaces
shall receive not less than one coat of corrosion-resisting paint in
accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice. Exterior surfaces
shall be primed, filled where necessary, and given not less than two coats
baked enamel with semigloss finish. Equipment located indoors shall be
ANSI Light Gray, and equipment located outdoors shall be ANSI Dark Gray.
Provide manufacturer's coatings for touch-up work and as specified in
paragraph FIELD APPLIED PAINTING.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 13
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
PART 3
3.1
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
EXECUTION
INSTALLATION
Electrical installations, including weatherproof and hazardous locations
and ducts, plenums and other air-handling spaces, shall conform to
requirements of NFPA 70 and IEEE C2 and to requirements specified herein.
3.1.1
Wiring Methods
Provide insulated conductors installed in rigid steel conduit, IMC, rigid
nonmetallic conduit, or EMT, except where specifically indicated or
specified otherwise or required by NFPA 70 to be installed otherwise.
Grounding conductor shall be separate from electrical system neutral
conductor. Provide insulated green equipment grounding conductor for
circuit(s) installed in conduit and raceways. Minimum conduit size shall be
1/2 inch in diameter for low voltage lighting and power circuits.
Vertical distribution in multiple story buildings shall be made with metal
conduit in fire-rated shafts. Metal conduit shall extend through shafts
for minimum distance of 6 inches. Conduit which penetrates fire-rated
walls, fire-rated partitions, or fire-rated floors shall be firestopped.
See Note 16 on E001.
3.1.1.1
Pull Wire
Install pull wires in empty conduits. Pull wire shall be plastic having
minimum 200-pound force tensile strength. Leave minimum 36 inches of slack
at each end of pull wire.
3.1.1.2
Metal Clad Cable
Install in accordance with NFPA 70, Type MC cable.
3.1.2
Conduit Installation
Unless indicated otherwise, conceal conduit under floor slabs and within
finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep conduit minimum 6 inches away
from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install conduit
parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural members
where located above accessible ceilings and where conduit will be visible
after completion of project. Run conduits in crawl space and under floor
slab as if exposed.
3.1.2.1
Restrictions Applicable to Aluminum Conduit
a.
Do not install underground or encase in concrete or masonry.
b.
Do not use brass or bronze fittings.
c.
Do not use when the enclosed conductors must be shielded from the
effects of High-altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP).
3.1.2.2
Restrictions Applicable to EMT
a.
Do not install underground.
b.
Do not encase in concrete, mortar, grout, or other cementitious
materials.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 14
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
c.
Do not use in areas subject to severe physical damage including
but not limited to equipment rooms where moving or replacing
equipment could physically damage the EMT.
d.
Do not use in hazardous areas.
e.
Do not use outdoors.
f.
Do not use in fire pump rooms.
g.
Do not use when the enclosed conductors must be shielded from the
effects of High-altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP).
3.1.2.3
Restrictions Applicable to Flexible Conduit
Use only as specified in paragraph FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS. Do not use when
the enclosed conductors must be shielded from the effects of High-altitude
Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP).
3.1.2.4
Conduit for Circuits Rated Greater Than 600 Volts
Rigid metal conduit or IMC only.
3.1.2.5
Conduit Through Floor Slabs
Where conduits rise through floor slabs, curved portion of bends shall not
be visible above finished slab.
3.1.2.6
Stub-Ups
Provide conduits stubbed up through concrete floor for connection to
free-standing equipment with adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for
plugs, set flush with finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment in
rigid steel conduit, except that flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches
above floor. Where no equipment connections are made, install
screwdriver-operated threaded flush plugs in conduit end.
3.1.2.7
Conduit Support
Support conduit by pipe straps, wall brackets, hangers, or ceiling trapeze.
Fasten by wood screws to wood; by toggle bolts on hollow masonry units; by
concrete inserts or expansion bolts on concrete or brick; and by machine
screws, welded threaded studs, or spring-tension clamps on steel work.
Threaded C-clamps may be used on rigid steel conduit only. Do not weld
conduits or pipe straps to steel structures. Load applied to fasteners
shall not exceed one-fourth proof test load. Fasteners attached to
concrete ceiling shall be vibration resistant and shock-resistant. Holes
cut to depth of more than 1 1/2 inches in reinforced concrete beams or to
depth of more than 3/4 inch in concrete joints shall not cut main
reinforcing bars. Fill unused holes. In partitions of light steel
construction, use sheet metal screws. In suspended-ceiling construction,
run conduit above ceiling. Do not support conduit by ceiling support
system. Conduit and box systems shall be supported independently of both
(a) tie wires supporting ceiling grid system, and (b) ceiling grid system
into which ceiling panels are placed. Supporting means shall not be shared
between electrical raceways and mechanical piping or ducts. Installation
shall be coordinated with above-ceiling mechanical systems to assure
maximum accessibility to all systems. Spring-steel fasteners may be used
for lighting branch circuit conduit supports in suspended ceilings in dry
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 15
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
locations. Where conduit crosses building expansion joints, provide suitable
watertight expansion fitting that maintains conduit electrical continuity
by bonding jumpers or other means. For conduits greater than 2 1/2 inches
inside diameter, provide supports to resist forces of 0.5 times the
equipment weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the
downward direction.
3.1.2.8
Directional Changes in Conduit Runs
Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends or cast-metal
fittings. Make field-made bends and offsets with hickey or conduit-bending
machine. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits. Avoid trapped
conduits. Prevent plaster, dirt, or trash from lodging in conduits, boxes,
fittings, and equipment during construction. Free clogged conduits of
obstructions.
3.1.2.9
Locknuts and Bushings
Fasten conduits to sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts where
required by NFPA 70, where insulated bushings are used, and where bushings
cannot be brought into firm contact with the box; otherwise, use at least
minimum single locknut and bushing. Locknuts shall have sharp edges for
digging into wall of metal enclosures. Install bushings on ends of
conduits, and provide insulating type where required by NFPA 70.
3.1.2.10
Flexible Connections
Provide flexible steel conduit between 3 and 6 feet in length for recessed
and semirecessed lighting fixtures; for equipment subject to vibration,
noise transmission, or movement; and for motors. Install flexible conduit
to allow 20 percent slack. Minimum flexible steel conduit size shall be
1/2 inch diameter. Provide liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit in wet
and damp locations and in fire pump rooms for equipment subject to
vibration, noise transmission, movement or motors. Provide separate ground
conductor across flexible connections.
3.1.3
Busway Installation
Installation shall comply at minimum with NFPA 70. Install busways
parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural
members. Support busways at 5 foot maximum intervals, and brace to prevent
lateral movement. Hinges provided on risers shall be fixed type;
spring-type are unacceptable. Provide flanges where busway makes
penetrations through walls and floors, and seal to maintain smoke and fire
ratings. Provide waterproof curb where busway riser passes through floor.
Seal gaps with fire-rated foam and calk. Provide expansion joints, but
only where bus duct crosses building expansion joints. Provide supports to
resist forces of 0.5 times the equipment weight in any direction and 1.5
times the equipment weight in the downward direction.
3.1.4
Boxes, Outlets, and Supports
Provide boxes in wiring and raceway systems wherever required for pulling
of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. Boxes
for metallic raceways shall be cast-metal, hub-type when located in wet
locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, and when
specifically indicated. Boxes in other locations shall be sheet steel,
except that aluminum boxes may be used with aluminum conduit, and
nonmetallic boxes may be used with nonmetallic conduit system. Each box
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 16
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
shall have volume required by NFPA 70 for number of conductors enclosed in
box. Provide gaskets for cast-metal boxes installed in wet locations and
boxes installed flush with outside of exterior surfaces. Fasten boxes and
supports with bolts and expansion shields on concrete or brick, with toggle
bolts on hollow masonry units, and with machine screws or welded studs on
steel. In open overhead spaces, cast boxes threaded to raceways need not
be separately supported except where used for fixture support; support
sheet metal boxes directly from building structure or by bar hangers.
Where bar hangers are used, attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of
box, and support raceway with approved-type fastener maximum 24 inches from
box. When penetrating reinforced concrete members, avoid cutting
reinforcing steel.
3.1.4.1
Boxes
Boxes for use with raceway systems shall be minimum 1 1/2 inches deep,
except where shallower boxes required by structural conditions are
approved. Boxes for other than lighting fixture outlets shall be minimum
4 inches square, except that 4 by 2 inch boxes may be used where only one
raceway enters outlet. Mount outlet boxes flush in finished walls.
3.1.4.2
Pull Boxes
Construct of at least minimum size required by NFPA 70 of code-gauge
aluminum or galvanized sheet steel, except where cast-metal boxes are
required in locations specified herein. Provide boxes with screw-fastened
covers. Where several feeders pass through common pull box, tag feeders to
indicate clearly electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel
designation.
3.1.4.3
Extension Rings
Extension rings are not permitted for new construction. Use only on
existing boxes in concealed conduit systems where wall is furred out for
new finish.
3.1.5
Mounting Heights
Mount motor controller and disconnecting switches so height of operating
handle at its highest position is maximum 78 inches above floor. Mount
receptacles 18 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
Mount other devices as indicated. Measure mounting heights of wiring
devices and outlets to center of device or outlet.
3.1.6
Conductor Identification
Provide conductor identification within each enclosure where tap, splice,
or termination is made. For conductors No. 6 AWG and smaller diameter,
color coding shall be by factory-applied, color-impregnated insulation.
For conductors No. 4 AWG and larger diameter, color coding shall be by
plastic-coated, self-sticking markers; colored nylon cable ties and plates;
or heat shrink-type sleeves. Identify control circuit terminations in
accordance with Section 23 09 23.13 20 BACNET DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL
SYSTEMS FOR HVACSYSTEMS.
3.1.6.1
Marking Strips
White or other light-colored plastic marking strips, fastened by screws to
each terminal block, shall be provided for wire designations. The wire
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 17
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
numbers shall be made with permanent ink. The marking strips shall be
reversible to permit marking both sides, or two marking strips shall be
furnished with each block. Marking strips shall accommodate the two sets
of wire numbers. Each device to which a connection is made shall be
assigned a device designation in accordance with NEMA ICS 1 and each device
terminal to which a connection is made shall be marked with a distinct
terminal marking corresponding to the wire designation used on the
Contractor's schematic and connection diagrams. The wire (terminal point)
designations used on the Contractor's wiring diagrams and printed on
terminal block marking strips may be according to the Contractor's standard
practice; however, additional wire and cable designations for
identification of remote (external) circuits shall be provided for the
Government's wire designations. Prints of the marking strips drawings
submitted for approval will be so marked and returned to the Contractor for
addition of the designations to the terminal strips and tracings, along
with any rearrangement of points required.
3.1.7
Splices
Make splices in accessible locations. Make splices in conductors No. 10
AWG and smaller diameter with insulated, pressure-type connector. Make
splices in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger diameter with solderless
connector, and cover with insulation material equivalent to conductor
insulation.
3.1.8
Covers and Device Plates
Install with edges in continuous contact with finished wall surfaces
without use of mats or similar devices. Plaster fillings are not
permitted. Install plates with alignment tolerance of 1/16 inch. Use of
sectional-type device plates are not permitted. Provide gasket for plates
installed in wet locations.
3.1.9
Electrical Penetrations
Seal openings around electrical penetrations through fire resistance-rated
walls, partitions, floors, or ceilings in accordance with Note 16 on E001.
3.1.10
Equipment Connections
Provide power wiring for the connection of motors and control equipment
under this section of the specification. Except as otherwise specifically
noted or specified, automatic control wiring, control devices, and
protective devices within the control circuitry are not included in this
section of the specifications but shall be provided under the section
specifying the associated equipment.
3.1.11
Repair of Existing Work
Repair of existing work, demolition, and modification of existing
electrical distribution systems shall be performed as follows:
3.1.11.1
Workmanship
Lay out work in advance. Exercise care where cutting, channeling, chasing,
or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other surfaces is
necessary for proper installation, support, or anchorage of conduit,
raceways, or other electrical work. Repair damage to buildings, piping,
and equipment using skilled craftsmen of trades involved.
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 18
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
3.1.11.2
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
Existing Concealed Wiring to be Removed
Existing concealed wiring to be removed shall be disconnected from its
source. Remove conductors; cut conduit flush with floor, underside of
floor, and through walls; and seal openings.
3.1.11.3
Continuation of Service
Maintain
circuits
but were
restored
3.1.12
continuity of existing circuits of equipment to remain. Existing
of equipment shall remain energized. Circuits which are to remain
disturbed during demolition shall have circuits wiring and power
back to original condition.
Surge Protective Devices
Connect the surge protective devices in parallel to the power source,
keeping the conductors as short and straight as practically possible.
3.2
FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATE MOUNTING
Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as
indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two
sheet-metal screws or two rivets.
3.3
WARNING SIGN MOUNTING
Provide the number of signs required to be readable from each accessible
side. Space the signs in accordance with NFPA 70E.
3.4
FIELD APPLIED PAINTING
Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent surfaces
or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria.
Clean, pretreat, prime and paint metal surfaces; except aluminum surfaces
need not be painted. Apply coatings to clean dry surfaces. Clean the
surfaces to remove dust, dirt, rust, oil and grease by wire brushing and
solvent degreasing prior to application of paint, except clean to bare
metal on metal surfaces subject to temperatures in excess of 120 degrees F.
Where more than one coat of paint is specified, apply the second coat after
the preceding coat is thoroughly dry. Lightly sand damaged painting and
retouch before applying the succeeding coat. Provide aluminum or light
gray finish coat.
Temperatures less than 120 degrees F: Immediately after cleaning, apply one
coat of pretreatment primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.3
mil, one coat of primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of one mil;
and two coats of enamel applied to a minimum dry film thickness of one mil
per coat to metal surfaces subject to temperatures less than 120 degrees F.
3.5
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Furnish test equipment and personnel and submit written copies of test
results. Give Contracting Officer 5 working days notice prior to each test.
3.5.1
Devices Subject to Manual Operation
Each device subject to manual operation shall be operated at least five
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 19
August 30, 2013
HVAC Repairs, Brigade Sports Complex
Naval Station Annapolis, Annapolis, Maryland
JK4FG
IFC Resubmission
times, demonstrating satisfactory operation each time.
3.5.2
600-Volt Wiring Test
Test wiring rated 600 volt and less to verify that no short circuits or
accidental grounds exist. Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring
No. 6 AWG and larger diameter using instrument which applies voltage of
approximately 500 volts to provide direct reading of resistance. Minimum
resistance shall be 250,000 ohms.
3.5.3
Ground-Fault Receptacle Test
Test ground-fault receptacles with a "load" (such as a plug in light) to
verify that the "line" and "load" leads are not reversed.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 26 20 00
Page 20
August 30, 2013

Similar documents

×

Report this document